Converted by EDGARwiz


AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE
For the

Citizens Bank of Nevada County Profit Sharing 401(k) Plan 




AMENDMENT TO COMPLY WITH THE MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION
REQUIREMENTS 







ARTICLE I 
GENERAL RULES 




1.1 

Effective Date. The
provisions of this Amendment will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning
with the 2003 calendar year. 




1.2 

Precedence. The requirements of this Amendment will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the
Plan. 




1.3 

Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Amendment will be
determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code. 




1.4 

TEFRA Section 242(b)(2)
Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Amendment, distributions may be made under a designation made before
January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions
of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA. 








ARTICLE II
TIME AND MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION 




2.1 

Required Beginning Date. The Participant's entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed,
to the Participant no later than the Participant's required beginning date. 




2.2 

Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the
Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows:  





(a) If the Participant's surviving spouse is the
Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, except as provided in Article VI, distributions to the surviving spouse
will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by
December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 701⁄2, if later. 
 (b) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is
not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, except as provided in Article VI, distributions to the designated
beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died.


(c) If there is no designated beneficiary as of
September 30 of the year following the











year
of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year
containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death. 


(d) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s
sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse
begin, this Section 2.2, other than Section 2.2(a), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. 




For purposes of this
Section 2.2 and Article IV, unless Section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant's required
beginning date.  If Section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to
begin to the surviving spouse under Section 2.2(a).  If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company
irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant's required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving
spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 2.2(a)), the date distributions
are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. 




2.3 


Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity
purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution
calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Articles III and IV of this Amendment.  If the Participant's
interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in
accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations. 








ARTICLE III
REQUIRED
MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS DURING PARTICIPANT'S LIFETIME   




3.1 


Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s
lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of: 





(a) the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by
the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the
Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or 


(b) if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution
calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the
number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s
and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year. 

3.2 


Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required
minimum distributions will be determined under this Article 3 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and
including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death. 





ARTICLE IV 
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER PARTICIPANT'S DEATH 





4.1 

 Death On or After Date Distributions Begin. 





(a) 
Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary.
If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the
minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the
quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant
or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows:  


(1) The Participant’s remaining life
expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.
  
 
(2) If the
Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the
surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the
surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s birthday in that year.  For distribution calendar years after the year
of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the
surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each
subsequent calendar year.  


(3) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the
designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the
year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year.   


(b) No Designated Beneficiary
. If the Participant
dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year
of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year
of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the Participant’s
remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent
year. 

4.2 

Death Before Date Distributions Begin. 





(a) Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary
. Except as provided in Article VI, if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a
designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the
Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the remaining life expectancy
of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 4.1. 


(b) 
No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant
dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year
of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant's entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the
calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.  


(c) Death of
Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin
. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the
Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the
surviving spouse under Section 2.2(a), this Section 4.2 will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. 





ARTICLE V
DEFINITIONS





5.1 

Designated beneficiary.  The
individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the
Internal Revenue Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations. 




5.2 

Distribution calendar
year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s
death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the
Participant's required beginning date.  For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first
distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 2.2.  The required
minimum distribution for the Participant's first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant's required
beginning date.  The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum
distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant's required beginning date occurs, will be made on or
before December 31 of that distribution calendar year. 




5.3 

Life expectancy.
Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of
the Treasury regulations. 




5.4 

Participant’s account balance.
The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation
calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates
in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation
date.  The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or 

























AMENDMENT TO THE 

CITIZENS BANK OF NEVADA
COUNTY PROFIT SHARING 401(K) PLAN


Effective January 1, 2001, Section 22.31 is hereby amended as follows: 

22.31


Code §415 Safe Harbor Compensation.  An optional definition of compensation used to determine Total
Compensation. This definition may be selected under Part 3, #9.c. of the Agreement. See Section 22.200(c) for the definition of Code §415 Safe
Harbor Compensation.






























































































































PENSION SPECIALISTS, INC. 

PROFIT SHARING/401(k) PLAN AND TRUST 

SPONSORED BY 

PENSION SPECIALISTS, INC. 

PROFIT SHARING/401(k) BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT 




ARTICLE 1

PLAN ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

1.1 Eligibility for Plan Participation

1

1.2 Excluded Employees 

1

(a) Independent contractors

1

(b) Leased Employees

1

1.3 Employees of Related Employers

2

1.4 Minimum Age and Service Conditions 

2

(a) Maximum permissible age and service conditions

2

(b) Year of Service

2

(c) Eligibility Computation Periods

2

(d) Application of eligibility rules 

3

(e) Amendment of age and service requirements 

3

1.5 Entry Dates 

3

(a) Entry Date requirements 

3

(b) Single annual Entry Date

4

1.6 Eligibility Break in Service Rules

4

(a) Rule of Parity Break in Service

4

(b) One-year Break in Service rule for Plans using a two Years of Service eligibility condition

4

(c) One-year holdout Break in Service rule

4

1.7 Eligibility upon Reemployment 

5

1.8 Operating Rules for Employees Excluded by Class 

5

(a) Eligible Participant becomes part of an excluded class of Employees

5

(b) Excluded Employee becomes part of an eligible class of Employee

5

1.9 Relationship to Accrual of Benefits

5

1.10 Waiver of Participation

5

ARTICLE 2

EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS

2.1 Amount of Employer Contributions

7

(a) Limitation on Employer Contributions 

7

(b) Limitation on Included Compensation

7

(c) Contribution of property

7

(d) Frozen Plan 

7

2.2 Profit Sharing Plan Contribution and Allocations 

7

(a) Amount of Employer Contribution 

7

(b) Allocation formula for Employer Contributions

8

(c) Special rules for determining Included Compensation

13

2.3 Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Contributions and Allocations

14





	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





i 
	 










(a) Section 401(k) Deferrals

14

(b) Employer Matching Contributions 

15

(c) Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs)

16

(d) Employer Nonelective Contributions

16

(e) Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs) 

16

(f) Safe Harbor Contributions

17

(g) Prior SIMPLE 401(k) plan

17

2.4 Money Purchase Plan Contribution and Allocations

17

2.5 Target Benefit Plan Contribution

17

2.6 Allocation Conditions

17

(a) Safe harbor allocation condition

17

(b) Reserved

17

(c) Elapsed Time Method 

17

(d) Special allocation condition for Employer Matching Contributions under Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement

18 

(e) Application to designated period 

18

(f) Safe harbor allocation condition

19

(g) Elapsed Time Method 

20

2.7 Fail-Safe Coverage Provision 

20

(a) Top-Heavy Plans

20

(b) Category 1 Employees - Otherwise Eligible Participants (who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees) who are still employed 
by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year but who failed to satisfy the Plan's Hours of Service condition

20

(c) Category 2 Employees - Otherwise Eligible Participants (who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees) who terminated employment
 during the Plan Year with more than 500 Hours of Service

21

(d) Special Fail-Safe Coverage Provision

21

2.8 Deductible Employee Contributions

21

ARTICLE 3

EMPLOYEE AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS, ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS AND TRANSFERS

3.1 Employee After-Tax Contributions

22

3.2 Rollover Contributions 

22

3.3 Transfer of Assets

22

(a) Protection of Protected Benefits

23

(b) Transferee plan 

23

(c) Transfers from a Defined Benefit Plan, money purchase plan or 401(k) plan

23

(d) Qualified Transfer

24

(e) Trustee's right to refuse transfer 

25






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






ii 










ARTICLE 4

PARTICIPANT VESTING

4.1 In General

26

(a) Attainment of Normal Retirement Age 

26

(b) Vesting upon death, becoming Disabled, or attainment of Early Retirement Age

26

(c) Addition of Employer Nonelective Contribution or Employer Matching Contribution

26

(d) Vesting upon merger, consolidation or transfer 

26

4.2 Vesting Schedules 

26

(a) Full and immediate vesting schedule 

26

(b) 7-year graded vesting schedule 

27

(c) 6-year graded vesting schedule 

27

(d) 5-year cliff vesting schedule

27

(e) 3-year cliff vesting schedule

27

(f) Modified vesting schedule

27

4.3 Shift to/from Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule 

27

4.4 Vesting Computation Period

27

(a) Anniversary Years

27

(b) Measurement on same Vesting Computation Period

27

4.5 Crediting Years of Service for Vesting Purposes

27

(a) Calculating Hours of Service

28

(b) Excluded service 

28

4.6 Vesting Break in Service Rules

28

(a) One-year holdout Break in Service 

28

(b) Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service 

28

(c) Rule of Parity Break in Service

28

4.7 Amendment of Vesting Schedule

29

4.8 Special Vesting Rule - In-Service Distribution When Account Balance Less than 100% Vested

29

ARTICLE 5

FORFEITURES

5.1 In General

30

5.2 Timing of Forfeiture

30

(a) Cash-Out Distribution

30

(b) Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service 

30

(c) Lost Participant or Beneficiary

30

(d) Forfeiture of Employer Matching Contributions

30

5.3 Forfeiture Events

30

(a) Cash-Out Distribution

30

(b) Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service 

32





	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 




iii 










(c) Lost Participant or Beneficiary

33

(d) Forfeiture of Employer Matching Contributions

33

5.4 Timing of Forfeiture Allocation

33

5.5 Method of Allocating Forfeitures

33

(a) Reallocation of forfeitures

33

(b) Reduction of Contributions

33

(c) Payment of Plan expenses

34

ARTICLE 6

SPECIAL SERVICE CREDITING PROVISIONS

6.1 Year of Service - Eligibility

35

(a) Selection of Hours of Service

35

(b) Use of Equivalency Method

35

(c) Use of Elapsed Time Method

35

6.2 Eligibility Computation Period

35

6.3 Year of Service - Vesting

35

(a) Selection of Hours of Service

35

(b) Equivalency Method

36

(c) Elapsed Time Method 

36

6.4 Vesting Computation Period

36

6.5 Definitions

36

(a) Equivalency Method

36

(b) Elapsed Time Method 

36

6.6 Switching Crediting Methods 

37

(a) Shift from crediting Hours of Service to Elapsed Time Method 

37

(b) Shift from Elapsed Time Method to an Hours of Service method

37

6.7 Service with Predecessor Employers

37

ARTICLE 7

LIMITATION ON PARTICIPANT ALLOCATIONS

7.1 Annual Additions Limitation - No Other Plan Participation

38

(a) Annual Additions Limitation

38

(b) Using estimated Total Compensation 

38

(c) Disposition of Excess Amount

38

7.2 Annual Additions Limitation - Participation in Another Plan

39

(a) In general

39

(b) This Plan's Annual Addition Limitation 

39

(c) Annual Additions reduction

39

(d) No Annual Additions permitted

39

(e) Using estimated Total Compensation 

40






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






iv 













(f) Excess Amounts

40

(g) Disposition of Excess Amounts

40

7.3 Modification of correction procedures 

40

7.4 Definitions Relating to the Annual Additions Limitation

40

(a) Annual Additions 

40

(b) Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation

41

(c) Employer 

41

(d) Excess Amount

41

(e) Limitation Year

41

(f) Maximum Permissible Amount

41

(g) Total Compensation

42

7.5 Participation in a Defined Benefit Plan

42

(a) Repeal of rule

42

(b) Special definitions relating to Section 7.5 

42

ARTICLE 8

PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS

8.1 Distribution Options 

45

8.2 Amount Eligible for Distribution

45

8.3 Distributions After Termination of Employment

45

(a) Account Balance exceeding $5,000

45

(b) Account Balance not exceeding $5,000

46

(c) Permissible distribution events under a 401(k) plan 

46

(d) Disabled Participant 

46

(e) Determining whether vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000

46

(f) Effective date of $5,000 vested Account Balance Rule 

47

8.4 Distribution upon the Death of the Participant

47

(a) Post-retirement death benefit

47

(b) Pre-retirement death benefit

47

(c) Determining a Participant's Beneficiary

48

8.5 Distributions Prior to Termination of Employment

49

(a) Employee After-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions, and transfers 

49

(b) Employer Contributions

49

(c) Section 401(k) Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Safe Harbor Contributions 

50

(d) Corrective distributions

50

8.6 Hardship Distribution 

50

(a) Safe harbor Hardship distribution

50

(b) Conditions for taking a Hardship withdrawal

51

(c) Amount available for distribution 

51





	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 




v 













8.7 Participant Consent 

51

(a) Participant notice

51

(b) Special rules

52

8.8 Direct Rollovers

52

(a) Eligible Rollover Distribution

52

(b) Eligible Retirement Plan 

53

(c) Direct Rollover

53

(d) Direct Rollover notice 

53

(e) Special rules for Hardship withdrawals of Section 401(k) Deferrals

53

8.9 Sources of Distribution 

53

(a) Exception for Hardship withdrawals 

53

8.10 In-kind distributions

54

ARTICLE 9

JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

9.1 Applicability

55

(a) Election to have requirements apply 

55

(b) Election to have requirements not apply 

55

(c) Reserved

55

9.2 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA) 

55

9.3 Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA) 

55

9.4 Definitions

56

(a) Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA) 

56

(b) Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA)

56

(c) Distribution Commencement Date 

56

(d) Qualified Election 

56

(e) QPSA Election Period 

57

(f) Pre-Age 35 Waiver 

57

9.5 Notice Requirements 

57

(a) QJSA

57

(b) QPSA

57

9.6 Exception to the Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements

57

9.7 Transitional Rules

57

(a) Automatic joint and survivor annuity

58

(b) Election of early survivor annuity

58

(c) Qualified Early Retirement Age

58

ARTICLE 10

REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS

10.1 Required Distributions Before Death

59






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






vi 













(a) Deferred distributions

59

(b) Required minimum distributions

59

10.2 Required Distributions After Death

59

(a) Distribution beginning before death 

59

(b) Distribution beginning after death

59

(c) Treatment of trust beneficiaries as Designated Beneficiaries

60

(d) Trust beneficiary qualifying for marital deduction

60

10.3 Definitions

61

(a) Required Beginning Date 

61

(b) Five-Percent Owner 

61

(c) Designated Beneficiary 

61

(d) Applicable Life Expectancy 

61

(e) Life Expectancy 

62

(f) Distribution Calendar Year 

62

(g) Participant's Benefit

62

10.4 GUST Elections 

62

(a) Distributions under Old-Law Required Beginning Date rules

62

(b) Option to postpone distributions

63

(c) Election to stop minimum required distributions

63

10.5 Transitional Rule

64

ARTICLE 11

PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND SPECIAL OPERATING RULES

11.1 Plan Administrator

65

(a) Acceptance of responsibility by designated Plan Administrator

65

(b) Resignation of designated Plan Administrator

65

(c) Named Fiduciary 

65

11.2 Duties and Powers of the Plan Administrator

65

(a) Delegation of duties and powers

65

(b) Specific duties and powers

65

11.3 Employer Responsibilities 

66

11.4 Plan Administration Expenses 

66

11.5 Qualified Domestic Relations Orders (QDROs)

66

(a) In general

66

(b) Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO)

66

(c) Recognition as a QDRO

67

(d) Contents of QDRO 

67

(e) Impermissible QDRO provisions

67

(f) Immediate distribution to Alternate Payee 

67

(g) No fee for QDRO determination

67





	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 




vii 













(h) Default QDRO procedure

67

11.6 Claims Procedure

69

(a) Filing a claim

69

(b) Notification of Plan Administrator's decision 

69

(c) Review procedure 

69

(d) Decision on review 

69

(e) Default claims procedure

69

11.7 Operational Rules for Short Plan Years

70

11.8 Operational Rules for Related Employer Groups

70

ARTICLE 12

TRUST PROVISIONS

12.1 Creation of Trust

72

12.2 Trustee 

72

(a) Discretionary Trustee

72

(b) Directed Trustee

72

12.3 Trustee's Responsibilities Regarding Administration of Trust

72

12.4 Trustee's Responsibility Regarding Investment of Plan Assets

73

12.5 More than One Person as Trustee

74

12.6 Annual Valuation

74

12.7 Reporting to Plan Administrator and Employer 

74

12.8 Reasonable Compensation

75

12.9 Resignation and Removal of Trustee

75

12.10 Indemnification of Trustee

75

12.11 Appointment of Custodian

76

ARTICLE 13

PLAN ACCOUNTING AND INVESTMENTS

13.1 Participant Accounts 

77

13.2 Value of Participant Accounts

77

(a) Periodic valuation 

77

(b) Daily valuation 

77

13.3 Adjustments to Participant Accounts

77

(a) Distributions and forfeitures from a Participant's Account

77

(b) Life insurance premiums and dividends

77

(c) Contributions and forfeitures allocated to a Participant's Account

77

(d) Net income or loss

77

13.4 Procedures for Determining Net Income or Loss

77

(a) Net income or loss attributable to General Trust Account 

77

(b) Net income or loss attributable to a Directed Account

78






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






viii 













(c) Share or unit accounting 

79

(d) Suspense accounts

79

13.5 Investments under the Plan

79

(a) Investment options

79

(b) Limitations on the investment in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property 

79

(c) Participant direction of investments 

80

ARTICLE 14

PARTICIPANT LOANS

14.1 Default Loan Policy

82

14.2 Administration of Loan Program

82

14.3 Availability of Participant Loans 

82

14.4 Reasonable Interest Rate

82

14.5 Adequate Security

83

14.6 Periodic Repayment

83

(a) Unpaid leave of absence

83

(b) Military leave

83

14.7 Loan Limitations 

83

14.8 Segregated Investment

84

14.9 Spousal Consent

84

14.10 Procedures for Loan Default

84

14.11 Termination of Employment 

85

(a) Offset of outstanding loan 

85

(b) Direct Rollover

85

(c) Modified loan policy

85

ARTICLE 15

INVESTMENT IN LIFE INSURANCE

15.1 Investment in Life Insurance 

86

15.2 Incidental Life Insurance Rules

86

(a) Ordinary life insurance policies 

86

(b) Life insurance policies other than ordinary life

86

(c) Combination of ordinary and other life insurance policies 

86

(d) Exception for certain profit sharing and 401(k) plans

86

(e) Exception for Employee After-Tax Contributions and Rollover Contributions 

86

15.3 Ownership of Life Insurance Policies

86

15.4 Evidence of Insurability

87

15.5 Distribution of Insurance Policies

87

15.6 Discontinuance of Insurance Policies 

87





	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 




ix 










15.7 Protection of Insurer

87

15.8 No Responsibility for Act of Insurer 

87

ARTICLE 16

TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS

16.1 In General

88

16.2 Top-Heavy Plan Consequences 

88

(a) Minimum allocation for Non-Key Employees 

88

(b) Special Top-Heavy Vesting Rules

90

16.3 Top-Heavy Definitions 

90

(a) Determination Date 

90

(b) Determination Period

90

(c) Key Employee 

90

(d) Permissive Aggregation Group 

91

(e) Present Value

91

(f) Required Aggregation Group 

91

(g) Top-Heavy Plan

91

(h) Top-Heavy Ratio

91

(i) Total Compensation

92

(j) Valuation Date

92

ARTICLE 17

401(K) PLAN PROVISIONS

17.1 Limitation on the Amount of Section 401(k) Deferrals

93

(a) In general

93

(b) Correction of Code §402(g) Violation

93

17.2 Nondiscrimination Testing of Section 401(k) Deferrals – ADP Test

94

(a) ADP Test testing methods

94

(b) Special rule for first Plan Year

95

(c) Use of QMACs and QNECs under the ADP Test 

95

(d) Correction of Excess Contributions

96

(e) Adjustment of deferral rate for Highly Compensated Employees

97

17.3 Nondiscrimination Testing of Employer Matching Contributions and Employee After-Tax Contributions – ACP Test

97

(a) ACP Test testing methods

97

(b) Special rule for first Plan Year

98

(c) Use of Section 401(k) Deferrals and QNECs under the ACP Test

98

(d) Correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions

99

(e) Adjustment of contribution rate for Highly Compensated Employees

100

17.4 Multiple Use Test

100






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






x 













(a) Aggregate Limit 

100

(b) Correction of the Multiple Use Test

101

17.5 Special Testing Rules

101

(a) Special rule for determining ADP and ACP of Highly Compensated Employee Group

101

(b) Aggregation of plans 

101

(c) Disaggregation of plans

101

(d) Special rules for the Prior Year Testing Method 

102

17.6 Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan Provisions

102

(a) Safe harbor conditions 

102

(b) Deemed compliance with ADP Test

107

(c) Deemed compliance with ACP Test

107

(d) Rules for applying the ACP Test

107

(e) Aggregated plans 

108

(f) First year of plan

108

17.7 Definitions

108

(a) ACP - Average Contribution Percentage 

108

(b) ADP - Average Deferral Percentage

108

(c) Excess Aggregate Contributions

108

(d) Excess Contributions

108

(e) Highly Compensated Employee Group

109

(f) Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group

109

(g) QMACs – Qualified Matching Contribution 

109

(h) QNECs – Qualified Nonelective Contributions

109

(i) Testing Compensation 

109

ARTICLE 18

PLAN AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION

18.1 Plan Amendments

110

(a) Reserved

110

(b) Amendment by the Employer

110

(c) Protected Benefits

110

18.2 Plan Termination

111

(a) Full and immediate vesting

111

(b) Distribution procedures 

111

(c) Termination upon merger, liquidation or dissolution of the Employer

112

1 Merger or Consolidation

112

2 Exclusive Benefit 

113

ARTICLE 19

MISCELLANEOUS





	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 




xi 













19.2 Return of Employer Contributions

113

(a) Mistake of fact 

113

(b) Disallowance of deduction

113

(c) Failure to initially qualify

113

19.3 Alienation or Assignment 

113

19.4 Participants' Rights 

113

19.5 Military Service

113

19.6 Reserved

113

19.7 Annuity Contract

113

19.8 Use of IRS compliance programs

114

19.9 Reserved

114

19.10 Governing Law 

114

19.11 Waiver of Notice

114

19.12 Use of Electronic Media

114

19.13 Severability of Provisions

114

19.14 Binding Effect

114

ARTICLE 20

GUST ELECTIONS AND EFFECTIVE DATES

20.1 GUST Effective Dates 

115

20.2 Highly Compensated Employee Definition

115

(a) Top-Paid Group Test

115

(b) Calendar Year Election 

115

(c) Old-Law Calendar Year Election

116

20.3 Required Minimum Distributions 

116

20.4 $5,000 Involuntary Distribution Threshold

116

20.5 Repeal of Family Aggregation for Allocation Purposes 

116

20.6 ADP/ACP Testing Methods 

116

20.7 Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan

116

ARTICLE 21 

PARTICIPATION BY RELATED EMPLOYERS (CO-SPONSORS) AND RULES PERTAINING TO MULTIPLE 

EMPLOYER PLANS

21.1 Co-Sponsor Adoption Page 

118

21.2 Participation by Employees of Co-Sponsor

118

21.3 Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures 

118

21.4 Co-Sponsor No Longer a Related Employer

118

(a) Manner of discontinuing participation

118

(b) Multiple employer plan 

118

21.5 Multiple Employer Plan

119

(a) In general

119






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






 xii 













(b) Definitions

119

ARTICLE 22

PLAN DEFINITIONS

22.1 Account

120

22.2 Account Balance

120

22.3 Accrued Benefit

120

22.4 ACP -- Average Contribution Percentage

120

22.5 ACP Test -- Actual Contribution Percentage Test

120

22.6 Actual Hours Crediting Method

120

22.7 Adoption Agreement

120

22.8 ADP -- Average Deferral Percentage

120

22.9 ADP Test -- Actual Deferral Percentage Test

120

22.10 Agreement 

120

22.11 Aggregate Limit

120

22.12 Alternate Payee 

120

22.13 Anniversary Year Method

120

22.14 Anniversary Years

121

22.15 Annual Additions 

121

22.16 Annual Additions Limitation 

121

22.17 Annuity Starting Date 

121

22.18 Applicable Life Expectancy 

121

22.19 Applicable Percentage

121

22.20 Average Compensation

121

22.21 Averaging Period 

121

22.22 Balance Forward Method 

121

22.23 Basic Plan Document 

121

22.24 Beneficiary

121

22.25 BPD

121

22.26 Break-in-Service - Eligibility 

121

22.27 Break-in-Service - Vesting 

121

22.28 Calendar Year Election

121

22.29 Cash-Out Distribution

121

22.30 Code 

122

22.31 Code §415 Safe Harbor Compensation

122

22.32 Compensation Dollar Limitation

122

22.33 Co-Sponsor

122

22.34 Co-Sponsor Adoption Page 

122

22.35 Covered Compensation

122

22.36 Cumulative Disparity Limit

122





	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 




 xiii 













22.37 Current Year Testing Method

122

22.38 Custodian

122

22.39 Davis-Bacon Act Service

122

22.40 Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula 

122

22.41 Defined Benefit Plan

123

22.42 Defined Benefit Plan Fraction

123

22.43 Defined Contribution Plan

123

22.44 Defined Contribution Plan Dollar Limitation

123

22.45 Defined Contribution Plan Fraction 

123

22.46 Designated Beneficiary 

123

22.47 Determination Date 

123

22.48 Determination Period

123

22.49 Determination Year 

123

22.50 Directed Account 

123

22.51 Directed Trustee

123

22.52 Direct Rollover

123

22.53 Disabled

123

22.54 Discretionary Trustee 

123

22.55 Distribution Calendar Year

123

22.56 Distribution Commencement Date

123

22.57 Early Retirement Age

123

22.58 Earned Income 

124

22.59 Effective Date 

124

22.60 Elapsed Time Method

124

22.61 Elective Deferrals

124

22.62 Eligibility Computation Period

124

22.63 Eligible Participant

124

22.64 Eligible Rollover Distribution

125

22.65 Eligible Retirement Plan

125

22.66 Employee 

125

22.67 Employee After-Tax Contribution Account

125

22.68 Employee After-Tax Contributions

125

22.69 Employer

125

22.70 Employer Contribution Account

125

22.71 Employer Contributions 

125

22.72 Employer Matching Contribution Account

125

22.73 Employer Matching Contributions 

125

22.74 Employer Nonelective Contributions

125

22.75 Employment Commencement Date

126

22.76 Employment Period 

126






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






 xiv 













22.77 Entry Date 

126

22.78 Equivalency Method 

126

22.79 ERISA 

126

22.80 Excess Aggregate Contributions 

126

22.81 Excess Amount 

126

22.82 Excess Compensation

126

22.83 Excess Contributions 

126

22.84 Excess Deferrals 

126

22.85 Excluded Employee 

126

22.86 Fail-Safe Coverage Provision 

126

22.87 Favorable IRS Letter

126

22.88 Five-Percent Owner 

126

22.89 Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service

126

22.90 Flat Benefit

126

22.91 Flat Excess Benefit

126

22.92 Flat Offset Benefit

127

22.93 Former Related Employer 

127

22.94 Four-Step Formula

127

22.95 General Trust Account 

127

22.96 GUST Legislation 

127

22.97 Hardship

127

22.98 Highest Average Compensation

127

22.99 Highly Compensated Employee 

127

(a) Definition

127

(b) Other Definitions

127

22.100 Highly Compensated Employee Group 

128

22.101 Hour of Service

128

(a) Performance of duties 

128

(b) Nonperformance of duties

128

(c) Back pay award

128

(d) Related Employers/Leased Employees

128

(e) Maternity/paternity leave

128

22.102 Included Compensation 

129

22.103 Insurer 

129

22.104 Integrated Benefit Formula

129

22.105 Integration Level 

129

22.106 Investment Manager 

129

22.107 Key Employee

129

22.108 Leased Employee

129

22.109 Life Expectancy

130





	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 




xv 













22.110 Limitation Year 

130

22.111 Lookback Year

130

22.112 Maximum Disparity Percentage

130

22.113 Maximum Offset Percentage

130

22.114 Maximum Permissible Amount

130

22.115 Measuring Period

130

22.116 Multiple Use Test

130

22.117 Named Fiduciary 

130

22.118 Net Profits 

130

22.119 New Related Employer 

130

22.120 Nonhighly Compensated Employee

130

22.121 Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group

130

22.122 Nonintegrated Benefit Formula 

130

22.123 Non-Key Employee 

130

22.124 Nonresident Alien Employees 

130

22.125 Nonstandardized Agreement

130

22.126 Normal Retirement Age

130

22.127 Offset Compensation

130

22.128 Offset Benefit Formula 

131

22.129 Old-Law Calendar Year Election

131

22.130 Old-Law Required Beginning Date

131

22.131 Owner-Employee

131

22.132 Paired Plans

131

22.133 Participant

131

22.134 Period of Severance

131

22.135 Permissive Aggregation Group 

131

22.136 Permitted Disparity Method 

131

22.137 Plan

131

22.138 Plan Administrator

131

22.139 Plan Year

131

22.140 Pre-Age 35 Waiver

131

22.141 Predecessor Employer 

131

22.142 Predecessor Plan

131

22.143 Present Value 

131

22.144 Present Value Stated Benefit

131

22.145 Prior Year Testing Method 

132

22.146 Pro Rata Allocation Method

132

22.147 Projected Annual Benefit 

132

22.148 Protected Benefit 

132

22.149 Prototype Plan

132






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






 xvi 













22.150 Prototype Sponsor

132

22.151 QDRO -- Qualified Domestic Relations Order

132

22.152 QJSA -- Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity 

132

22.153 QMAC Account

132

22.154 QMACs -- Qualified Matching Contributions

132

22.155 QNEC Account 

132

22.156 QNECs -- Qualified Nonelective Contributions

132

22.157 QPSA -- Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity 

132

22.158 QPSA Election Period

132

22.159 Qualified Election

132

22.160 Qualified Transfer 

132

22.161 Qualifying Employer Real Property

132

22.162 Qualifying Employer Securities

132

22.163 Reemployment Commencement Date 

132

22.164 Related Employer

133

22.165 Required Aggregation Group 

133

22.166 Required Beginning Date

133

22.167 Reverse QNEC Method

133

22.168 Rollover Contribution Account

133

22.169 Rollover Contribution 

133

22.170 Rule of Parity Break in Service

133

22.171 Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan

133

22.172 Safe Harbor Contribution

133

22.173 Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account

133

22.174 Safe Harbor Matching Contributions

133

22.175 Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution Account 

133

22.176 Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions

133

22.177 Salary Reduction Agreement

133

22.178 Section 401(k) Deferral Account

134

22.179 Section 401(k) Deferrals

134

22.180 Self-Employed Individual 

134

22.181 Shareholder-Employee

134

22.182 Shift to Plan Year Method

134

22.183 Short Plan Year 

134

22.184 Social Security Retirement Age

134

22.185 Standardized Agreement

134

22.186 Stated Benefit 

134

22.187 Straight Life Annuity

134

22.188 Successor Plan 

134

22.189 Taxable Wage Base

134





	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 




 xvii 













22.190 Testing Compensation 

134

22.191 Theoretical Reserve

134

22.192 Three Percent Method 

134

22.193 Top-Paid Group

134

22.194 Top-Paid Group Test

134

22.195 Top-Heavy Plan 

134

22.196 Top-Heavy Ratio

134

22.197 Total Compensation

135

(a) W-2 Wages

135

(b) Withholding Wages 

135

(c) Code §415 Safe Harbor Compensation

135

22.198 Transfer Account 

135

22.199 Trust 

136

22.200 Trustee 

136

22.201 Two-Step Formula

136

22.202 Union Employee 

136

22.203 Unit Benefit 

136

22.204 Unit Excess Benefit

136

22.205 Unit Offset Benefit

136

22.206 Valuation Date 

136

22.207 Vesting Computation Period

136

22.208 W-2 Wages 

136

22.209 Withholding Wages

136

22.210 Year of Participation

136

22.211 Year of Service

136






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






 xviii 














ARTICLE 1


PLAN ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION 


This Article contains the rules for determining when an Employee becomes eligible to participate in the Plan. Part 1 and Part 2 of the Agreement contain specific elections for applying these Plan eligibility and participation rules. Article 6 of this BPD and Part 7 of the Agreement contain special service crediting elections to override the default provisions under this Article. 


1.1 


Eligibility for Plan Participation. An Employee who satisfies the Plan's minimum age and service conditions (as elected in Part 1, #5 of the Agreement) is eligible to participate in the Plan beginning on the Entry Date selected in Part 2 of the Agreement, unless he/she is specifically excluded from participation under Part 1, #4 of the Agreement. An Employee who has satisfied the Plan's minimum age and service conditions and is employed on his/her Entry Date is referred to as an Eligible Participant. (See Section 1.7 below for the rules regarding an Employee who terminates employment prior to his/her Entry Date.) An Employee who is excluded from participation under Part 1, #4 of the Agreement is referred to as an Excluded Employee. 


1.2 


Excluded Employees. Unless specifically excluded under Part 1, #4 of the Agreement, all Employees of the Employer are entitled to participate under the Plan upon becoming an Eligible Participant. Any Employee who is excluded under Part 1, #4 of the Agreement may not participate under the Plan, unless such Excluded Employee subsequently becomes a member of an eligible class of Employees. (See Section 1.8(b) of this Article for rules regarding an Excluded Employee's entry into the Plan if he/she subsequently becomes a member of an eligible class of Employees.)  


The Employer may elect under Part 1, #4 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to exclude different groups of Employees for Section 401(k) Deferrals, Employer Matching Contributions, and Employer Nonelective Contributions. Unless provided otherwise under Part 1, #4.f. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, for purposes of determining the Excluded Employees, any selection made with respect to Section 401(k) Deferrals also will apply to any Employee After-Tax Contributions and any Safe Harbor Contributions; any selections made with respect to Employer Matching Contributions also will apply to any Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs); and any selections made with respect to Employer Nonelective Contributions also will apply to any Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs). 


(a) 


Independent contractors. Any individual who is an independent contractor, or who performs services with the Employer under an agreement that identifies the individual as an independent contractor, is specifically excluded from the plan. In the event the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) retroactively reclassifies such an individual as an Employee, the reclassified Employee will become an Eligible Participant on the date the IRS issues a final determination regarding his/her employment status (or the individual's Entry Date, if later), unless the individual is otherwise excluded from participation under Part 1, #4 of the Agreement. For periods prior to the date of such final determination, the reclassified Employee will not have any rights to accrued benefits under the Plan, except as agreed to by the Employer and the IRS, or as set forth in an amendment
adopted by the Employer. 


(b) 


Leased Employees. If an individual is a Leased Employee, such individual is treated as an Employee of the Employer and may participate under the Plan upon satisfying the Plan's minimum age and service conditions, unless the Employer elects to exclude Leased Employees from participation under Part 1, #4.d. of the Agreement. 


(1) 


Definition of Leased Employee. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, a Leased Employee, as defined in Code §414(n), is an individual who performs services for the Employer on a substantially full time basis for a period of at least one year pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and a leasing organization, provided such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the recipient Employer. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, the definition of Leased Employee is as defined under Code §414(n), as in effect for such years. 


(2) 


Credit for benefits. If a Leased Employee receives contributions or benefits under a plan maintained by the leasing organization that are attributable to services performed for the Employer, such contributions or benefits shall be treated as provided by the Employer. 


(3) 


Safe harbor plan. A Leased Employee will not be considered an Employee of the Employer if such Leased Employee is covered by a money purchase plan of the leasing organization which provides: (i) a nonintegrated employer contribution of at least 10% of compensation, (ii) immediate participation, and (iii) full and immediate vesting. For this 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





1 














paragraph to apply, Leased Employees must not constitute more than 20% of the total Nonhighly Compensated Employees of the Employer. 


1.3 


Employees of Related Employers. Employees of the Employer that executes the Signature Page of the Agreement and Employees of any Related Employer that executes a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page under the Agreement are eligible to participate in this Plan. 


A Related Employer is not required to execute a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page. However, Employees of a Related Employer that does not execute a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page are not eligible to participate in the Plan. See Section 21.5 for rules pertaining to Multiple Employer Plans. 


1.4


Minimum Age and Service Conditions. Part 1, #5 of the Agreement contains specific elections as to the minimum age and service conditions which an Employee must satisfy prior to becoming eligible to participate under the Plan. An Employee may be required to attain a specific age or to complete a certain amount of service with the Employer prior to commencing participation under the Plan. If no minimum age or service conditions apply to a particular contribution (i.e., the Employer elects "None" under Part 1, #5.a. of the Agreement), an Employee is treated as satisfying the Plan's eligibility requirements on the individual's Employment Commencement Date. 


Different age and service conditions may be selected under Part 1, #5 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement for Section 401(k) Deferrals, Employer Matching Contributions, and Employer Nonelective Contributions. For purposes of applying the eligibility conditions under Part 1, #5, any selection made with respect to Section 401(k) Deferrals also will apply to any Employee After-Tax Contributions; any selections made with respect to Employer Matching Contributions also will apply to any Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs); and any selections made with respect to Employer Nonelective Contributions also will apply to any Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs), unless otherwise provided under Part 1, #5.f. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. In addition, any eligibility conditions selected with respect to Section 401(k) Deferrals also will apply to any Safe
Harbor Contributions designated under Part 4E of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, unless otherwise provided under Part 4E, #30.d. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. If different conditions apply for different contributions, the rules in this Article for determining when an Employee is an Eligible Participant are applied separately with respect to each set of eligibility conditions. 


(a) 


Maximum permissible age and service conditions. Code §410(a) provides limits on the maximum permissible age and service conditions that may be required prior to Plan participation. The Employer may not require an Employee, as a condition of Plan participation, to attain an age older than age 21. The Employer also may not require an Employee to complete more than one Year of Service, unless the Employer elects full and immediate vesting under Part 6 of the Agreement, in which case the Employer may require an Employee to complete up to two Years of Service. (The Employer may not require an Employee to complete more than one Year of Service to be eligible to make Section 401(k) Deferrals under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement.) 


(b) 


Year of Service. Unless the Employer elects otherwise under Part 7, #23 of the Agreement [Part 7, #41 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], an Employee will earn one Year of Service for purposes of applying the eligibility rules under this Article if the Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service with the Employer during an Eligibility Computation Period (as defined in subsection (c) below). An Employee will receive credit for a Year of Service, as of the end of the Eligibility Computation Period, if the Employee completes the required Hours of Service during such period, even if the Employee is not employed for the entire period. In calculating an Employee's Hours of Service for purposes of applying the eligibility rules under this Article, the Employer will use the Actual Hours Crediting Method, unless elected otherwise under Part 7 of the
Agreement. (See Article 6 of this BPD for a description of alternative service crediting methods.) 


(c) 


Eligibility Computation Periods. For purposes of determining Years of Service under this Article, an Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period is the 12-month period beginning on the Employee's Employment Commencement Date. If one Year of Service is required for eligibility, and the Employee is not credited with a Year of Service for the first Eligibility Computation Period, subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods are calculated under the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method, unless the Employer elects under Part 7, #24.a. of the Agreement [Part 7, #42.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to use the Anniversary Year Method. If two Years of Service are required for eligibility, subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods are measured on the Anniversary Year Method, unless the Employer elects under Part 7, #24.b. of the Agreement [Part 7, #42.b. of
the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to use the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method. In the case of a Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement in which a two Years of Service eligibility condition is used for either Employer Matching Contributions or Employer Nonelective Contributions, the method used to determine Eligibility Computation Periods for the two Years of Service condition also will apply to 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






2 














any one Year of Service eligibility condition used with respect to any other contributions under the Plan. 


(1) 


Shift-to-Plan-Year Method. Under the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method, after the initial Eligibility Computation Period, subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods are measured using the Plan Year. In applying the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method, the first Eligibility Computation Period following the shift to the Plan Year is the first Plan Year that commences after the Employee's Employment Commencement Date. See Section 11.7 for rules that apply if there is a short Plan Year. 


(2) 


Anniversary Year Method. Under the Anniversary Year Method, after the initial Eligibility Computation Period, each subsequent Eligibility Computation Period is the 12-month period commencing with the anniversary of the Employee's Employment Commencement Date. 


(d) 


Application of eligibility rules. 


(1) 


General rule – Effective Date. All Employees who have satisfied the conditions for being an Eligible Participant (and have reached their Entry Date (as determined under Part 2 of the Agreement)) as of the Effective Date of the Plan are eligible to participate in the Plan as of the Effective Date (provided the Employee is employed on such date and is not otherwise excluded from participation under Part 1, #4 of the Agreement). If an Employee has satisfied all the conditions for being an Eligible Participant as of the Effective Date of the Plan, except the Employee has not yet reached his/her Entry Date, the Employee will become an Eligible Participant on the appropriate Entry Date in accordance with this Article. 


(2) 


Dual eligibility provision. The Employer may modify the rule described in subsection (1) above by electing under Part 1, #6.a. of the Agreement to treat all Employees employed on the Effective Date of the Plan as Eligible Participants as of such date. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under Part 1, #6.b. of the Agreement to apply the dual eligibility provision as of a specified date. Any Employee employed as of a date designated under Part 1, #6 will be deemed to be an Eligible Participant as of the later of such date or the Effective Date of this Plan, whether or not the Employee has otherwise satisfied the eligibility conditions designated under Part 1, #4 and whether or not the Employee has otherwise reached his/her Entry Date (as designated under Part 2 of the Agreement). Thus, all eligible Employees employed on the date designated under Part 1,
 #6 will commence participating under the Plan as of the appropriate date. 


(e) 


Amendment of age and service requirements. If the Plan's minimum age and service conditions are amended, an Employee who is an Eligible Participant immediately prior to the effective date of the amendment is deemed to satisfy the amended requirements. This provision may be modified under the special Effective Date provisions under Appendix A of the Agreement. 


1.5 


Entry Dates. Part 2 of the Agreement
contains specific elections regarding the Entry Dates under the Plan. An Employee's Entry Date is the date as of which he/she is
first considered an Eligible Participant. Depending on the elections in Part 2 of the Agreement, the Entry Date may be the exact
date on which an Employee completes the Plan's age and service conditions, or it might be some date that occurs before or after such
conditions are satisfied. If an Employee is excluded from participation under Part 1, #4 of the Agreement, see the rules under
Section 1.8 of this Article. 


The Employer may elect under Part 2 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to apply different Entry Dates for Section
401(k) Deferrals, Employer Matching Contributions, and Employer Nonelective Contributions. Unless provided otherwise in Part 2,
#8.f. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, the Entry Date chosen for Section 401(k) Deferrals also applies to any Employee
After-Tax Contributions and to any Safe Harbor Contributions designated under Part 4E of the Agreement; the Entry Date chosen for
Employer Matching Contributions also applies to any Qualified Matching Contributions (QMACs); and the Entry Date chosen for Employer
Nonelective Contributions also applies to any Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs). 


(a) 


Entry Date requirements. Except as provided under Section 1.4(d)(2)
above, an Employee (other than an Excluded Employee) commences participation under the Plan (i.e., becomes an Eligible Participant)
as of the Entry Date selected in Part 2 of the Agreement, provided the individual is employed by the Employer on that Entry Date.
(See Section 1.7 below for the rules applicable to Employees who are not employed on the Entry Date.) In no event may an Eligible
Participant's Entry Date be later than: (1) the first day of the Plan Year beginning after the date on which the Eligible
Participant satisfies the maximum permissible minimum age and service conditions 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





3 














described in Section 1.4, or (2) six months after the date the Eligible Participant satisfies such age and service conditions. 


(b) 


Single annual Entry Date. If the Employer elects a single annual Entry Date under Part 2, #8 of the Agreement, the maximum permissible age and service conditions described in Section 1.4 above are reduced by one-half (1/2) year, unless: (1) the Employer elects under Part 2, #7.c. of the Agreement to use the Entry Date nearest the date the Employee satisfies the Plan's minimum age and service conditions and the Entry Date is the first day of the Plan Year or (2) the Employer elects under Part 2, #7.d. of the Agreement to use the Entry Date preceding 
the date the Employee satisfies the Plan's minimum age and service conditions. 


1.6 


Eligibility Break in Service Rules. For purposes of eligibility to participate, an Employee is credited with all Years of Service earned with the Employer, except as provided under the following Break in Service rules. In applying these Break in Service rules, Years of Service and Breaks in Service (as defined in Section 22.26) are measured on the same Eligibility Computation Period as defined in Section 1.4(c) above. 


(a) 


Rule of Parity Break in Service. This Break in Service rule applies only to Participants who are totally nonvested (i.e., 0% vested) in their Employer Contribution Account and Employer Matching Contribution Account, as applicable. Under this Break in Service rule, if a nonvested Participant incurs a period of consecutive one-year Breaks in Service which equals or exceeds the greater of five (5) or the Participant's aggregate number of Years of Service with the Employer, all service earned prior to the consecutive Break in Service period will be disregarded and the Participant will be treated as a new Employee for purposes of determining eligibility under the Plan. The Employer may elect under Part 7, #27 of the Agreement [Part 7, #45 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] not to apply the Rule of Parity Break in Service rule. 


(1) 


Previous application of the Rule of Parity Break in Service rule. In determining a Participant's aggregate Years of Service for purposes of applying the Rule of Parity Break in Service, any Years of Service otherwise disregarded under a previous application of this rule are disregarded. 


(2) 


Application to the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. The Rule of Parity Break in Service rule applies only to determine the individual's right to resume as an Eligible Participant with respect to his/her Employer Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account. In determining whether a Participant is totally nonvested for purposes of applying the Rule of Parity Break in Service rule, the Participant's Section 401(k) Deferral Account, Employee After-Tax Contribution Account, QMAC Account, QNEC Account, Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, and Rollover Contribution Account are disregarded. 


(b) 


One-year Break in Service rule for Plans using a two Years of Service eligibility condition. If the Employer elects to use the two Years of Service eligibility condition under Part 1, #5.e. of the Agreement, any Employee who incurs a one-year Break in Service before satisfying the two Years of Service eligibility condition will not be credited with service earned before such one-year Break in Service. 


(c) 


One-year holdout Break in Service rule. The one-year holdout Break in Service rule will not apply unless the Employer specifically elects in Part 7, #27.b. of the Agreement [Part 7, #45.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to have it apply. If the one-year holdout Break in Service rule is elected, an Employee who has a one-year Break in Service will not be credited for eligibility purposes with any Years of Service earned before such one-year Break in Service until the Employee has completed a Year of Service after the one-year Break in Service. 


(1)


Operating rules. An Employee who is precluded from receiving Employer Contributions (other than Section 401(k) Deferrals) as a result of the one-year holdout Break in Service rule, and who completes a Year of Service following the Break in Service, is reinstated as an Eligible Participant as of the first day of the 12-month measuring period (determined under subsection (2) or (3) below) during which the Employee completes the Year of Service. Unless otherwise selected under Part 7, #45.b.(1)(b) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, the one-year holdout Break in Service rule does not apply to preclude an otherwise Eligible Participant from making Section 401(k) Deferrals to the Plan. If the Employer elects under Part 7, #45.b.(1)(b) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to have the one-year holdout Break in Service rule apply
to Section 401(k) Deferrals, an Employee who is precluded from making Section 401(k) Deferrals as a result of this Break in Service rule is re-eligible to make Section 401(k) Deferrals immediately upon completing 1,000 Hours of Service with the Employer during a subsequent measuring period (as determined under subsection (2) or (3) below). No corrective action need be taken by the Employer as 




				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






4 














a result of the failure to retroactively permit the Employee to make Section 401(k) Deferrals. 


(2) 


Plans using the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method. If the Plan uses the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method (as defined in Section 1.4(c)(1)) for measuring Years of Service, the period for determining whether an Employee completes a Year of Service following the one-year Break in Service is the 12-month period commencing on the Employee's Reemployment Commencement Date and, if necessary, subsequent Plan Years beginning with the Plan Year which includes the first anniversary of the Employee's Reemployment Commencement Date. 


(3) 


Plans using Anniversary Year Method. If the Plan uses the Anniversary Year Method (as defined in Section 1.4(c)(2)) for measuring Years of Service, the period for determining whether an Employee completes a Year of Service following the one-year Break in Service is the 12-month period which commences on the Employee's Reemployment Commencement Date and, if necessary, subsequent 12-month periods beginning on anniversaries of the Employee's Reemployment Commencement Date. 


1.7


Eligibility upon Reemployment. Subject to the Break in Service rules under Section 1.6, a former Employee is reinstated as an Eligible Participant immediately upon rehire if the Employee had satisfied the Plan's minimum age and service conditions prior to termination of employment, regardless of whether the Employee was actually employed on his/her Entry Date, unless the Employee is an Excluded Employee upon his/her return to employment. This requirement is deemed satisfied if a rehired Employee is permitted to commence making Section 401(k) Deferrals as of the beginning of the first payroll period commencing after the Employee's Reemployment Commencement Date. 


If an Employee is reemployed prior to his/her Entry Date, the Employee does not become an Eligible Participant under the Plan until such Entry Date. A rehired Employee who had not satisfied the Plan's minimum age and service conditions prior to termination of employment is eligible to participate in the Plan on the appropriate Entry Date following satisfaction of the eligibility requirements under this Article. 


1.8 


Operating Rules for Employees Excluded by Class.  


(a) 


Eligible Participant becomes part of an excluded class of Employees. If an Eligible Participant becomes part of an excluded class of Employees, his/her status as an Eligible Participant ceases immediately. As provided in subsection (b) below, such Employee's status as an Eligible Participant will resume immediately upon his/her returning to an eligible class of Employees, regardless of whether such date is a normal Entry Date under the Plan, subject to the application of any Break in Service rules under Section 1.6 and the special rule for Section 401(k) Deferrals under
subsection (b) below. 


(b) 


Excluded Employee becomes part of an eligible class of Employee. If an Excluded Employee becomes part of an eligible class of Employees, the following rules apply. If the Entry Date that otherwise would have applied to such Employee following his/her completion of the Plan's minimum age and service conditions has already passed, then the Employee becomes an Eligible Participant on the date he/she becomes part of the eligible class of Employees, regardless of whether such date is a normal Entry Date under the Plan. This requirement is deemed satisfied if the Employee is permitted to commence making Section 401(k) Deferrals as of the beginning of the first payroll period commencing after the Employee becomes part of an eligible class of Employees. If the Entry Date that would have applied to such Employee has not passed, then the Employee becomes an
Eligible Participant on such Entry Date. If the Employee has not satisfied the Plan's minimum age and service conditions, the Employee will become an Eligible Participant on the appropriate Entry Date following satisfaction of the eligibility requirements under this Article. 


1.9


Relationship to Accrual of Benefits. An Eligible Participant is entitled to accrue benefits in the Plan but will not necessarily do so in every Plan Year that he/she is an Eligible Participant. Whether an Eligible Participant's Account receives an allocation of Employer Contributions depends on the requirements set forth in Part 4 of the Agreement. If an Employee is an Eligible Participant for purposes of making Section 401(k) Deferrals under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, such Employee is treated as an Eligible Participant under the Plan regardless of whether he/she actually elects to make Section 401(k) Deferrals. 


1.10 


Waiver of Participation. Unless the Employer elects otherwise under Part 13, #57 of the Agreement [Part 13, #75 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], an Eligible Participant may not waive participation under the Plan. For this purpose, a failure to make Section 401(k) Deferrals or Employee After-Tax Contributions under a 401(k) plan is not a waiver of participation. The Employer may elect under Part 13, #57 of the Agreement [Part 13, #75 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to permit Employees to make a one-time irrevocable election to not participate under the Plan. Such election must be made upon inception of the 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





5 













Plan or at any time prior to the time the Employee first becomes eligible to participate under any plan maintained by the Employer. An Employee who makes a one-time irrevocable election not to participate may not subsequently elect to participate under the Plan. 

An Employee who elects not to participate under this Section 1.10 is treated as a nonbenefiting Employee for purposes of the minimum coverage requirements under Code §410(b). However, an Employee who makes a one-time irrevocable election not to participate, as described in the preceding paragraph, is not an Eligible Participant for purposes of applying the ADP Test or ACP Test under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. See Section 17.7(e) and (f). A waiver of participation must be filed in the manner, time and on the form required by the Plan Administrator. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






6 














ARTICLE 2


EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS 


This Article describes how Employer Contributions are made to and allocated under the Plan. The type of Employer Contributions that may be made under the Plan and the method for allocating such contributions will depend on the type of Plan involved. Section 2.2 of this BPD provides specific rules regarding contributions and allocations under a profit sharing plan and Section 2.3 provides the rules for a 401(k) plan. Part 4 of the Agreement contains the elective provisions for the Employer to specify the amount and type of Employer Contributions it will make under the Plan and to designate any limits on the amount it will contribute to the Plan each year. Employee After-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions and transfers to the Plan are discussed in Article 3 and the allocation of forfeitures is discussed in Article 5. Part 3 of the Agreement contains elective provisions for determining an
Employee's Included Compensation for allocation purposes. 


2.1


Amount of Employer Contributions. The Employer shall make Employer Contributions to the Trust as determined under the contribution formula elected in Part 4 of the Agreement. If this Plan is a 401(k) plan, Employer Contributions include Section 401(k) Deferrals, Employer Nonelective Contributions, Employer Matching Contributions, QNECs, QMACs, and Safe Harbor Contributions, to the extent such contributions are elected under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. The Employer has the responsibility for determining the amount and timing of Employer Contributions under the terms of the Plan. 


(a) 


Limitation on Employer Contributions. Employer Contributions are subject to the Annual Additions Limitation described in Article 7 of this BPD. If allocations to a Participant exceed (or will exceed) such limitation, the excess will be corrected in accordance with the rules under Article 7. In addition, the Employer must comply with the special contribution and allocation rules for Top-Heavy Plans under Article 16. 


(b) 


Limitation on Included Compensation. For purposes of determining a Participant's allocation of Employer Contributions under this Article, the Included Compensation taken into account for any Participant for a Plan Year may not exceed the Compensation Dollar Limitation under Section 


(c) 


Contribution of property. Subject to the consent of the Trustee, the Employer may make its contribution to the Plan in the form of property, provided such contribution does not constitute a prohibited transaction under the Code or ERISA. The decision to make a contribution of property is subject to the general fiduciary rules under ERISA. 


(d) 


Frozen Plan. The Employer may designate under Part 4, #12 of the Agreement [#3 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] that the Plan is a frozen Plan. As a frozen Plan, the Employer will not make any Employer Contributions with respect to Included Compensation earned after the date identified in the Agreement, and if the Plan is a 401(k) Plan, no Participant will be permitted to make Section 401(k) Deferrals or Employee After-Tax Contributions to the Plan for any period following the effective date identified in the Agreement. 


22.32. 


2.2


Profit Sharing Plan Contribution and Allocations. This Section 2.2 sets forth rules for determining the amount of any Employer Contributions under the profit sharing plan Agreement. This Section 2.2 also applies for purposes of determining any Employer Nonelective Contributions under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement. In applying this Section 2.2 to the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, the term Employer Contribution refers solely to Employer Nonelective Contributions. Any reference to the Agreement under this Section 2.2 is a reference to the profit sharing plan Agreement or Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement (as applicable). 


(a) 


Amount of Employer Contribution. The Employer must designate under Part 4, #12 of the profit sharing plan Agreement the amount it will contribute as an Employer Contribution under the Plan. If the Employer adopts the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement and elects to make Employer Nonelective Contributions under Part 4C of the Agreement, the Employer must complete Part 4C, #20 of the Agreement, unless the only Employer Nonelective Contribution authorized under the Plan is a QNEC under Part 4C, #22. An Employer Contribution authorized under this Section may be totally within the Employer's discretion or may be a fixed amount determined as a uniform percentage of each Eligible Participant's Included Compensation or as a fixed dollar amount for each Eligible Participant. An Employer Contribution under this Section will be allocated
to the Eligible Participants' Employer Contribution Account in accordance with the allocation formula selected under Part 4, #13 of the Agreement [Part 4C, #21 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


(1) 


Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula. The Employer may elect a Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula under Part 4, #12.d. of the Agreement [Part 4C, #20.d. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. Under the Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula, the Employer will provide an Employer Contribution for each Eligible Participant who performs Davis­


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





7 














Bacon Act Service. For this purpose, Davis-Bacon Act Service is any service performed by an Employee under a public contract subject to the Davis-Bacon Act or to any other federal, state or municipal prevailing wage law. Each such Eligible Participant will receive a contribution based on the hourly contribution rate for the Participant's employment classification, as designated on Schedule A of the Agreement. Schedule A is incorporated as part of the Agreement. 


In applying the Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula under this subsection (1), the following default rules will apply. The Employer may modify these default rules under Part 4, #12.d.(2) of the Agreement [Part 4C, #20.d.(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


(i) 


Eligible Employees. Highly Compensated Employees are Excluded Employees for purposes of receiving an Employer Contribution under the Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula. 


(ii) 


Minimum age and service conditions. No minimum age or service conditions will apply for purposes of determining an Employee's eligibility under the Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula. 


(iii) 


Entry Date. For purposes of applying the Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula, an Employee becomes an Eligible Participant on his/her Employment Commencement Date. 


(iv)


Allocation conditions. No allocation conditions (as described in Section 2.6) will apply for purposes of determining an Eligible Participant's allocation under the Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula. 


(v) 


Vesting. Employer Contributions made pursuant to the Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula are always 100% vested. 


(vi) 


Offset of other Employer Contributions. The contributions under the Davis Bacon Contribution Formula will not offset any other Employer Contributions under the Plan. However, the Employer may elect under Part 4, #12.d.(1) of the Agreement [Part 4C, #20.d.(1) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to offset any other Employer Contributions made under the Plan by the contributions a Participant receives under the Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula. Under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement, the Employer may elect under Part 4C, #20.d.(1) to apply the offset under this subsection to Employer Nonelective Contributions, Employer Matching Contributions, or both. 


(2) 


Net Profits. The Employer may elect under Part 4, #12 of the Agreement [Part 4B, #16 and Part 4C, #20 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], to limit any Employer Contribution under the Plan to Net Profits. Unless modified in the Agreement, Net Profits means the Employer's net income or profits determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, without any reduction for taxes based upon income, or the contributions made by the Employer under this Plan or any other qualified plan. Unless specifically elected otherwise under Part 4, #12.e.(2) of the Agreement [Part 4C, #20.e.(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], this limit will not apply to any Employer Contributions made under a Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula. 


(3) 


Multiple formulas. If the Employer elects more than one Employer Contribution formula, each formula is applied separately. The Employer's aggregate Employer Contribution for a Plan Year will be the sum of the Employer Contributions under all such formulas. 


(b) 


Allocation formula for Employer Contributions. The Employer must elect a definite allocation formula under Part 4, #13 of the profit sharing plan Agreement that determines how much of the Employer Contribution is allocated to each Eligible Participant. If the Employer adopts the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement and elects to make an Employer Nonelective Contribution (other than a QNEC) under Part 4C, #20 of the Agreement, Part 4C, #21 also must be completed designating the allocation formula under the Plan. An Eligible Participant is only entitled to an allocation if such Participant satisfies the allocation conditions described in Part 4, #15 of the Agreement [Part 4C, #24 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. See Section 2.6. 


(1) 


Pro Rata Allocation Method. If the Employer elects the Pro Rata Allocation Method, a pro rata share of the Employer Contribution is allocated to each Eligible Participant's Employer Contribution Account. A Participant's pro rata share is determined based on the ratio such Participant's Included Compensation bears to the total of all Eligible 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






8 














Participants' Included Compensation. However, if the Employer elects under Part 4, #12.c. of the Agreement [Part 4C, #20.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to contribute a uniform dollar amount for each Eligible Participant, the pro rata allocation method allocates that uniform dollar amount to each Eligible Participant. If the Employer elects a Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula under Part 4, #12.d. of the Agreement [Part 4C, #20.d. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Employer Contributions made pursuant to such formula will be allocated to each Eligible Participant based on his/her Davis-Bacon Act Service in accordance with the employment classifications identified under Schedule A of the Agreement. 


(2) 


Permitted Disparity Method. If the Employer elects the Permitted Disparity Method, the Employer Contribution is allocated to Eligible Participants under the Two-Step Formula or the Four-Step Formula (as elected under the Agreement). The Permitted Disparity Method only may apply if the Employer elects under the Agreement to make a discretionary contribution. The Employer may not elect the Permitted Disparity Method under the Plan if another qualified plan of the Employer, which covers any of the same Employees, uses permitted disparity in determining the allocation of contributions or the accrual of benefits under the plan. 


For purposes of applying the Permitted Disparity Method, Excess Compensation is the portion of an Eligible Participant's Included Compensation that exceeds the Integration Level. The Integration Level is the Taxable Wage Base, unless the Employer designates a different amount under Part 4, #14.b.(2) of the Agreement [Part 4C, #23.b.(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


(i)


Two-Step Formula. If the Employer elects the Two-Step Formula, the following allocation method applies. However, the Employer may elect under Part 4, #14.b.(1) of the Agreement [Part 4C, #23.b.(1) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to have the Four-Step Method, as described in subsection (ii) below, automatically apply for any Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. 


(A) 


Step One. The Employer Contribution is allocated to each Eligible Participant's Account in the ratio that each Eligible Participant's Included Compensation plus Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Included Compensation plus Excess Compensation of all Eligible Participants for the Plan Year. The allocation under this Step One, as a percentage of each Eligible Participant's Included Compensation plus Excess Compensation, may not exceed the Applicable Percentage under the following table: 


 Integration Level Applicable (as a % of the Taxable Wage Base) Percentage


 100%


5.7% 


More than 80% but less than 100%


5.4% 


More than 20% and not more than 80%


4.3% 


20% or less


5.7% 


(B) 


Step Two. Any Employer Contribution remaining after Step One will be allocated in the ratio that each Eligible Participant's Included Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the total Included Compensation of all Eligible Participants for the Plan Year. 


(ii) 


Four-Step Formula. If the Employer elects the Four-Step Formula, or if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan and the Employer elects under the Agreement to have the Four-Step Formula apply for any Plan Year that the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the following allocation method applies. The allocation under this Four-Step Formula may be modified if the Employer maintains a Defined Benefit Plan and elects under Part 13, #54.b. of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to provide a greater top-heavy minimum contribution. See Section 16.2(a)(5)(ii). 


(A) 


Step One. The Employer Contribution is allocated to each Eligible Participant's Account in the ratio that each Eligible Participant's Total 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





9 













Compensation for the Plan Year bears to all Eligible Participants' Total Compensation for the Plan Year, but not in excess of 3% of each Eligible Participant's Total Compensation. 


For any Plan Year for which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, an allocation will be made under this subsection (A) to any Non-Key Employee who is an Eligible Participant (and is not an Excluded Employee) if such individual is employed as of the last day of the Plan Year, even if such individual fails to satisfy any minimum Hours of Service allocation condition under Part 4, #15 of the Agreement [Part 4C, #24 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. If the Plan is a Top-Heavy 401(k) Plan, an allocation also will be made under this subsection (A) to any Employee who is an Eligible Participant for purposes of making Section 401(k) Deferrals under the Plan, even if the individual has not satisfied the minimum age and service conditions under Part 1, #5 of the Agreement applicable to any other contribution types. 


(B) 


Step Two. Any Employer Contribution remaining after the allocation in Step One will be allocated to each Eligible Participant's Account in the ratio that each Eligible Participant's Excess Compensation for the Plan Year bears to the Excess Compensation of all Eligible Participants for the Plan Year, but not in excess of 3% of each Eligible Participant's Included Compensation. 


(C) 


Step Three. Any Employer Contribution remaining after the allocation in Step Two will be allocated to each Eligible Participant's Account in the ratio that the sum of each Eligible Participant's Included Compensation and Excess Compensation bears to the sum of all Eligible Participants' Included Compensation and Excess Compensation. The allocation under this Step Three, as a percentage of each Eligible Participant's Included Compensation plus Excess Compensation, may not exceed the Applicable Percentage under the following table: 


Integration Level Applicable (as a % of the Taxable Wage Base) Percentage


 100%


2.7% 


More than 80% but less than 100%


2.4% 


More than 20% and not more than 80%


1.3% 


20% or less


2.7% 


(D) 


Step Four. Any remaining Employer Contribution will be allocated to each Eligible Participant's Account in the ratio that each Eligible Participant's Included Compensation for the Plan Year bears to all Eligible Participants' Included Compensation for that Plan Year. 


(3) 


Uniform points allocation. The Employer may elect under Part 4, #13.c. of the Agreement [Part 4C, #21.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to allocate the Employer Contribution under a uniform points allocation formula. Under this formula, the allocation for each Eligible Participant is determined based on the Eligible Participant's total points for the Plan Year, as determined under the Agreement. An Eligible Participant's allocation of the Employer Contribution is determined by multiplying the Employer Contribution by a fraction, the numerator of which is the Eligible Participant's total points for the Plan Year and the denominator of which is the sum of the points for all Eligible Participants for the Plan Year. 


An Eligible Participant will receive points for each year(s) of age and/or each Year(s) of Service designated under Part 4, #13.c. of the Agreement [Part 4C, #21.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. In addition, an Eligible Participant also may receive points based on his/her Included Compensation, if the Employer so elects under the Agreement. Each Eligible Participant will receive the same number of points for each designated year of age and/or service and the same number of points for each designated level of Included Compensation. An Eligible Participant must receive points for either age or service, or may receive points for both age and service. If the Employer also provides points based 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






10 














on Included Compensation, an Eligible Participant will receive points for each level of Included Compensation designated under Part 4, #13.c.(3) of the Agreement [Part 4C, #21.c.(3) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. For this purpose, the Employer may not designate a level of Included Compensation that exceeds $200. 


To satisfy the nondiscrimination safe harbor under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2, the average of the allocation rates for Highly Compensated Employees in the Plan must not exceed the average of the allocation rates for the Nonhighly Compensated Employees in the Plan. For this purpose, the average allocation rates are determined in accordance with Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2(b)(3)(B). 


(4) 


Cross-Testing Method.  The Employer may elect under Part 4C, #21.f. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to allocate the Employer Contribution under the Cross-Testing Method. Under the Cross-Testing Method, the Employer must notify the Trustee, in writing, of the amount of contributions to be allocated to each Benefiting Group each Plan Year. The Benefiting Groups are the particular groups of Eligible Participants identified in the Profit Sharing/401(k) Adoption Agreement. 


If a Plan uses the Cross-Testing Method hereunder, the Plan must demonstrate compliance with the nondiscrimination rules pursuant to Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (or superseding guidance).  Nothing herein precludes a plan from using any available method to pass the nondiscrimination rules. 


Under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-8, equivalent benefits under a Defined Contribution Plan are nondiscriminatory in amount for a Plan Year if: 


(i) 


The Plan would satisfy Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-2(c)(1) for the Plan Year if an equivalent accrual rate, as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-8, were substituted for each Employee’s allocation rate in the determination of rate groups; and 


(ii)


For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, the Plan satisfies one of the following conditions: 


(A)


The Plan has broadly available allocation rates for the Plan Year. 


A plan has broadly available allocation rates for the plan year if each allocation rate under the plan is currently available during the plan year (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-4(b)(2)), to a group of employees that satisfies Code Section 410(b) (without regard to the average benefit percentage test of Treasury Regulation Section 1.410(b)-5). For this purpose, if two allocation rates could be permissively aggregated under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-4(d)(4), assuming the allocation rates were treated as benefits, rights or features, they may be aggregated and treated as a single allocation rate. In addition, the disregard of age and service conditions described in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)­4(b)(2)(ii)(A) does not apply for purposes of this paragraph. 


In determining whether a plan has broadly available allocation rates for the plan year within the meaning of the preceding paragraph, an employee’s allocation may be disregarded to the extent that the allocation is a transition allocation for the plan year.  In order for an allocation to be a transition allocation, the allocation must comply with the requirements of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)­8(b)(1)(iii)(C) and must be either a defined benefit replacement allocation or a pre-existing replacement allocation or pre-existing merger and acquisition allocation. 


(B) 


The Plan has age-based allocation rates that are based on either a gradual age or service schedule or a uniform target benefit allocation for the Plan Year. 


A plan has a gradual age or service schedule for the plan year if the allocation formula for all employees under the plan provides for a single schedule of allocation rates under which:  (1) The schedule defines a series of bands based solely on age, years of service, or the number of 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





11 














points representing the sum of age and years of service (age and service points), under which the same allocation rate applies to all employees whose age, years of service, or age and service points are within each band; and (2) The allocation rates under the schedule increase smoothly at regular intervals. 


A schedule of allocation rates increases smoothly if the allocation rate for each band within the schedule is greater than the allocation rate for the immediately preceding band (i.e., the band with the next lower number of years of age, years of service, or age and service points) but by no more than 5 percentage points.  However, a schedule of allocation rates will not be treated as increasing smoothly if the ratio of the allocation rate for any band to the rate for the immediately preceding band is more than 2.0 or if it exceeds the ratio of allocation rates between the two immediately preceding bands. 


A schedule of allocation rates has regular intervals of age, years of service, or age and service points, if each band, other than the band associated with the highest age, years of service, or age and service points, is the same length. For this purpose, if the schedule is based on age, the first band is deemed to be of the same length as the other bands if it ends at or before age 25. If the first age band ends after age 25, then, in determining whether the length of the first band is the same as the length of other bands, the starting age for the first age band is permitted to be treated as age 25 or any age earlier than 25.  For a schedule of allocation rates based on age and service points, the rules of the preceding two sentences are applied by substituting 25 age and service points for age 25. For a schedule of allocation rates based on service, the starting service
for the first service band is permitted to be treated as one year of service or any lesser amount of service. 


A schedule of allocation rates under a plan does not fail to increase smoothly at regular intervals, merely because a minimum uniform allocation rate is provided for all employees or the minimum benefit described in Code Section 416(c)(2) is provided for all non-key employees (either because the plan is top heavy or without regard to whether the plan is top heavy) if the schedule satisfies one of the following conditions:  (1) The allocation rates under the plan that are greater than the minimum allocation rate can be included in a hypothetical schedule of allocation rates that increases smoothly at regular intervals, within the meaning of this Section 2.2(b)(4)(ii)(B), where the hypothetical schedule has a lowest allocation rate no lower than 1% of plan year compensation; or (2) For a plan using a schedule of allocation rates based on age, for each age band in the schedule
that provides an allocation rate greater than the minimum allocation rate, there could be an employee in that age band with an equivalent accrual rate that is less than or equal to the equivalent accrual rate that would apply to an employee whose age is the highest age for which the allocation rate equals the minimum allocation rate. 



A plan has allocation rates that are based on a uniform target benefit allocation for the plan year if the plan fails to satisfy the requirements for the safe harbor testing method in Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-8(b)(3) merely because the determination of the allocations under the plan differs from the allocations determined under that safe harbor testing method for any of the following reasons:  (A) The interest rate used for determining the actuarial present value of the stated plan benefit and the theoretical reserve is lower than a standard interest rate; 


(B) The stated benefit is calculated assuming compensation increases at a specified rate; or (C) The plan computes the current year contribution using the actual account balance instead of the theoretical reserve. 


(C) 


The Plan satisfies the minimum allocation gateway for the Plan Year. 


A plan satisfies the minimum allocation gateway if each eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee has an allocation rate that is at least 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






12 














one third of the allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest allocation rate.  However, in all events, the plan is deemed to satisfy this minimum allocation gateway if each eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee receives an allocation of at least 5% of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3), measured over a period of time permitted under the definition of plan year compensation. 


Under Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)-9(b)(2)(v), for plan years beginning on or after January 1, 2002, unless, for the plan year, a defined benefit/defined contribution plan is primarily defined benefit in character or consists of broadly available separate plans, the defined benefit/defined contribution plan must satisfy the minimum aggregate allocation gateway for the plan year in order to be permitted to demonstrate satisfaction of the nondiscrimination in amount requirement of Treasury Regulation Section 1.401(a)(4)­1(b)(2) on the basis of benefits. 


A defined benefit/defined contribution plan is primarily defined benefit in character if, for more than 50% of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees benefiting under the plan, the normal accrual rate for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee attributable to benefits provided under defined benefit plans that are part of the defined benefit/defined contribution plan exceeds the equivalent accrual rate for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee attributable to contributions under defined contribution plans that are part of the defined benefit/defined contribution plan. 


A defined benefit/defined contribution plan consists of broadly available separate plans if the defined contribution plan and the defined benefit plan that are part of the defined benefit/defined contribution plan each would satisfy the coverage and nondiscrimination in amount requirement, if each plan were tested separately, assuming, however, that the average benefit percentage test were satisfied.  For this purpose, all defined contribution plans that are part of the defined benefit/defined contribution plan are treated as a single defined contribution plan and all defined benefit plans that are part of the defined benefit/defined contribution plan are treated as a single defined benefit plan.  If permitted disparity is used for an employee for purposes of satisfying the separate testing requirement for plans of one type, it may not be used in satisfying the separate






testing requirement for plans of the other type for the employee. 


A defined benefit/defined contribution plan satisfies the minimum aggregate allocation gateway if each eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee has an aggregate normal allocation rate that is at least one-third of the aggregate normal allocation rate of the Highly Compensated Employee with the highest such rate (Highly Compensated Employee rate), or, if less, 5% of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s compensation, provided that the Highly Compensated Employee rate does not exceed 25% of compensation. If the Highly Compensated Employee rate exceeds 25% of compensation, then the aggregate normal allocation rate for each eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee must be at least 5% increased by one percentage point for each 5-percentage­point increment (or portion thereof) by which the Highly Compensated Employee rate exceeds 25% (e.g., the Nonhighly Compensated
Employee minimum is 6% for a Highly Compensated Employee rate that exceeds 25% but not 30%, and 7% for a Highly Compensated Employee rate that exceeds 30% but not 35%).  However, a plan is in all events deemed to satisfy the minimum aggregate allocation gateway if the aggregate normal allocation rate for each eligible Nonhighly Compensated Employee is at least 71⁄2% of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee’s compensation within the meaning of Code Section 415(c)(3), measured over a period of time permitted under the definition of plan year compensation.  For purposes of this paragraph, a plan is permitted to treat each Nonhighly Compensated Employee who benefits under the defined benefit plan as having an equivalent normal allocation rate equal to the average of the equivalent normal allocation rates under the defined benefit plan for all Nonhighly Compensated Employees benefiting under that plan. 


Terms and conditions are as described in Code Section 401(a)(4) and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (or superseding guidance).  Superseding guidance controls where applicable. 


(c) Special rules for determining Included Compensation. 



	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





13 














(1) 


Applicable period for determining Included Compensation. In determining an Eligible Participant's allocation under Part 4, #13 of the Agreement [Part 4C, #21 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Participant's Included Compensation is determined separately for each period designated under Part 4, #14.a.(1) of the Agreement [Part 4C, #23.a.(1) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. If the Employer elects the Permitted Disparity Method under Part 4, #13.b. of the Agreement [Part 4C, #21.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the period designated must be the Plan Year. If the Employer elects the Pro Rata Allocation Method or the uniform points allocation formula, and elects a period other than the Plan Year, a Participant's allocation of Employer Contributions will be determined separately for each period based solely on Included Compensation
for such period. The Employer need not actually make the Employer Contribution during the designated period, provided the total Employer Contribution for the Plan Year is allocated based on the proper Included Compensation. 


(2) 


Partial period of participation. If an Employee is an Eligible Participant for only part of a Plan Year, the Employer Contribution formula(s) will be applied based on such Employee's Included Compensation for the period he/she is an Eligible Participant. However, the Employer may elect under Part 4, #14.a.(2) of the Agreement [Part 4C, #23.a.(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to base the Employer Contribution formula(s) on the Employee's Included Compensation for the entire Plan Year, including the portion of the Plan Year during which the Employee is not an Eligible Participant. In applying this subsection (2) to the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, an Employee's status as an Eligible Participant is determined solely with respect to the Employer Nonelective Contribution under Part 4C of the Agreement. 


(3) 


Measurement period. Except as provided in subsection (2) above, for purposes of determining an Eligible Participant's allocation of Employer Contributions, Included Compensation is measured on the Plan Year, unless the Employer elects under Part 4, #14.a.(3) of the Agreement [Part 3, #11.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to measure Included Compensation on the calendar year ending in the Plan Year or on the basis of any other 12-month period ending in the Plan Year. If the Employer elects to measure Included Compensation on the calendar year or other 12-month period ending in the Plan Year, the Included Compensation of any Employee whose Employment Commencement Date is less than 12 months before the end of such period must be measured on the Plan Year or such Employee's period of participation, as determined under subsection (2) above. 


2.3 


Profit Sharing/401(k) Plan Contributions and Allocations. This Section 2.3 applies if the Employer has adopted the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement. The Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement is a profit sharing plan with a 401(k) feature. The Employer may elect to maintain the profit sharing plan only or the Employer may elect to maintain the profit sharing plan with a 401(k) feature. Any reference to the Agreement under this Section 2.3 is a reference to the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. The Employer must designate under Part 4 of the Agreement the amount and type of Employer Contributions it will make under the Plan. Employer Contributions under a 401(k) plan are generally subject to special limits and nondiscrimination rules. (See Article 17 for a discussion of the special rules that apply to the
Employer Contributions under a 401(k) plan.) The Employer may make any (or all) of the following contributions under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. 


(a) 


Section 401(k) Deferrals. If so elected under Part 4A of the Agreement, an Eligible Participant may enter into a Salary Reduction Agreement with the Employer authorizing the Employer to withhold a specific dollar amount or a specific percentage from the Participant's Included Compensation and to deposit such amount into the Participant's Section 401(k) Deferral Account under the Plan. An Eligible Participant may defer with respect to Included Compensation that exceeds the Compensation Dollar Limitation, provided the deferrals otherwise satisfy the limitations under Code §402(g) and any other limitations under the Plan. A Salary Reduction Agreement may only relate to Included Compensation that is not currently available at the time the Salary Reduction Agreement is completed. An Employer may elect under Part 4A, #15 of the
Agreement to provide a special effective date solely for Section 401(k) Deferrals under the Plan. 


An Employee's Section 401(k) Deferrals are treated as Employer Contributions for all purposes under this Plan, except as otherwise provided under the Code or Treasury regulations. If the Employer adopts the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement and does not elect to allow Section 401(k) Deferrals under Part 4A of the Agreement, the only contributions an Eligible Participant may make to the Plan are Employee After-Tax Contributions as authorized under Article 3 of this BPD and Part 4D of the Agreement, to the extent authorized under the Agreement. In either case, an Eligible Participant may also receive Employer Nonelective Contributions and/or Employer Matching Contributions under the Plan, to the extent authorized under the Agreement. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






14 














(1) 


Change in deferral election. At least once a year, an Eligible Participant may enter into a new Salary Reduction Agreement, or may change his/her elections under an existing Salary Reduction Agreement, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator on the Salary Reduction Agreement form (or other written procedures). The Salary Reduction Agreement may also provide elections as to the investment funds into which the Section 401(k) Deferrals will be contributed and the time and manner a Participant may change such elections. 


(2) 


Automatic deferral election. If elected under Part 4A, #14 of the Agreement, the Employer will automatically withhold the amount designated under Part 4A, #14 from Eligible Participants' Included Compensation for payroll periods starting with such Participants' Entry Date, unless the Eligible Participant completes a Salary Reduction Agreement electing a different deferral amount (including a zero deferral amount). The Employer must designate in Part 4A, #14 of the Agreement the date as of which an Employee's deferral election will be taken into account to override the automatic deferral election under this subparagraph (2). This automatic deferral election does not apply to any Eligible Participant who has elected to defer an amount equal to or greater than the automatic deferral amount designated in Part 4A, #14 of the Agreement. The Employer may elect under
Part 4A, #14.b. of the Agreement to apply the automatic deferral election only to Employees who become Eligible Participants after a specified date. The Plan Administrator will deposit all amounts withheld pursuant to this automatic deferral election into the appropriate Participant's Section 401(k) Deferral Account. 


Prior to the time an automatic deferral election first goes into effect, an Eligible Participant must receive written notice concerning the effect of the automatic deferral election and his/her right to elect a different level of deferral under the Plan, including the right to elect not to defer. After receiving the notice, an Eligible Participant must have a reasonable time to enter into a new Salary Reduction Agreement before any automatic deferral election goes into effect. 


(b) 


Employer Matching Contributions. If so elected under Part 4B of the Agreement, the Employer will make an Employer Matching Contribution, in accordance with the matching contribution formula(s) selected in Part 4B, #16, to Eligible Participants who satisfy the allocation conditions under Part 4B, #19 of the Agreement. See Section 2.6. Any Employer Matching Contribution determined under Part 4B, #16 will be allocated to the Eligible Participant's Employer Matching Contribution Account. 


(1) 


Applicable contributions. The Employer must elect under the Agreement whether the matching contribution formula(s) applies to Section 401(k) Deferrals, Employee After-Tax Contributions, or both. The contributions eligible for an Employer Matching Contribution are referred to under this Section as "applicable contributions." If a matching formula applies to both Section 401(k) Deferrals and Employee After-Tax Contributions, such contributions are aggregated to determine the Employer Matching Contribution allocated under the formula. 


(2) 


Multiple formulas. If the Employer elects more than one matching contribution formula under Part 4B, #16 of the Agreement, each formula is applied separately. An Eligible Participant's aggregate Employer Matching Contributions for a Plan Year will be the sum of the Employer Matching Contributions the Participant is entitled to under all such formulas. 


(3) 


Applicable contributions taken into account under the matching contribution formula. The Employer must elect under Part 4B, #17.a. of the Agreement the period for which the applicable contributions are taken into account in applying the matching contribution formula(s) and in applying any limits on the amount of such contributions that may be taken into account under the formula(s). In applying the matching contribution formula(s), applicable contributions (and Included Compensation) are determined separately for each designated period and any limits on the amount of applicable contributions taken into account under the matching contribution formula(s) are applied separately for each designated period. 


(4) 


Partial period of participation. In applying the matching contribution formula(s) under the Plan to an Employee who is an Eligible Participant for only part of the Plan Year, the Employer may elect under Part 4B, #17.b. of the Agreement to take into account Included Compensation for the entire Plan Year or only for the portion of the Plan Year during which the Employee is an Eligible Participant. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





15 














Part 4B, #17.b.(3) of the Agreement to take into account Included Compensation only for the
period that the Employee actually makes applicable contributions under the Plan. In applying this subsection (4), an Employee's
status as an Eligible Participant is determined solely with respect to the Employer Matching Contribution under Part 4B of the
Agreement. 


(c) 


Qualified Matching
Contributions (QMACs). If so elected under Part 4B, #18 of the Agreement, the Employer
may treat all (or a portion) of its Employer Matching Contributions as QMACs. If an Employer Matching Contribution is designated as
a QMAC, it must satisfy the requirements for a QMAC (as described in Section 17.7(g)) at the time the contribution is made to the
Plan and must be allocated to the Participant's QMAC Account. To the extent an Employer Matching Contribution is treated as a QMAC
under Part 4B, #18, such contribution will be 100% vested, regardless of any inconsistent elections under Part 6 of the Agreement
relating to Employer Matching Contributions. (See Sections 17.2(d)(2) and 17.3(d)(2) for the ability to make QMACs to correct an ADP
or ACP failure without regard to any election under Part 4B, #18 of the Agreement.) 


Under Part 4B, #18, the Employer
may designate all Employer Matching Contributions as QMACs or may designate only those Employer Matching Contributions under
specific matching contribution formula(s) to be QMACs. Alternatively, the Employer may authorize a discretionary QMAC, in addition
to the Employer Matching Contributions designated under Part 4B, #16, to be allocated uniformly as a percentage of Section 401(k)
Deferrals made during the Plan Year. The Employer may elect under the Agreement to allocate the discretionary QMAC only to Eligible
Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees or to all Eligible Participants. If the Employer elects both a discretionary
Employer Matching Contribution formula and a discretionary QMAC formula, the Employer must designate, in writing, the extent to
which any matching contribution is intended to be an Employer Matching Contribution or a QMAC. 


(d) 


Employer Nonelective
Contributions. If so elected under Part 4C of the Agreement, the Employer may make
Employer Nonelective Contributions on behalf of each Eligible Participant under the Plan who has satisfied the allocation conditions
described in Part 4C, #24 of the Agreement. See Section 2.6. The Employer must designate under Part 4C, #20 of the Agreement the
amount of any Employer Nonelective Contributions it wishes to make under the Plan. The amount of any Employer Nonelective
Contributions authorized under the Plan and the method of allocating such contributions is described in Section 2.2 of this Article.



(e) 



Qualified Nonelective Contributions (QNECs). The Employer may elect under Part 4C, #22 of the Agreement to permit discretionary QNECs under the
Plan. A QNEC must satisfy the requirements for a QNEC (as described in Section 17.7(h)) at the time the contribution
is made to the Plan and must be allocated to the Participant's QNEC Account. If the Plan authorizes the Employer to make both a
discretionary Employer Nonelective Contribution and a discretionary QNEC, the Employer must designate, in writing, the extent to
which any contribution is intended to be an Employer Nonelective Contribution or a QNEC. To the extent an Employer Nonelective
Contribution is treated as a QNEC under Part 4C, #22, such contribution will be 100% vested, regardless of any inconsistent elections
 under Part 6 of the Agreement relating to Employer Nonelective Contributions. (See Sections 17.2(d)(2) and 17.3(d)(2) for the
ability to make QNECs to correct an ADP or ACP failure without regard to any election under Part 4C, #22 of the Agreement.) 


If
the Employer makes a QNEC for the Plan Year, it will be allocated to Participants' QNEC Account based on the allocation method
selected by the Employer under Part 4C, #22 of the Agreement. An Eligible Participant will receive a QNEC allocation even if he/she
has not satisfied any allocation conditions designated under Part 4C, #24 of the Agreement, unless the Employer elects otherwise
under the Part 4C, #22.c. of the Agreement. 


(1) 


Pro Rata Allocation
Method. If the Employer elects the Pro Rata Allocation Method under Part 4C, #22.a. of
the Agreement, any Employer Nonelective Contribution properly designated as a QNEC will be allocated as a uniform percentage of
Included Compensation to all Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees or to all Eligible Participants, as
specified under Part 4C, #22.a. 


(2) 


Bottom-up QNEC method.
If the Employer elects the Bottom-up QNEC method under Part 4C, #22.b. of the Agreement,
any Employer Nonelective Contribution properly designated as a QNEC will be first allocated to the Eligible Participant with the
lowest Included Compensation for the Plan Year for which the QNEC is being allocated. To receive an allocation of the QNEC under
this subsection (2), the Eligible Participant must be a Nonhighly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year for which the QNEC is being
allocated. 









				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






16 














The QNEC will be allocated to the Eligible Participant with the lowest Included Compensation until all of the QNEC
has been allocated or until the Eligible Participant has reached his/her Annual Additions Limitation, as described in Article 7. For
this purpose, if two or more Eligible Participants have the same Included Compensation, the QNEC will be allocated equally to each
Eligible Participant until all of the QNEC has been allocated, or until each Eligible Participant has reached his/her Annual
Additions Limitation. If any QNEC remains unallocated, this process is repeated for the Eligible Participant(s) with the next lowest
level of Included Compensation in accordance with the provisions under this subsection (2), until all of the QNEC is allocated. 


The Bottom-up QNEC method can only be used to the extent permitted by law. 


(f) 


Safe Harbor
Contributions. If so elected under Part 4E of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, the
Employer may elect to treat this Plan as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. To qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Employer must make
a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution or a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution under the Plan. Such contributions are subject to
special vesting and distribution restrictions and must be allocated to the Eligible Participants' Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contribution Account or Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, as applicable. Section 17.6 describes the requirements that must
be met to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan and the method for calculating the amount of the Safe Harbor Contribution that must
be made under the Plan. 


(g) 


Prior SIMPLE 401(k) plan.
If this Agreement is being used to amend or restate a 401(k) plan which complied with the
SIMPLE 401(k) plan provisions under Code §401(k)(11), any provision in this Agreement which is inconsistent with the SIMPLE
401(k) plan provisions is not effective for any Plan Year during which the plan complied with the SIMPLE 401(k) plan provisions.



2.4 


Money Purchase Plan Contribution and Allocations. The Employer may not make money purchase pension plan contributions hereunder. 


2.5


Target Benefit Plan Contribution. The
Employer may not make target benefit plan contributions hereunder. 


2.6


 Allocation Conditions. In order to
receive an allocation of Employer Contributions (other than Section 401(k) Deferrals and Safe Harbor Contributions), an Eligible
Participant must satisfy any allocation conditions designated under Part 4, #15 of the Agreement with respect to such contributions.
(Similar allocation conditions apply under Part 4B, #19 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement for Employer Matching Contributions
and Part 4C, #24 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement for Employer Nonelective Contributions.) Under the Agreements, the
imposition of an allocation condition may cause the Plan to fail the minimum coverage requirements under Code §410(b), unless
the only allocation condition under the Plan is a safe harbor allocation condition. 


(a) 


Safe harbor allocation condition. Under the safe harbor allocation
condition under Part 4, #15.b. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.b. and Part 4C, #24.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the
Employer may elect to require an Eligible Participant to be employed on the last day of the Plan Year or to complete more than a
specified number of Hours of Service (not to exceed 500) during the Plan Year to receive an allocation of Employer Contributions
(other than Section 401(k) Deferrals or Safe Harbor Contributions) under the Plan. Under this safe harbor allocation condition, an
Eligible Participant whose employment terminates before he/she completes the designated Hours of Service is not entitled to an
allocation of Employer Contributions subject to such allocation condition. However, if an Eligible Participant completes at t the
designated Hours of Service during a Plan Year, the Participant is eligible for an allocation of such Employer Contributions, even
if the Participant's employment terminates during the Plan Year. 


The imposition of the safe harbor allocation condition will not cause the Plan to fail the
minimum coverage requirements under Code §410(b) because Participants who are excluded from participation solely as a result of
the safe harbor allocation condition are excluded from the coverage test. 


(b) 


Reserved. 


(c) 


Elapsed Time Method.
The Employer may elect under Part 4, #15.e. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.e. and Part
4C, #24.e. of the Profit Sharing/`401(k) Agreement] to apply the allocation conditions using the Elapsed Time Method. Under the
Elapsed Time Method, instead of requiring the completion of a specified number of Hours of Service, the Employer may require an
Employee to be employed with the Employer for a specified number of days. 





	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





17 














(1) 


Safe harbor allocation
condition. The Employer may elect under Part 4, #15.e.(1) of the Agreement [Part 4B,
#19.e.(1) and/or Part 4C, #24.e.(1) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to apply the safe harbor allocation condition (as
described in subsection (a) above) using the Elapsed Time Method. Under the safe harbor Elapsed Time Method, a Participant who
terminates employment with less than a specified number of days of employment (not more than 91 days) during the Plan Year will not
be entitled to an allocation of the designated Employer Contributions. The use of the safe harbor allocation condition under the
Elapsed Time Method provides the same protection from coverage as described in subsection (a) above. 


(2) 


Service condition.
Alternatively, the Employer may elect under Part 4, #15.e.(2) of the Agreement [Part 4B,
#19.e.(2) and/or Part 4C, #24.e.(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to require an Employee to complete a specified number of
days of employment (not exceeding 182) to receive an allocation of the designated Employer Contributions. 


(d) 


Special allocation
condition for Employer Matching Contributions under Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. The
Employer may elect under Part 4B, #19.f. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to require as a condition for receiving an Employer
Matching Contribution that a Participant not withdraw the underlying applicable contributions being matched prior to the end of the
period for which the Employer Matching Contribution is being made. Thus, for example, if the Employer elects under Part 4B, #17.a.
of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to apply the matching contribution formula on the basis of the Plan Year quarter, a
Participant would not be entitled to an Employer Matching Contribution with respect to any applicable contributions contributed
during a Plan Year quarter to the extent such applicable contributions are withdrawn prior to the end of the Plan Year quarter
during which they are contributed. A Participant could take a distribution of applicable contributions that were contributed for a
prior period without losing eligibility for a current Employer Matching Contribution. This subsection (d) will not prevent a
Participant from receiving an Employer Matching Contribution merely because the Participant takes a loan (as permitted under Article
14) from matched contributions. 


(e) 


Application to designated
period. The Employer may elect under Part 4, #15.f. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.g. and
Part 4C, #24.f. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to apply any allocation condition(s) selected under the Agreement on the
basis of the period designated under Part 4, #14.a.(1) of the Agreement [Part 4B, #17.a. or Part 4C, #23.a.(1) of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. If this subsection (e) applies to any allocation condition(s) under the Plan, the following procedural
rules apply. 


(1)


Last day of employment
requirement. If the Employer elects under Part 4, #15.f. of the Agreement [Part 4B,
#19.g. or Part 4C, #24.f. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to apply the allocation conditions on the basis of designated
periods and the Employer elects to apply a last day of employment condition under Part 4, #15.c. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.c.
or Part 4C, #24.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], an Eligible Participant will be entitled to receive an allocation of
Employer Contributions for the period designated under Part 4, #14.a.(1) of the Agreement [Part 4B, #17.a. or Part 4C, #23.a.(1) of
the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] only if the Eligible Participant is employed with the Employer on the last day of such period.
If an Eligible Participant terminates employment prior to end of the designated period, no Employer Contribution will be allocated
to that Eligible Participant for such period. Nothing in this subsection (1) will cause an Eligible Participant to lose Employer
Contributions that were allocated for a period prior to the period in which the individual terminates employment. 


(2) 


Hours of Service
condition. If the Employer elects to apply the allocation conditions on the basis of
specified periods under Part 4, #15.f. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.g. or Part 4C, #24.f. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement],
and elects to apply an Hours of Service condition under Part 4, #15.d. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.d. or Part 4C, #24.d. of the
Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], an Eligible Participant will be entitled to receive an allocation of Employer Contributions for
the period designated under Part 4, #14.a.(1) of the Agreement [Part 4B, #17.a. or Part 4C, #23.a.(1) of the Profit Sharing/401(k)
Agreement] only if the Eligible Participant completes the required Hours of Service before the last day of such period. In applying
the fractional method under subsection (i) or the period-by-period method under subsection (ii), an Eligible Participant who
completes a sufficient number of Hours of Service for the Plan Year to earn a Year of Service under the Plan will be entitled to a
full contribution for the Plan Year, as if the Eligible Participant satisfied the Hours of Service condition for each designated
period. A catch-up contribution may be required for such Participants. 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






18 














(i) 


Fractional method.
The Employer may elect under Part 4, #15.f.(1) of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.g.(1) or
Part 4C, #24.f.(1) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to apply the Hours of Service condition on the basis of specified period
using the fractional method. Under the fractional method, the required Hours of Service for any period are determined by multiplying
the Hours of Service required under Part 4, #15.d. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.d. or Part 4C, #24.d. of the Profit Sharing/401(k)
Agreement] by a fraction, the numerator of which is the total number of periods completed during the Plan Year (including the
current period) and the denominator of which is the total number of periods during the Plan Year. Thus, for example, if the Employer
applies a 1,000 Hours of Service condition to receive an Employer Matching Contribution and elects to apply such condition on the
basis of Plan Year quarters, an Eligible Participant would have to complete 250 Hours of Service by the end of the first Plan Year
quarter [1/4 x 1,000], 500 Hours of Service by the end of the second Plan Year quarter [2/4 x 1,000], 750 Hours of Service by the
end of the third Plan Year quarter [3/4 x 1,000] and 1,000 Hours of Service by the end of the Plan Year [4/4 x 1,000] to receive an
allocation of the Employer Matching Contribution for such period. If an Eligible Participant does not complete the required Hours of
Service for any period during the Plan Year, no Employer Contribution will be allocated to that Eligible Participant for such
period. However, if an Eligible Participant completes the required Hours of Service under Part 4, #15.d. for the Plan Year, such
Participant will receive a full contribution for the Plan Year as if the Participant satisfied the Hours of Service conditions for
each period during the year. Nothing in this subsection (i) will cause an Eligible Participant to lose Employer Contributions that
were allocated for a period during which the Eligible Participant completed the required Hours of Service for such period.



(ii) 


Period-by-period method.
The Employer may elect under Part 4, #15.f.(2) of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.g.(2) or
Part 4C, #24.f.(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to apply the Hours of Service condition on the basis of specified period
using the period-by-period method. Under the period-by­period method, the required Hours of Service for any period are
determined separately for such period. The Hours of Service required for any specific period are determined by multiplying the Hours
of Service required under Part 4, #15.d. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.d. or Part 4C, #24.d. of the Profit Sharing/401(k)
Agreement] by a fraction, the numerator of which is one (1) and the denominator of which is the total number of periods during the
Plan Year. Thus, for example, if the Employer applies a 1,000 Hours of Service condition to receive an Employer Matching
Contribution and elects to apply such condition on the basis of Plan Year quarters, an Eligible Participant would have to complete
250 Hours of Service in each Plan Year quarter [1/4 x 1,000] to receive an allocation of the Employer Matching Contribution for such
period. If an Eligible Participant does not complete the required Hours of Service for any period during the Plan Year, no Employer
Contribution will be allocated to that Eligible Participant for such period. However, if an Eligible Participant completes the
required Hours of Service under Part 4, #15.d. for the Plan Year, such Participant will receive a full contribution for the Plan
Year as if the Participant satisfied the Hours of Service conditions for each period during the year. Nothing in this subsection
(ii) will cause an Eligible Participant to lose Employer Contributions that were allocated for a period during which the Eligible
Participant completed the required Hours of Service for such period. 


(f) 


Safe harbor allocation condition. If the
Employer elects to apply the allocation conditions on the basis of specified periods under Part 4, #15.f. of the Agreement [Part 4B,
#19.g. or Part 4C, #24.f. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] and elects to apply the safe harbor allocation condition under
Part 4, #15.b. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.b. or Part 4C, #24.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the rules under
subsection (1) above will apply, without regard to the rules under subsection (2) above. Thus, an Eligible Employee who terminates
during a period designated under Part 4, #14.a.(1) of the Agreement [Part 4B, #17.a. or Part 4C, #23.a.(1) of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement] will not receive an allocation of Employer Contributions for such period if the Eligible Participant has
not completed the Hours of Service designated under Part 4, #15.b. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.b. or Part 4C, #24.b. of the
Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. Nothing in this subsection (3) will cause an Eligible Participant to lose Employer Contributions
that were allocated for a period prior to the period in which the individual terminates employment.  


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





19 













(g) 


Elapsed Time Method. The election to
apply the allocation conditions on the basis of specified periods does not apply to the extent the Elapsed Time Method applies under
Part 4, #15.e. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.e. or Part 4C, #24.e. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. If an Employer elects
to apply the allocation conditions on the basis of specified periods and elects to apply the Elapsed Time Method, an Eligible
Employee will be entitled to an allocation of Employer Contributions if such Eligible Participant is employed as of the last day of
such period, without regard to the number of days in such period. Thus, in effect, the Elapsed Time Method will only apply to
prevent an allocation of Employer Contributions for the last designated period in the Plan Year, if the Eligible Participant has not
completed the days required under Part 4, #15.e. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.e. or Part 4C, #24.e. of the Profit Sharing/401(k)
Agreement] by the end of the Plan Year. The last day of employment rules subsection (1) above still may apply (to the extent
applicable) for periods during which the Eligible Participant terminates employment. 


2.7


Fail-Safe Coverage Provision. If the
Employer has elected to apply a last day of the Plan Year allocation condition and/or an Hours of Service allocation condition under
an Agreement, the Employer may elect under Part 13, #56 of the Agreement [Part 13, #74 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to
apply the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision. Under the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision, if the Plan fails to satisfy the ratio percentage
coverage requirements under Code §410(b) for a Plan Year due to the application of a last day of the Plan Year allocation
condition and/or an Hours of Service allocation condition, such allocation condition(s) will be automatically eliminated for the
Plan Year for certain otherwise Eligible Participants, under the process described in subsections (a) through (d) below, until
enough Eligible Participants are benefiting under the Plan so that the ratio percentage test of Treasury Regulation
§1.410(b)-2(b)(2) is satisfied. 



If the Employer elects to have the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision apply, such provision automatically applies for any Plan Year for
which the Plan does not satisfy the ratio percentage coverage test under Code §410(b). (Except as provided in the following
paragraph, the Plan may not use the average benefits test to comply with the minimum coverage requirements if the Fail-Safe
Coverage Provision is elected.) The Plan satisfies the ratio percentage test if the percentage of the Nonhighly Compensated
Employees under the Plan is at least 70% of the percentage of the Highly Compensated Employees who benefit under the Plan.
An Employee is benefiting for this purpose only if he/she actually receives an allocation of Employer Contributions or
forfeitures or, if testing coverage of a 401(m) arrangement (i.e., a Plan that provides for Employer Matching Contributions
and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions), the Employee would receive an allocation of Employer Matching Contributions by making the necessary contributions or the Employee
is eligible to make Employee After-Tax Contributions. To determine the percentage of Nonhighly Compensated Employees or Highly
Compensated Employees who are benefiting, the following Employees are excluded for purposes of applying the ratio percentage test:
(i) Employees who have not satisfied the Plan's minimum age and service conditions under Section 1.4; (ii) Nonresident Alien Employees; (iii) Union Employees; and
(iv) Employees who terminate employment during the Plan Year with less than 501 Hours of Service and do not benefit under the Plan.


Under the Fail-Safe Coverage
Provision, certain otherwise Eligible Participants who are not benefiting for the Plan Year as a result of a last day of the Plan
Year allocation condition or an Hours of Service allocation condition will participate under the Plan based on whether such
Participants are Category 1 Employees or Category 2 Employees. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under Part 13, #56.b.(2) of the
Agreement [Part 13, #74.b.(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to apply the special Fail-Safe Coverage Provision described in
(d) below which eliminates the allocation conditions for otherwise Eligible Participants with the lowest Included Compensation. If
after applying the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision, the Plan does not satisfy the ratio percentage coverage test, the Fail-Safe
Coverage Provision does not apply, and the Plan may use any other available method (including the average benefit test) to satisfy
the minimum coverage requirements under Code §410(b). 


(a) 


Top-Heavy Plans.Unless provided otherwise under Part 13, #56.b.(1) of the Agreement [Part 13, #74.b.(1) of the
Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the Hours of Service allocation condition will be eliminated for
all Non-Key Employees who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees, prior to applying the Fail-Safe Coverage Provisions under subsections
(b) and (c) or (d) below. 


(b) 


Top-Heavy Plans.Category 1 Employees - Otherwise Eligible Participants (who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees)
who are still employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year but who failed to satisfy the Plan's Hours of Service
condition. The Hours of Service allocation condition will be eliminated for Category 1
Employees (who did not receive an allocation under the Plan due to the Hours of Service allocation condition) beginning with the
Category 1 Employee(s) credited with the most Hours of Service for the Plan Year and continuing with the Category 1 Employee(s) with
the next most Hours of Service until the ratio percentage test is satisfied. If two or more Category 1 Employees have the same
number of Hours of Service, the allocation condition will be eliminated for those Category 1 Employees starting with the Category 1
Employee(s) with the 











				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






20 














lowest Included Compensation. If the Plan still fails to satisfy the ratio percentage test after all Category 1
Employees receive an allocation, the Plan proceeds to Category 2 Employees. 


(c) 


Category 2 Employees -
Otherwise Eligible Participants (who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees) who terminated employment during the Plan Year with more
than 500 Hours ofService. The last day of the Plan Year allocation condition will then be
eliminated for Category 2 Employees (who did not receive an allocation under the Plan due to the last day of the Plan Year
allocation condition) beginning with the Category 2 Employee(s) who terminated employment closest to the last day of the Plan Year
and continuing with the Category 2 Employee(s) with a termination of employment date that is next closest to the last day of the
Plan Year until the ratio percentage test is satisfied. If two or more Category 2 Employees terminate employment on the same day,
the allocation condition will be eliminated for those Category 2 Employees starting with the Category 2 Employee(s) with the lowest
Included Compensation. 


(d) 


Special Fail-Safe
Coverage Provision. Instead of applying the Fail-Safe Coverage Provision based on
Category 1 and Category 2 Employees, the Employer may elect under Part 13, #56.b.(2) of the Agreement [Part 13, #74.b.(2) of the
Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to eliminate the allocation conditions beginning with the otherwise Eligible Participant(s) (who
are Nonhighly Compensated Employees and who did not terminate employment during the Plan Year with 500 Hours of Service or less)
with the lowest Included Compensation and continuing with such otherwise Eligible Participants with the next lowest Included
Compensation until the ratio percentage test is satisfied. If two or more otherwise Eligible Participants have the same Included
Compensation, the allocation conditions will be eliminated for all such individuals. 


2.8


Deductible Employee Contributions. The Plan Administrator will not
accept deductible employee contributions that are made for a taxable year beginning after December 31, 1986. Contributions made
prior to that date will be maintained in a separate Account which will be nonforfeitable at all times. The Account will share in the
gains and losses under the Plan in the same manner as described in Section 13.4. No part of the deductible voluntary contribution
Account will be used to purchase life insurance. Subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Article 9 (if
applicable), the Participant may withdraw any part of the deductible voluntary contribution Account by making a written application
to the Plan Administrator. 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





21 














ARTICLE 3


EMPLOYEE AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS, ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS AND TRANSFERS 


This Article provides the rules regarding Employee After-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions and transfers that
may be made under this Plan. The Trustee has the authority under Article 12 to accept Rollover Contributions under this Plan and to
enter into transfer agreements concerning the transfer of assets from another qualified retirement plan to this Plan, if so directed
by the Plan Administrator. 


3.1


Employee After-Tax Contributions. The Employer may elect under Part 4D
of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to allow Eligible Participants to make Employee After-Tax Contributions under the Plan. Any
Employee After-Tax Contributions made under this Plan are subject to the ACP Test outlined in Section 


17.3. (Nothing under this Section precludes the holding of Employee After-Tax Contributions
under a profit sharing plan or money purchase plan that were made prior to the adoption of this Plan.) 


The Employer may elect under Part 4D, #25 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to impose
a limit on the maximum amount of Included Compensation an Eligible Participant may contribute as an Employee After-Tax Contribution.
The Employer may also elect under Part 4D, #26 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to impose a minimum amount that an Eligible
Participant may contribute to the Plan during any payroll period. 


Employee After-Tax Contributions must be held in the Participant's Employee After-Tax
Contribution Account, which is always 100% vested. A Participant may withdraw amounts from his/her Employee After-Tax Contribution
Account at any time, in accordance with the distribution rules under Section 8.5(a), except as prohibited under Part 10 of the
Agreement. No forfeitures will occur solely as a result of an Employee's withdrawal of Employee After-Tax Contributions. 


3.2


Rollover Contributions. An Employee may make a Rollover Contribution to
this Plan from another "qualified retirement plan" or from a "conduit IRA," if the acceptance of rollovers is
permitted under Part 12 of the Agreement or if the Plan Administrator adopts administrative procedures regarding the acceptance of
Rollover Contributions. Any Rollover Contribution an Employee makes to this Plan will be held in the Employee's Rollover
Contribution Account, which is always 100% vested. A Participant may withdraw amounts from his/her Rollover Contribution Account at
any time, in accordance with the distribution rules under Section 8.5(a), except as prohibited under Part 10 of the Agreement.



For purposes of this Section 3.2, a "qualified retirement plan" is any tax qualified retirement plan under
Code §401(a) or any other plan from which distributions are eligible to be rolled over into this Plan pursuant to the Code,
regulations, or other IRS guidance. A "conduit IRA" is an IRA that holds only assets that have been properly rolled over
to that IRA from a qualified retirement plan under Code §401(a). To qualify as a Rollover Contribution under this Section, the
Rollover Contribution must be transferred directly from the qualified retirement plan or conduit IRA in a Direct Rollover or must be
transferred to the Plan by the Employee within sixty (60) days following receipt of the amounts from the qualified plan or conduit
IRA. 


If
Rollover Contributions are permitted, an Employee may make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan even if the Employee is not an
Eligible Participant with respect to any or all other contributions under the Plan, unless otherwise prohibited under separate
administrative procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator. An Employee who makes a Rollover Contribution to this Plan prior to
becoming an Eligible Participant shall be treated as a Participant only with respect to such Rollover Contribution Account, but
shall not be treated as an Eligible Participant until he/she otherwise satisfies the eligibility conditions under the Plan. 


The Plan Administrator may refuse to accept a Rollover Contribution if the Plan
Administrator reasonably believes the Rollover Contribution (a) is not being made from a proper plan or conduit IRA; (b) is not
being made within sixty (60) days from receipt of the amounts from a qualified retirement plan or conduit IRA; (c) could jeopardize
the tax-exempt status of the Plan; or (d) could create adverse tax consequences for the Plan or the Employer. Prior to accepting a
Rollover Contribution, the Plan Administrator may require the Employee to provide satisfactory evidence establishing that the
Rollover Contribution meets the requirements of this Section. 


The Plan Administrator may apply different conditions for accepting Rollover Contributions
from qualified retirement plans and conduit IRAs. Any conditions on Rollover Contributions must be applied uniformly to all
Employees under the Plan. 


3.3 


Transfer of Assets. The Plan
Administrator may direct the Trustee to accept a transfer of assets from another qualified retirement plan on behalf of any
Employee, even if such Employee is not eligible to receive other contributions under the Plan. If a transfer of assets is made on
behalf of an Employee prior to the Employee's becoming an Eligible Participant, the Employee shall be treated as a Participant for
all purposes with respect to such transferred amount. Any assets transferred to this Plan from another plan must be 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






22 














accompanied by written instructions designating the name of each Employee for whose benefit such amounts are being
transferred, the current value of such assets, and the sources from which such amounts are derived. The Plan Administrator will
deposit any transferred assets in the appropriate Participant's Transfer Account. The Transfer Account will contain any sub-Accounts
necessary to separately track the sources of the transferred assets. Each sub-Account will be treated in the same manner as the
corresponding Plan Account. 


The Plan
Administrator may direct the Trustee to accept a transfer of assets from another qualified plan of the Employer in order to comply
with the qualified replacement plan requirements under Code §4980(d) (relating to the excise tax on reversions from a qualified
plan), to the extent permitted by law. A transfer made pursuant to Code §4980(d) will be allocated as Employer Contributions
either in the Plan Year in which the transfer occurs, or over a period of Plan Years (not exceeding the maximum period permitted
under Code §4980(d)), as provided in the applicable transfer agreement. To the extent a transfer described in this paragraph is
not totally allocable in the Plan Year in which the transfer occurs, the portion which is not allocable will be credited to a
suspense account until allocated in accordance with the transfer agreement. 


The Plan
Administrator may refuse to accept a transfer of assets if the Plan Administrator reasonably believes the transfer (a) is not being
made from a proper qualified plan; (b) could jeopardize the tax-exempt status of the Plan; or (c) could create adverse tax
consequences for the Plan or the Employer. Prior to accepting a transfer of assets, the Plan Administrator may require evidence
documenting that the transfer of assets meets the requirements of this Section. The Trustee will have no responsibility to determine
whether the transfer of assets meets the requirements of this Section; to verify the correctness of the amount and type of assets
being transferred to the Plan; or to perform any due diligence review with respect to such transfer. 


(a) 


Protection of Protected
Benefits. Except in the case of a Qualified Transfer (as defined in subsection (d)
below), a transfer of assets is initiated at the Plan level and does not require Participant or spousal consent. If the Plan
Administrator directs the Trustee to accept a transfer of assets to this Plan, the Participant on whose behalf the transfer is made
retains all Protected Benefits that applied to such transferred assets under the transferor plan. 


(b) 


Transferee plan.
Except in the case of a Qualified Transfer (as defined in subsection (d)), if the Plan
Administrator directs the Trustee to accept a transfer of assets from another plan which is subject to the Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements under Code §401(a)(11), the amounts so transferred continue to be subject to such requirements, as
provided in Article 9. If this Plan is not otherwise subject to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements (as determined
under Part 11, #41.a. of the Agreement [Part 11, #59.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]), the Qualified Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements apply only to the amounts under the Transfer Account which are attributable to the amounts which were subject
to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under the transferor plan. The Employer may override this default rule by
checking Part 11, #41.b. of the Agreement [Part 11, #59.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] thereby subjecting the entire
Plan to the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements. 


(c) 


Transfers from a Defined Benefit Plan, money purchase plan or 401(k) plan. 


(1) 


Defined Benefit Plan.
The Plan Administrator will not direct the Trustee to accept a transfer of assets from a
Defined Benefit Plan unless such transfer qualifies as a Qualified Transfer (as defined in subsection (d) below) or the assets
transferred from the Defined Benefit Plan are in the form of paid-up annuity contracts which protect all the Participant's Protected
Benefits under the Defined Benefit Plan. (However, see the special rule under the second paragraph of Section 3.3 above regarding
transfers authorized under Code §4980(d).) 


(2) 


Money purchase plan.
If this Plan is a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) plan and the Plan Administrator directs
the Trustee to accept a transfer of assets from a money purchase plan (other than as a Qualified Transfer as defined in subsection
(d) below), the amounts transferred (and any gains attributable to such transferred amounts) continue to be subject to the
distribution restrictions applicable to money purchase plan assets under the transferor plan. Such amounts may not be distributed
for reasons other than death, disability, attainment of Normal Retirement Age, or termination of employment, regardless of any
distribution provisions under this Plan that would otherwise permit a distribution prior to such events. 


(3) 


401(k) plan. If the Plan Administrator directs the Trustee to accept a transfer of Section 401(k) Deferrals,
QMACs, QNECs, or Safe Harbor Contributions from a 401(k) plan, such amounts retain their character under this Plan and such amounts
(including any allocable 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





23 














gains or losses) remain subject to the distribution restrictions applicable to such amounts under the Code. 


(d) 


Qualified Transfer. The Plan may
eliminate certain Protected Benefits (as provided under subsection (3) below) related to plan assets that are received in a
Qualified Transfer from another plan. A Qualified Transfer is a plan-to-plan transfer of a Participant's benefits that meets the
requirements under subsection (1) or (2) below. 


(1) 


Elective
transfer. A plan-to-plan transfer of a Participant's benefits from another qualified
plans is a Qualified Transfer if such transfer satisfies the following requirements. 


(A)


The Participant must have the
right to receive an immediate distribution of his/her benefits under the transferor plan at the time of the Qualified Transfer. For
transfers that occur on or after January 1, 2002, the Participant must not be eligible at the time of the Qualified Transfer to take
an immediate distribution of his/her entire benefit in a form that would be entirely eligible for a Direct Rollover. 


(B)


The Participant on whose behalf
benefits are being transferred must make a voluntary, fully informed election to transfer his/her benefits to this Plan. 


(C)


The Participant must be provided
an opportunity to retain the Protected Benefits under the transferor plan. This requirement is satisfied if the Participant is given
the option to receive an annuity that protects all Protected Benefits under the transferor plan or the option of leaving his/her
benefits in the transferor plan. 


(D)


The Participant's spouse must
consent to the Qualified Transfer if the transferor plan is subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Article 9.
The spouse's consent must satisfy the requirements for a Qualified Election under Section 9.4(d). 


(E) The amount transferred (along with any contemporaneous Direct Rollover) must not be less than the
value of the Participant's vested benefit under the transferor plan. 


(F)


The Participant must be fully vested in the transferred benefit. 


(2) 


Transfer upon specified
events. For transfers that occur on or after September 6, 2000, a plan-to-plan transfer
of a Participant's entire benefit (other than amounts the Plan accepts as a Direct Rollover) from another Defined Contribution Plan
that is made in connection with an asset or stock acquisition, merger, or other similar transaction involving a change in the
Employer or is made in connection with a Participant's change in employment status that causes the Participant to become ineligible
for additional allocations under the transferor plan, is a Qualified Transfer if such transfer satisfies the following requirements:



(A)


The Participant need not be
eligible for an immediate distribution of his/her benefits under the transferor plan. 


(B)


The Participant on whose behalf
benefits are being transferred must make a voluntary, fully informed election to transfer his/her benefits to this Plan. 


(C)


The Participant must be provided
an opportunity to retain the Protected Benefits under the transferor plan. This requirement is satisfied if the Participant is given
the option to receive an annuity that protects all Protected Benefits under the transferor plan or the option of leaving his/her
benefits in the transferor plan. 


(D)


The benefits must be transferred
between plans of the same type. To satisfy this requirement, the transfer must satisfy the following requirements. 


(I)


To accept a Qualified Transfer
under this subsection (2) from a money purchase plan, this Plan also must be a money purchase plan. 


(II)


To accept a Qualified Transfer
under this subsection (2) from a 401(k) plan, this Plan also must be a 401(k) plan. 


(III)


To accept a Qualified Transfer
under this subsection (2) from a profit sharing plan, this Plan may be any type of Defined Contribution Plan. 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






24 














(3) 


Treatment of Qualified Transfer. 


(A)


Rollover Contribution
Account. If the Plan Administrator directs the Trustee to accept on behalf of a
Participant a transfer of assets that qualifies as a Qualified Transfer, the Plan Administrator will treat such amounts as a
Rollover Contribution and will deposit such amounts in the Participant's Rollover Contribution Account. A Qualified Transfer may
include benefits derived from Employee After-Tax Contributions. 


(B)


Elimination of Protected
Benefits. If the Plan accepts a Qualified Transfer, the Plan does not have to protect any
Protected Benefits derived from the transferor plan. However, if the Plan accepts a Qualified Transfer that meets the requirements
for a transfer under subsection (2) above, the Plan must continue to protect the QJSA benefit if the transferor plan is subject to
the QJSA requirements. 


(e) 


Trustee's right to refuse transfer. If the assets to be transferred to
the Plan under this Section 3.3 are not susceptible to proper valuation and identification or are of such a nature that their
valuation is incompatible with other Plan assets, the Trustee may refuse to accept the transfer of all or any specific asset, or may
condition acceptance of the assets on the sale or disposition of any specific asset. 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





25 














ARTICLE 4


PARTICIPANT VESTING 


This Article contains the rules for determining the vested (nonforfeitable) amount of a Participant's Account Balance
under the Plan. Part 6 of the Agreement contains specific elections for applying these vesting rules. Part 7 of the Agreement
contains special service crediting elections to override the default provisions under this Article. 


4.1 


In General. A Participant's vested interest in his/her Employer
Contribution Account and Employer Matching Contribution Account is determined based on the vesting schedule elected in Part 6 of the
Agreement. A Participant is always fully vested in his/her Section 401(k) Deferral Account, Employee After-Tax Contribution Account,
QNEC Account, QMAC Account, Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, and Rollover
Contribution Account. 


(a) 


Attainment of Normal
Retirement Age. Regardless of the Plan's vesting schedule, a Participant's right to
his/her Account Balance is fully vested upon the date he/she attains Normal Retirement Age, provided the Participant is an Employee
on or after such date. 


(b) 


Vesting upon death,
becoming Disabled, or attainment of Early Retirement Age. If elected by the Employer in
Part 6, #21 of the Agreement [Part 6, #39 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], a Participant will become fully vested in his/her
Account Balance if the Participant dies, becomes Disabled, or attains Early Retirement Age while employed by the Employer.



(c) 


Addition of Employer
Nonelective Contribution or Employer Matching Contribution. If the Plan is a Safe Harbor
401(k) Plan as defined in Section 17.6, all amounts allocated to the Participant's Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution Account
and/or Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account are always 100% vested. If a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan is amended to add a regular
Employer Nonelective Contribution or Employer Matching Contribution, a Participant's vested interest in such amounts is determined
in accordance with the vesting schedule selected under Part 6 of the Agreement. The addition of a vesting schedule under Part 6 for
such contributions is not considered an amendment of the vesting schedule under Section 4.7 below merely because the Participant was
fully vested in his/her Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution Account or Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account. 


(d) 


Vesting upon merger,
consolidation or transfer. No accelerated vesting will be required solely because a
Defined Contribution Plan is merged with another Defined Contribution Plan, or because assets are transferred from a Defined
Contribution Plan to another Defined Contribution Plan. Thus, for example, Participants will not automatically become 100% vested in
their Employer Contribution Account(s) solely on account of a merger of a money purchase plan with a profit sharing or 401(k) Plan
or a transfer of assets between such Plans.  


4.2 


Vesting Schedules. The Plan's vesting schedule will determine an
Employee's vested percentage in his/her Employer Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account. The vested
portion of a Participant's Employer Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account is determined by multiplying
the Participant's vesting percentage determined under the applicable vesting schedule by the total amount under the applicable
Account. 


The Employer must elect a normal vesting schedule and a Top-Heavy Plan vesting schedule under Part 6 of the
Agreement. The Top-Heavy Plan vesting schedule will apply for any Plan Year in which the plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. If this Plan is a
401(k) plan, the Employer must elect a normal and Top-Heavy Plan vesting schedule for both Employer Nonelective Contributions and
Employer Matching Contributions, but only to the extent such contributions are authorized under Part 4B and/or Part 4C of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement. 


The Employer may choose any of the following vesting schedules as the normal vesting schedule under Part 6 of the
Agreement. For the Top-Heavy Plan vesting, the Employer may only choose the full and immediate, 6-year graded, 3-year cliff, or
modified vesting schedule, as described below. 


(a) 


Full and immediate
vesting schedule. Under the full and immediate vesting schedule, the Participant is
always 100% vested in his/her Account Balance. 





				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






26 














(b) 


7-year graded vesting
schedule. Under the 7-year graded vesting schedule, an Employee vests in his/her Employer
Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account in the following manner: 


After 3 Years of Service – 20% vesting 


After 4 Years of Service – 40% vesting 


After 5 Years of Service – 60% vesting 


After 6 Years of Service – 80% vesting 


After 7 Years of Service – 100% vesting 


(c) 


6-year graded vesting
schedule. Under the 6-year graded vesting schedule, an Employee vests in his/her Employer
Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account in the following manner: 


After 2 Years of Service – 20% vesting 


After 3 Years of Service – 40% vesting 


After 4 Years of Service – 60% vesting 


After 5 Years of Service – 80% vesting 


After 6 Years of Service – 100% vesting 


(d) 


5-year cliff vesting
schedule. Under the 5-year cliff vesting schedule, an Employee is 100% vested after 5
Years of Service. Prior to the fifth Year of Service, the vesting percentage is zero. 


(e) 


3-year cliff vesting
schedule. Under the 3-year cliff vesting schedule, an Employee is 100% vested after 3
Years of Service. Prior to the third Year of Service, the vesting percentage is zero. 


(f) 


Modified vesting
schedule. For the normal vesting schedule, the Employer may elect a modified vesting
schedule under which the vesting percentage for each Year of Service is not less than the percentage that would be required for each
Year of Service under the 7-year graded vesting schedule, unless 100% vesting occurs after no more than 5 Years of Service. For the
Top-Heavy Plan vesting schedule, the Employer may elect a modified vesting schedule under which the vesting percentage for each Year
of Service is not less than the percentage that would be required for each Year of Service under the 6-year graded vesting schedule,
unless 100% vesting occurs after no more than 3 Years of Service. 


4.3


Shift to/from Top-Heavy Vesting Schedule. For a Plan Year in which the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the Plan automatically shifts to the
Top-Heavy Plan vesting schedule. Once a Plan uses a Top-Heavy Plan vesting schedule, that schedule will continue to apply for all
subsequent Plan Years. The Employer may override this default provision under Part 6, #22 of the Agreement [Part 6, #40 of the
Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. The rules under Section 4.7 will apply when a Plan shifts to or from a Top-Heavy Plan vesting
schedule. 


4.4


Vesting Computation Period. For purposes of computing a Participant's
vested interest in his/her Employer Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account, an Employee's Vesting
Computation Period is the 12-month period measured on a Plan Year basis, unless the Employer elects under Part 7, #26 of the
Agreement [Part 7, #44 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to measure Vesting Computation Periods using Anniversary Years. The
Employer may designate an alternative 12-month period under Part 7, #26.b. of the Agreement [Part 7, #44.b. of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. Any Vesting Computation Period designated under Part 7, #26.b. or #44.b., as applicable, must be a
12-consecutive month period and must apply uniformly to all Participants. 


(a) 


Anniversary Years.
If the Employer elects to measure Vesting Computation Periods using Anniversary Years,
the Vesting Computation Period is the 12-month period commencing on the Employee's Employment Commencement Date (or Reemployment
Commencement Date) and each subsequent 12-month period commencing on the anniversary of such date. 


(b) 


Measurement on same
Vesting Computation Period. The Plan will measure Years of Service and Breaks in Service
(if applicable) for purposes of vesting on the same Vesting Computation Period. 


4.5 


Crediting Years of Service for Vesting Purposes. Unless the Employer
elects otherwise under Part 7, #25 of the Agreement [Part 7, #43 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], an Employee will earn one
Year of Service for purposes of applying the vesting rules if the Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service with the Employer during
a Vesting Computation Period. An Employee will receive credit for a Year of Service as of the end of the Vesting Computation Period,
if the Employee completes the required Hours of Service during such period, even if the Employee is not employed for the entire
period. 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





27 














(a) 


Calculating Hours of
Service. In calculating an Employee's Hours of Service for purposes of applying the
vesting rules under this Article, the Employer will use the Actual Hours Crediting Method, unless the Employer elects otherwise
under Part 7, #25 of the Agreement [Part 7, #43 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. (See Article 6 of this Plan for a
description of the alternative service crediting methods.) 


(b) 


Excluded
service. Unless the Employer elects to exclude certain service with the Employer under
Part 6, #20 of the Agreement [Part 6, #38 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], all service with the Employer is counted for
vesting purposes. 


(1) 


Service before the
Effective Date of the Plan. Under Part 6, #20.a. of the Agreement [Part 6, #38.a. of the
Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Employer may elect to exclude service during any period for which the Employer did not
maintain the Plan or a Predecessor Plan. For this purpose, a Predecessor Plan is a qualified plan maintained by the Employer that is
terminated within the 5-year period immediately preceding or following the establishment of this Plan. A Participant's service under
a Predecessor Plan must be counted for purposes of determining the Participant's vested percentage under this Plan. 


(2) 


Service before a certain
age. Under Part 6, #20.b. of the Agreement [Part 6, #38.b.of the Profit Sharing/401(k)
Agreement], the Employer may elect to exclude service before an Employee attains a certain age. For this purpose, the Employer may
not designate an age greater than 18. An Employee will be credited with a Year of Service for the Vesting Computation Period during
which the Employee attains the requisite age, provided the Employee satisfies all other conditions required for a Year of Service.



4.6 


Vesting Break in Service Rules. Except as provided under Section
4.5(b), in determining a Participant's vested percentage, a Participant is credited with all Years of Service earned with the
Employer, subject to the following Break in Service rules. In applying these Break in Service rules, Years of Service and Breaks in
Service (as defined in Section 22.27) are measured on the same Vesting Computation Period as defined in Section 4.4 above.



(a) 


One-year holdout Break in Service. The one-year holdout Break in
Service rule will not apply unless the Employer specifically elects in Part 7, #27.b. of the Agreement [Part 7, #45.b. of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to have it apply. If the one-year holdout Break in Service rule is elected, an Employee who has a one-year
Break in Service will not be credited for vesting purposes with any Years of Service earned before such one-year Break in Service
until the Employee has completed a Year of Service after the one-year Break in Service. 


(b) 


Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service.In the case of a Participant who
has five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, all Years of Service after such Breaks in Service will be disregarded for the
purpose of vesting in the portion of the Participant's Employer Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account
that accrued before such Breaks in Service, but both pre-break and post-break service will count for purposes of vesting in the
portion of such Accounts that accrues after such breaks. The Participant will forfeit the nonvested portion of his/her Employer
Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account accrued prior to incurring five consecutive Breaks in Service, in
accordance with Section 5.3(b). 


In the case of a Participant who does not have five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service,
all Years of Service will count in vesting both the pre-break and post-break Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions.



(c) 


Rule of Parity Break in
Service.This Break in Service rule applies only to Participants who are totally nonvested
(i.e., 0% vested) in their Employer Contribution Account and Employer Matching Contribution Account. If an Employee is vested in any
portion of his/her Employer Contribution Account or Employer Matching Contribution Account, the Rule of Parity does not apply. Under
this Break in Service rule, if a nonvested Participant incurs a period of consecutive one-year Breaks in Service which equals or
exceeds the greater of five (5) or the Participant's aggregate number of Years of Service with the Employer, all service earned
prior to the consecutive Break in Service period will be disregarded and the Participant will be treated as a new Employee for
purposes of determining vesting under the Plan. The Employer may elect under Part 7, #27.a. of the Agreement [Part 7, #45.a. of the
Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] not to apply the Rule of Parity Break in Service rule. 


(1) 


Previous application of the Rule of Parity Break in Service rule. In determining a Participant's aggregate Years of Service for purposes of applying the Rule of
Parity Break 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






28 














in Service rule, any Years of Service otherwise disregarded under a previous application of this rule are not counted. 


(2) 


Application to the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. The Rule of Parity Break in Service rule applies only to determine the individual's vesting rights with respect to his/her Employer Contribution Account and Employer Matching Contribution Account. In determining whether a Participant is totally nonvested for purposes of applying the Rule of Parity Break in Service rule, the Participant's Section 401(k) Deferral Account, Employee After-Tax Contribution Account, QMAC Account, QNEC Account, Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, and Rollover Contribution Account are disregarded. 


4.7


Amendment of Vesting Schedule. If the Plan's vesting schedule is amended (or is deemed amended by an automatic change to or from a Top-Heavy Plan vesting schedule), each Participant with at least three (3) Years of Service with the Employer, as of the end of the election period described in the following paragraph, may elect to have his/her vested interest computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment or change. For this purpose, a Plan amendment, which in any way directly or indirectly affects the computation of the Participant's vested interest, is considered an amendment to the vesting schedule. However, the new vesting schedule will apply automatically to an Employee, and no election will be provided, if the new vesting schedule is at least as favorable to such Employee, in all circumstances,
as the prior vesting schedule. 


The period during which the election may be made shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted or is deemed to be made and shall end on the latest of: 


(a)


60 days after the amendment is adopted; 


(b)


60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or 


(c)


60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator. 


Furthermore, if the vesting schedule of the Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee who is a Participant as of the later of the date such amendment is adopted or effective, the vested percentage of such Employee's Account Balance derived from Employer Contributions (determined as of such date) will not be less than the percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such amendment. 


4.8 


Special Vesting Rule - In-Service Distribution When Account Balance Less than 100% Vested. If amounts are distributed from a Participant's Employer Contribution Account or Employer Matching Contribution Account at a time when the Participant's vested percentage in such amounts is less than 100% and the Participant may increase the vested percentage in the Account Balance: 


(a)


A separate Account will be established for the Participant's interest in the Plan as of the time of the distribution, and 


(b)


At any relevant time the Participant's vested portion of the separate Account will be equal to an amount ("X") determined by the formula: 


X = P (AB + D) - D 


Where: 


P is the vested percentage at the relevant time; 


AB is the Account Balance at the relevant time; and 


D is the amount of the distribution. 



	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





29 














ARTICLE 5


FORFEITURES 


This Article contains the rules relating to the timing and disposition of forfeitures of the nonvested portion of a Participant's Account Balance. Part 8 of the Agreement provides elections on the allocation of forfeitures. The rules for determining the vested portion of a Participant's Account Balance are contained in Article 4 of this BPD. 


5.1 


In General. The Plan Administrator has the responsibility to determine the amount of a Participant's forfeiture based on the application of the vesting provisions of Article 4. Until an amount is forfeited pursuant to this Article, nonvested amounts will be held in the Account of the Participant and will share in gains and losses of the Trust (as determined under Article 13). 


5.2


Timing of Forfeiture. The forfeiture of all or a portion of a Participant's nonvested Account Balance occurs upon any of the events listed below: 


(a) 


Cash-Out Distribution. The date the Participant receives a total Cash-Out Distribution as defined in Section 5.3(a). 


(b) 


Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service. The last day of the Vesting Computation Period in which the Participant incurs a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service as defined in Section 5.3(b). 


(c) 


Lost Participant or Beneficiary. The date the Plan Administrator determines that a Participant or Beneficiary cannot be located to receive a distribution from the Plan. See Section 5.3(c). 


(d) 


Forfeiture of Employer Matching Contributions. With respect to Employer Matching Contributions under a 401(k) plan, the date a distribution is made as described in Section 5.3(d). 


5.3 


Forfeiture Events. 


(a) 


Cash-Out Distribution. If a Participant receives a total distribution upon termination of his/her participation in the Plan (a "Cash-Out Distribution"), the nonvested portion (if any) of the Participant's Account Balance is forfeited in accordance with the provisions of this Article. If a Participant has his/her nonvested Account Balance forfeited as a result of a Cash-Out Distribution, such Participant must be given the right to "buy-back" the forfeited benefit, as provided in subsection (2) below. (See Article 8 for the rules regarding the availability and timing of Plan distributions and the consent requirements applicable to such distributions.) 


(1) 


Amount of forfeiture. The Cash-Out Distribution rules under this subsection (a) apply only if the Participant is less than 100% vested in his/her Employer Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account. If the Participant is 100% vested in his/her entire Account Balance, no forfeiture of benefits will occur solely as a result of the Cash-Out Distribution. 


(i) 


Total Cash-Out Distribution. If a Participant receives a Cash-Out Distribution of his/her entire vested Account Balance, the Participant will immediately forfeit the entire nonvested portion of his/her Account Balance, as of the date of the distribution (as determined under subsection (A) or (B) below, whichever applies). The forfeited amounts will be used in the manner designated under Part 8 of the Agreement. 


(A) 


No further allocations. If the terminated Participant is not entitled to any further allocations under the Plan for the Plan Year in which the Participant terminates employment, the Cash-Out Distribution occurs on the day the Participant receives a distribution of his/her entire vested Account Balance. The Participant's nonvested benefit is immediately forfeited on such date, in accordance with the provisions under Section 


5.5. 


(B) 


Additional allocations. If the terminated Participant
 is entitled to an additional allocation under the Plan for the Plan Year in which the Participant terminates employment, a Cash-Out Distribution is deemed to occur when the Participant receives a distribution of his/her entire vested Account Balance, including any amounts that are still to be allocated under the Plan. Thus, a Participant who is entitled to an additional allocation under the Plan will not have a total Cash-Out Distribution until such additional amounts are distributed, regardless of 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






30 














whether the Participant takes a complete distribution of his/her vested Account Balance before receiving the additional allocation. 


(C) 


Modification of default cash-out rules. The Employer may override the default cash-out rules under subsections (A) and (B) above by electing under Part 8, #32 of the Agreement [Part 8, #50 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to have the Cash-Out Distribution and related forfeiture occur immediately upon a distribution of the terminated Participant's entire vested Account Balance, without regard to whether the Participant is entitled to an additional allocation under the Plan. 


(ii) 


Deemed Cash-Out Distribution. If a Participant terminates employment with the Employer with a vested Account Balance of zero in his/her Employer Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account, the Participant is treated as receiving a "deemed" Cash-Out Distribution from the Plan. Upon a deemed Cash-Out, the nonvested portion of the Participant's Account Balance will be forfeited in accordance with subsection (A) or (B) below. 


(A) 


No further allocations. If the Participant is not entitled to any further allocations under the Plan for the Plan Year in which the Participant terminates employment, the deemed Cash-Out Distribution is deemed to occur on the day the employment terminates. The Participant's nonvested benefit is immediately forfeited on such date, in accordance with the provisions under Section 5.5. 


(B) 


Additional allocations. If the Participant is entitled to an additional allocation under the Plan for the Plan Year in which the Participant terminates employment, the deemed Cash-Out Distribution is deemed to occur on the first day of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the termination occurs. 


(C) 


Modification of default cash-out rules. The Employer may override the default cash-out rules under subsections (A) and (B) above by electing under Part 8, #32 of the Agreement [Part 8, #50 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to have the Cash-Out Distribution and related forfeiture occur immediately upon a distribution of the terminated Participant's entire vested Account Balance, without regard to whether the Participant is entitled to an additional allocation under the Plan. 


(iii) 


Other distributions. If the Participant receives a distribution of less than the entire vested portion of his/her Employer Contribution Account and Employer Matching Contribution Account (including any additional amounts to be allocated under subsections (i)(B) above), the total Cash-Out Distribution rule under subsection (i) above does not apply until the Participant receives a distribution of the remainder of the vested portion of his/her Account Balance. Until the Participant receives a distribution of the remainder of the vested portion of his/her Account Balance, the special vesting rule described in Section 4.8 applies to determine the vested percentage of the Participant's Employer Contribution Account and Employer Matching Account (as applicable). The nonvested portion of such Accounts will not be forfeited until
the earlier of: (A) the occurrence of a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service described in Section 5.3(b) or (B) the date the Participant receives a total Cash-Out Distribution of the remaining vested portion of his/her Account Balance. 


(2) 


Buy-back/restoration. If a Participant receives (or is deemed to receive) a Cash-Out Distribution that results in a forfeiture under subsection (1) above, and the Participant subsequently resumes employment covered under this Plan, the Participant may "buy­back" the forfeited portion of his/her Account(s) by repaying to the Plan the full amount of the Cash-Out Distribution from such Account(s). 


(i) 


Buy-back opportunity. A Participant may buy-back the portion of his/her benefit that is forfeited as a result of a Cash-Out Distribution (or a deemed Cash-Out Distribution) by repaying the amount of such Cash-Out Distribution to the Plan before the earlier of: 


(A)


five (5) years after the first date on which the Participant is subsequently re-employed by the Employer, or 



	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





31 














(B)


the date a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service occurs (as defined in Section 5.3(b)). 


If a Participant receives a deemed Cash-Out Distribution pursuant to subsection (1)(ii) above, and the Participant resumes employment covered under this Plan before the date the Participant incurs a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service, the Participant is deemed to have repaid the Cash-Out Distribution immediately upon his/her reemployment. 


To receive a restoration of the forfeited portion of his/her Employer Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account, a Participant must repay the entire Cash-Out Distribution that was made from the Participant's Employer Contribution Account and Employer Matching Contribution Account, unadjusted for any interest that might have accrued on such amounts after the distribution date. For this purpose, the Cash-Out Distribution is the total value of the Participant's vested Employer Contribution Account and Employer Matching Contribution Account that is distributed at any time following the Participant's termination of employment. If a Participant also received a distribution from other Accounts, the Participant need not repay such amounts to have the forfeited portion of his/her Employer Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account
restored.




 


(ii) 


Restoration of forfeited benefit. Upon a Participant's proper repayment of a Cash-Out Distribution in accordance with subsection (i) above, the forfeited portion of the Participant's Employer Contribution Account and Employer Matching Contribution Account (as applicable) will be restored, unadjusted for any gains or losses on such amount. For this purpose, a Participant who received a deemed Cash-Out Distribution is automatically treated as having made a proper repayment and his/her forfeited benefit will be restored in accordance with this subsection (ii) if the Participant returns to employment with the Employer prior to incurring a Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service. A Participant is not entitled to restoration under this subsection (ii) if the Participant returns to employment after incurring a
Five-




Year Forfeiture Break in Service. 


The forfeited portion of the Participant's Account(s) will be restored no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant repays the Cash-Out Distribution in accordance with subsection (i) above. Although the Plan Administrator may permit a Participant to make a partial repayment of a Cash-Out Distribution, no portion of the Participant's forfeited benefit will be restored until the Participant repays the entire Cash-Out Distribution in accordance with subsection (i) above. If a Participant received a deemed Cash-Out Distribution, the Participant's forfeited benefit will be restored no later than the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant returns to employment with the Employer. 


If a Participant's forfeited benefit is required to be restored under this subsection (ii), the restoration of such benefit will occur from the following sources. If the following sources are not sufficient to completely restore the Participant's benefit, the Employer must make an additional contribution to the Plan. 


(A)


Any forfeitures that have not been allocated to Participants' Accounts for the Plan Year in which the Employer is restoring the Participant's benefit in accordance with this subsection (ii). 


(B)


If Participants are not permitted to self-direct investments under the Plan, any Trust earnings which have not been allocated to Participants' Accounts for the Plan Year in which the Employer is restoring the Participant's benefit in accordance with this subsection (ii). 


(C)


If the Employer makes a discretionary contribution to the Plan, it may designate all or any part of such discretionary contribution as a restoration contribution under this subsection (ii). 


(b) 


Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service. In the case of a Participant who has five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, the nonvested portion of the Participant's Account Balance will be forfeited as of the end of the Vesting Computation Period in which the Participant incurs his/her fifth 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






32 














consecutive Break in Service. See Section 4.6(b) for more information on the Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service. 


(c) 


Lost Participant or Beneficiary. 


(1) 


Inability to locate Participant or Beneficiary. If the Plan Administrator, after a reasonable effort and time, is unable to locate a Participant or a Beneficiary in order to make a distribution otherwise required by the Plan, the distributable amount may be forfeited, as permitted under applicable laws and regulations. In determining what is a reasonable effort and time, the Plan Administrator may follow any applicable guidance provided under statute, regulation, or other IRS or DOL guidance of general applicability. The Plan Administrator may charge to the Account of a lost Participant the reasonable expenses incurred in attempting to locate such Participant. 


(2) 


Restoration of forfeited amounts. If, after the distributable amount is forfeited, the Participant or Beneficiary is located, the Plan will restore the forfeited amount (unadjusted for gains or losses) to such Participant or Beneficiary within a reasonable time. The method of restoring a forfeited benefit under subsection (a)(2)(ii) above applies to any restoration required under this subsection (2). 


(3) 


Other available methods. The Plan Administrator may take any other reasonable action with respect to the Account of a lost Participant or Beneficiary, including a direct rollover of such amounts to an IRA established in the name of the Participant or Beneficiary, or any other method permitted by statute, regulation, or other IRS or DOL guidance of general applicability. 


(d) 


Forfeiture of Employer Matching Contributions. This subsection (d) only applies if the Plan is a 401(k) Plan. 


(1) 


Correction of ACP Test. If a Participant receives a corrective distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions to correct the ACP Test, the portion of such corrective distribution which relates to nonvested Employer Matching Contributions, including any allocable income or loss, will be forfeited (as permitted under Section 17.3(d)(1)) in the Plan Year in which the corrective distribution is made from the Plan. 


(2) 


Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, and Excess Aggregate Contributions.
 If a Participant receives a distribution of Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, or Excess Aggregate Contributions, the Employer will forfeit the portion of his/her Employer Matching Contribution Account (whether vested or not) which is attributable to such distributed amounts (except to the extent such amount has been distributed as Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions, pursuant to Article 17). A forfeiture of Employer Matching Contributions under this subsection (2) occurs in the Plan Year in which the Participant receives the distribution of Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions, and/or Excess Aggregate Contributions. 


5.4


Timing of Forfeiture Allocation. Pursuant to the elections under Part 8 of the Agreement, forfeitures are allocated in either the same Plan Year in which the forfeitures occur or in the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the forfeitures occur. 


5.5


Method of Allocating Forfeitures. Forfeitures will be allocated in accordance with the method chosen by the Employer under Part 8 of the Agreement. In no event, however, will a Participant receive an allocation of forfeitures arising from his/her own Account. If no method of allocation is selected under Part 8 of the Agreement, any forfeitures will be used to reduce the Employer's contributions for the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the forfeiture occurs as described under (b) below. 


(a) 


Reallocation of forfeitures. If the Employer elects to reallocate forfeitures as additional contributions, the forfeitures will be added to other contributions made by the Employer (as designated under Part 8 of the Agreement) for the Plan Year designated under Part 8, #29 of the Agreement [Part 8, #47 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], and such amounts will be allocated to Eligible Participants under the allocation method chosen under Part 4 of the Agreement with respect to such contributions.  


(b) 


Reduction of contributions. If the Employer elects under Part 8 of the Agreement to use forfeitures to reduce its contributions under the Plan, the Employer may adjust its contribution deposits in any manner, provided the total Employer Contributions made for the Plan Year properly take into account the forfeitures that are to be used to reduce such contributions for that Plan Year. If the contributions are allocated over multiple allocation periods, the Employer may reduce its 







	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





33 
















contribution for any allocation periods within the Plan Year in which the forfeitures are to be allocated so that the
total amount allocated for the Plan Year is proper. 


(c) 


Payment of Plan expenses.
If the Employer elects under Part 8, #31 of the Agreement [Part 8, #49 of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement], forfeitures will first be used to pay Plan expenses for the Plan Year in which the forfeitures would
otherwise be allocated. This subsection (c) applies only if the Plan otherwise would pay such expenses as authorized under Section
11.4. If any forfeitures remain after the payment of Plan expenses under this subsection, the remaining forfeitures will be
allocated as selected under Part 8 of the Agreement. 





				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






34 














ARTICLE 6


SPECIAL SERVICE CREDITING PROVISIONS 


This Article contains special service crediting rules that apply for purposes of determining an Employee's eligibility to participate and the vested percentage in his/her Account Balance under the Plan. This Article 6 and Part 7 of the Agreement permit the Employer to override the general service crediting rules under Articles 1 and 4 with respect to eligibility and vesting and to apply special service crediting rules, such as the Equivalency Method and the Elapsed Time Method for crediting service. Section 6.7 of this Article and Part 13, #53 of the Agreement [Part 13, #71 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] contain special rules for crediting service with Predecessor Employers. 


6.1 


Year of Service - Eligibility. Section 1.4(b) defines a Year of Service for eligibility purposes. Generally, an Employee earns a Year of Service for eligibility purposes upon the completion of 1,000 Hours of Service during an Eligibility Computation Period. For this purpose, Hours of Service are calculated using the Actual Hours Crediting Method. Part 7, #23 of the Agreement [Part 7, #41 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] permits the Employer to modify these default provisions for determining a Year of Service for eligibility purposes. 


(a) 


Selection of Hours of Service. The Employer may elect to modify the requirement that an Employee complete 1,000 Hours of Service during an Eligibility Computation Period to earn a Year of Service. Under Part 7, #23.a. of the Agreement [Part 7, #41.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Employer may designate a specific number of Hours of Service (which cannot exceed 1,000) that an Employee must complete during the Eligibility Computation Period to earn a Year of Service. Any Hours of Service designated in accordance with this subsection (a) will be determined using the Actual Hours Crediting Method, unless the Employer elects to use the Equivalency Method under Part 7, #23.b. of the Agreement [Part 7, #41.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


(b) 


Use of Equivalency Method. The Employer may elect under Part 7, #23.b. of the Agreement [Part 7, #41.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to use the Equivalency Method (as defined in Section 6.5(a)) instead of the Actual Hours Crediting Method in determining whether an Employee has completed the required Hours of Service to earn a Year of Service. 


(c) 


Use of Elapsed Time Method. The Employer may elect under Part 7, #23.c. of the Agreement [Part 7, #41.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to use the Elapsed Time Method (as defined in Section 6.5(b)) instead of counting Hours of Service in applying the eligibility conditions under Article 1. The Elapsed Time Method may not be selected if the Employer elects to apply a designated Hours of Service requirement under Part 7, #23.a. of the Agreement [Part 7, #41.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


6.2 


Eligibility Computation Period. Section 1.4(c) defines the Eligibility Computation Period used to determine whether an Employee has earned a Year of Service for eligibility purposes. Generally, if one Year of Service is required for eligibility, the Eligibility Computation Period is determined using the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method (as defined in Section 1.4(c)(1)). Part 7, #24 of the Agreement [Part 7, #42 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] permits the Employer to use the Anniversary Year Method (as defined in Section 1.4(c)(2)) for determining Eligibility Computation Periods under the Plan. If the Employer selects two Years of Service eligibility condition (under Part 1, #5.e. of the Agreement), the Anniversary Year Method applies, unless the Employer elects to use the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method. In the case of a 401(k) plan
in




which a two Years of Service eligibility condition is used for either Employer Matching Contributions or Employer Nonelective Contributions, the method used to determine Eligibility Computation Periods for the two Years of Service condition also will apply to any one Year of Service eligibility condition used with respect to any other contributions. 


6.3 


Year of Service - Vesting. Section 4.5 defines a Year of Service for vesting purposes. Generally, an Employee earns a Year of Service for vesting purposes upon the completion of 1,000 Hours of Service during a Vesting Computation Period. For this purpose, Hours of Service are calculated using the Actual Hours Crediting Method. Part 7, #25 of the Agreement [Part 7, #43 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] permits the Employer to modify these default provisions for determining a Year of Service for vesting purposes. 


(a) 


Selection of Hours of Service. The Employer may elect to modify the requirement that an Employee complete 1,000 Hours of Service during a Vesting Computation Period to earn a Year of Service. Under Part 7, #25.a. of the Agreement [Part 7, #43.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Employer may designate a specific number of Hours of Service (which cannot exceed 1,000) that an Employee must complete during the Vesting Computation Period to earn a Year of Service. Any Hours of Service designated in accordance with this subsection (a) will be determined using the Actual Hours Crediting Method, unless the Employer elects to use the 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





35 














Equivalency Method under Part 7, #25.b. of the Agreement [Part 7, #43.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


(b) 


Equivalency Method. The Employer may elect under Part 7, #25.b. of the Agreement [Part 7, #43.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to use the Equivalency Method (as defined in Section 6.5(a)) instead of the Actual Hours Crediting Method in determining whether an Employee has completed the required Hours of Service to earn a Year of Service. 


(c) 


Elapsed Time Method.
The Employer may elect under Part 7, #25.c. of the Agreement [Part 7, #43.c. of the
Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to use the Elapsed Time Method (as defined in Section 6.5(b)) instead of counting Hours of Service
in applying the vesting provisions under Article 4. The Elapsed Time Method may not be selected if the Employer elects
to apply a designated Hours of Service requirement under Part 7, #25.a. of the Agreement [Part 7, #43.a. of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement].


6.4


Vesting Computation Period. Section 4.4 defines the Vesting Computation Period used to determine whether an Employee has earned a Year of Service for vesting purposes. Generally, the Vesting Computation Period is the Plan Year. Part 7, #26 of the Agreement [Part 7, #44 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] permits the Employer to elect to use Anniversary Years (see Section 4.4(a)) or, under the Agreement, any other 12-consecutive month period as the Vesting Computation Period. 


6.5


 Definitions. 


(a)


Equivalency Method. Under the Equivalency Method, an Employee is credited with 190 Hours of Service for each calendar month during the Eligibility Computation Period or Vesting Computation Period, as applicable, for which the Employee completes at least one Hour of Service. Instead of applying the Equivalency Method on the basis of months worked, the Employer may elect to apply different equivalencies under Part 7, #28 of the Agreement [Part 7, #46 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. The Employer may credit Employees with 10 Hours of Service for each day worked, 45 Hours of Service for each week worked, or 95 Hours of Service for each semi-monthly payroll period worked during the Eligibility Computation Period or Vesting Computation Period, as applicable. For this purpose, an Employee will receive credit for the appropriate Hours of Service if the
Employer




completes at least one Hour of Service during the applicable period. 


(b) 


Elapsed Time Method. Under the Elapsed Time Method, an Employee receives credit for the aggregate of all periods of service commencing with the Employee's Employment Commencement Date (or Reemployment Commencement Date) and ending on the date the Employee begins a Period of Severance (as defined in subsection (2) below) which lasts at least 12 consecutive months. In calculating an Employee's aggregate period of service, an Employee receives credit for any Period of Severance that lasts less than 12 consecutive months. If an Employee's aggregate period of service includes fractional years, such fractional years are expressed as days. 


(1) 


Year of Service. For purposes of determining whether an Employee has earned a Year of Service under the Elapsed Time Method, an Employee is credited with a Year of Service for each 12-month period of service the Employee completes under the above paragraph, whether or not such period of service is consecutive. 


(2) 


Period of Severance. For purposes of applying the Elapsed Time Method, a Period of Severance is any continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. A Period of Severance begins on the date the Employee retires, quits or is discharged, or if earlier, the 12-month anniversary of the date on which the Employee is first absent from service for a reason other than retirement, quit or discharge. 


In the case of an Employee who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary of the first date of such absence shall not constitute a Period of Severance. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the Employee, (ii) by reason of the birth of a child of the Employee, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the adoption of such child by the Employee, or (iv) for purposes of caring for a child of the Employee for a period beginning immediately following the birth or placement of such child. 


(3) 


Break in Service rules. The Break in Service rules described in Sections 1.6 and 4.6 also apply under the Elapsed Time Method. For purposes of applying the Break in Service rules under the Elapsed Time Method, a Break in Service is any Period of Severance of at least 12 consecutive months. 








				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






36 














6.6


Switching Crediting Methods. The following rules apply if the service crediting method is changed in a manner described below. 


(a) 


Shift from crediting Hours of Service to Elapsed Time Method. If the service crediting method under the Plan is changed from a method that uses Hours of Service to a method using Elapsed Time, each Employee's period of service under the Elapsed Time Method is the sum of the amounts under subsections (1) and (2) below. 


(1)


The number of Years of Service credited under the Hours of Service method for the period ending immediately before the computation period during which the change to the Elapsed Time Method occurs. 


(2)


For the computation period in
which the change occurs, the Plan Administrator will determine the greater of: (i) the period of service that would be
credited under the Elapsed Time Method for the Employee's service from the first day of that computation period through the date of
the change, or (ii) the service that would be taken into account under the Hours of Service method for that computation period
through the date of the change. If  (i) is greater, then Years of
Service are credited under the Elapsed Time Method beginning with the first day of the computation period during which the change to
the Elapsed Time Method occurs. If (ii) is greater, then Years of Service are credited under the Hours of Service method for the
computation period during which the change to the Elapsed Time Method occurs and under the Elapsed Time Method beginning with the
first day of the computation period that follows the computation period in which the change occurs. If the change occurs as
of the first day of a computation period, treat subsection  (1) as applicable for purposes of
applying the rule in this paragraph. 


(b) 


Shift from Elapsed Time Method to an Hours of Service method. If the service crediting method changes from the Elapsed Time Method to an Hours of Service method, each Employee's Years of Service under the Hours of Service method is the sum of the amounts under subsections (1) and (2) below. 


(1)


The number of Years of Service credited under the Elapsed Time Method as of the date of the change. 


(2)


For the
computation period in which the change to the Hours of Service method occurs, the portion of that computation period in which the
Elapsed Time Method was in effect is converted into an equivalent number of Hours of Service, using the Equivalency Method described
in Section 6.5(a). For the remainder of the computation period, actual Hours of Service are counted, unless the Equivalency Method
has been elected in Part 7 of the Agreement. The Hours of Service deemed credited for the portion of the computation period in which
the Elapsed Time Method was in effect are added to the actual Hours of Service credited for the remaining portion of the computation
period to determine if the Employee has a Year of Service for that computation period. If the change to the Hours of Service method
occurs as of the first day of a computation period, then the determination as to whether an Employee has completed a Year of
Service for the first computation period that the change is in effect is based solely on the Hours of Service method. 


6.7 


Service with Predecessor Employers. If the Employer maintains the plan
of a Predecessor Employer, any service with such Predecessor Employer is treated as service with the Employer for purposes of
applying the provisions of this Plan. If the Employer maintains the Plan of a Predecessor Employer, the Employer may complete Part
13, #53 of the Agreement [Part 13, #71 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to identify the Predecessor Employer and to specify
that service with such Predecessor Employer will be credited for all purposes under the Plan. The failure to complete Part 13, #53
of the Agreement [Part 13, #71 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] with respect to service of a Predecessor Employer where the
Employer is maintaining a Plan of such Predecessor Employer will not override the requirement that such predecessor service be
counted for all purposes under the Plan. 


If the Employer does not maintain the plan of a Predecessor Employer, service with such Predecessor Employer does not count under this Plan, unless the Employer specifically designates under Part 13, #53 of the Agreement [Part 13, #71 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to include service with such Predecessor Employer. If the Employer elects to credit service with a Predecessor Employer under this paragraph, the Employer must designate the purpose for which it is crediting Predecessor Employer service. If the Employer will treat service with multiple Predecessor Employers differently, the Employer should complete an additional election for each Predecessor Employer for which service is being credited differently. If the Employer is not crediting service with any Predecessor Employers, Part 13, #53 of the Agreement [Part 13, #71 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] need
not





be completed. 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





37 














ARTICLE 7


LIMITATION ON PARTICIPANT ALLOCATIONS 


This Article provides limitations on the amount a Participant may receive as an allocation under the Plan for a Limitation Year. The limitation on allocations (referred to herein as the Annual Additions Limitation) applies in the aggregate to all plans maintained by the Employer. Part 13, #54.c. of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] permits the Employer to specify how the Plan will comply with the Annual Additions Limitation where the Employer maintains a plan (or plans) in addition to this Plan. 


7.1


Annual Additions Limitation - No Other Plan Participation. 


(a) 


Annual Additions Limitation. If the Participant does not participate in, and has never participated in another qualified retirement plan, a welfare benefit fund (as defined under Code §419(e)), an individual medical account (as defined under Code §415(l)(2)), or a SEP (as defined under Code §408(k)) maintained by the Employer, then the amount of Annual Additions which may be credited to the Participant's Account for any Limitation Year will not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan. 


Generally, if an Employer Contribution that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to a Participant's Account will cause that Participant's Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount to be contributed or allocated to such Participant will be reduced so that the Annual Additions allocated to such Participant's Account for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible Amount. However, if a contribution or allocation to a Participant's Account will exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount due to a correctable event described in subsection (c) below, the Excess Amount may be contributed or allocated to such Participant and corrected in accordance with the correction procedures outlined in subsection (c). 


(b) 


Using estimated Total Compensation. Prior to determining the Participant's actual Total Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant's Total Compensation for the Limitation Year, uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated. 


As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Employer will determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year on the basis of the Participant's actual Total Compensation for the Limitation Year. 


(c) 


Disposition of Excess Amount. If, as a result of the use of estimated Total Compensation, the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in determining the amount of Section 401(k) Deferrals that may be made under this Article 7, or other reasonable error in applying the Annual Additions Limitation, an Excess Amount arises, the excess will be disposed of as follows: 


(1)


Any Employee After-Tax Contributions (plus attributable earnings), to the extent such contributions would reduce the Excess Amount, will be returned to the Participant. The Employer may elect not to apply this subsection (1) if the ACP Test (as defined in Section 17.3) has already been performed and the distribution of Employee After-Tax Contributions to correct the Excess Amount will cause the ACP Test to fail or will change the amount of corrective distributions required under Section 17.3(d)(1) of this BPD. 


If Employer Matching
Contributions were allocated with respect to Employee After-Tax Contributions for the Limitation Year, the Employee After-Tax
Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions will be corrected together. Employee After-Tax Contributions will be distributed
under this subsection (1) only to the extent the Employee After-Tax Contributions, plus the Employer Matching Contributions
allocated with respect to such Employee After-Tax Contributions, reduce the Excess Amount. Thus, after correction under this
subsection (1), each Participant should have the same level of Employer Matching Contribution with respect to the remaining Employee
After-Tax Contributions as provided under Part 4B of the Agreement. Any Employer Matching Contributions identified under this
subsection (1) will be treated as an Excess Amount correctable under subsections (3) and (4) below. If Employer Matching
Contributions are allocated to both Employee After-Tax Contributions and to Section 401(k) Deferrals, this subsection (1) is applied
by treating Employer Matching Contributions as allocated first to Section 401(k) Deferrals. 


(2)


If, after the application of
subsection (1), an Excess Amount still exists, any Section 401(k) Deferrals (plus attributable earnings), to the extent such
deferrals would reduce the 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






38 














Excess Amount, will be distributed to the Participant. The Employer may elect not to apply this subsection (2) if the ADP Test (as defined in Section 17.2) has already been performed and the distribution of Section 401(k) Deferrals to correct the Excess Amount will cause the ADP Test to fail or will change the amount of corrective distributions required under Section 17.2(d)(1) of this BPD. 


If Employer Matching Contributions were allocated with respect to Section 401(k) Deferrals for the Limitation Year, the Section 401(k) Deferrals and Employer Matching Contributions will be corrected together. Section 401(k) Deferrals will be distributed under this subsection (2) only to the extent the Section 401(k) Deferrals, plus Employer Matching Contributions allocated with respect to such Section 401(k) Deferrals, reduce the Excess Amount. Thus, after correction under this subsection (2), each Participant should have the same level of Employer Matching Contribution with respect to the remaining Section 401(k) Deferrals as provided under Part 4B of the Agreement. Any Employer Matching Contributions identified under this subsection (2) will be treated as an Excess Amount correctable under subsection (3) or (4) below. 


(3)


If, after the application of subsection (2), an Excess Amount still exists, the Excess Amount is allocated to a suspense account and is used in the next Limitation Year (and succeeding Limitation Years, if necessary) to reduce Employer Contributions for all Participants under the Plan. The Excess Amounts are treated as Annual Additions for the Limitation Year in which such amounts are allocated from the suspense account. 


(4)


If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a Limitation Year pursuant to this Article 7, such suspense account will not participate in the allocation of investment gains and losses, unless otherwise provided in uniform valuation procedures established by the Plan Administrator. If a suspense account is in existence at any time during a particular Limitation Year, all amounts in the suspense account must be allocated to Participants' Accounts before the Employer makes any Employer Contributions, or any Employee After-Tax Contributions are made, for that Limitation Year. 


7.2


Annual Additions Limitation - Participation in Another Plan. 


(a) 


In general. This Section 7.2 applies if, in addition to this Plan, the Participant receives an Annual Addition during any Limitation Year from another Defined Contribution Plan, a welfare benefit fund (as defined under Code §419(e)), an individual medical account (as defined under Code §415(l)(2)), or a SEP (as defined under Code §408(k)) maintained by the Employer. If the Employer maintains, or at any time maintained, a Defined Benefit Plan (other than a Paired Plan) covering any Participant in this Plan, see Section 7.5. 


(b) 


This Plan's Annual Addition Limitation. The Annual Additions that may be credited to a Participant's Account under this Plan for any Limitation Year will not exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount reduced by the Annual Additions credited to a Participant's Account under any other Defined Contribution Plan, welfare benefit fund, individual medical account, or SEP maintained by the Employer for the same Limitation Year. 


(c) 


Annual Additions
reduction. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under any other
Defined Contribution Plan, welfare benefit fund, individual medical account, or SEP maintained by the Employer are less than the
Maximum Permissible Amount and the Annual Additions that would otherwise be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account
under this Plan would exceed the Annual Additions Limitation for the Limitation Year, the amount contributed or allocated will be
reduced so that the Annual Additions under all such Plans and funds for the Limitation Year will equal the Maximum Permissible
Amount. However, if a contribution or allocation to a Participant's Account will exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount due to a
correctable event described in Section 7.1(c), the Excess Amount may be contributed or allocated to such Participant and corrected
in accordance with the correction procedures outlined in Section 7.1(c). 


(d) 


No Annual Additions permitted. If the Annual Additions with respect to the Participant under such other Defined Contribution Plan(s), welfare benefit fund(s), individual medical account(s), or SEP(s) in the aggregate are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Participant's Account under this Plan for the Limitation Year. However, if a contribution or allocation to a Participant's Account will exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount due to a correctable event described in Section 7.1(c), the Excess Amount may be contributed or allocated to such Participant and corrected in accordance with the correction procedures outlined in Section 7.1(c). 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





39 














(e) 


Using estimated Total Compensation. Prior to determining the Participant's actual Total Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant in the manner described in Section 7.1(b). As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the Participant's actual Total Compensation for the Limitation Year. 


(f) 


Excess Amounts. If, as a result of the use of estimated Total Compensation, an allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in determining the amount of Section 401(k) Deferrals that may be made under this Article 7, or other reasonable error in applying the Annual Additions Limitation, a Participant's Annual Additions under this Plan and such other plans or funds would result in an Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount will be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated, except that Annual Additions attributable to a SEP will be deemed to have been allocated first, followed by Annual Additions to a welfare benefit fund or individual medical account, regardless of the actual allocation date. 


(1) 


Same allocation date. If an Excess Amount is allocated to a Participant on an allocation date of this Plan that coincides with an allocation date of another plan, such Excess Amount will be attributed to the following types of plan(s) in the order listed, until the entire Excess Amount is allocated. 


(i)


First, to any 401(k) plan(s) maintained by the Employer. 


(ii)


Then, to any profit sharing plan(s) maintained by the Employer. 


(iii)


Then, to any money purchase plan(s) maintained by the Employer. 


(iv)


Finally, to any target benefit plan(s) maintained by the Employer. 


If an amount is allocated to the same type of Plan on the same allocation date, the Excess Amount will be allocated to each plan in accordance with the pro rata allocation method outlined in the following paragraph. 


(2) 


Alternative methods. The Employer may elect under Part 13, #54.c. of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to modify the default rules under this subsection (f). For example, the Employer may elect to attribute any Excess Amount which is allocated on the same date to this Plan and to another plan maintained by the Employer by designating the specific plan to which the Excess Amount is allocated or by using a pro rata allocation method. Under the pro rata allocation method, the Excess Amount attributed to this Plan is the product of: 


(i)


the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date, times 


(ii)


the ratio of (A) the Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this Plan to (B) the total Annual Additions allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date under this and all other Defined Contribution Plans. 


(g) 


Disposition of Excess Amounts. Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan will be disposed in the manner described in Section 7.1(c). 


7.3


Modification of correction procedures. The Employer may elect under Part 13, #51.c. of the Agreement [Part 13, #69.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to modify any of the corrective provisions under Section 7.1 of this BPD. The provisions in Section 7.2 may be modified under Part 13, #54.c. of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


7.4


Definitions Relating to the Annual Additions Limitation. 


(a) 


Annual Additions: The sum of the following amounts credited to a Participant's Account for the Limitation Year: 


(1)


Employer Contributions, including Section 401(k) Deferrals; 


(2)


Employee After-Tax Contributions; 


(3)


 forfeitures; 









				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






40 














(4)


amounts allocated to an individual medical account (as defined in Code §415(l)(2)), which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions to a Defined Contribution Plan. Also, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a key employee (as defined in Code §419A(d)(3)) under a welfare benefit fund (as defined in Code §419(e)) maintained by the Employer are treated as Annual Additions to a Defined Contribution Plan; and 


(5)


allocations under a SEP (as defined in Code §408(k)). 


For this purpose, any Excess Amount applied under Sections 7.1(c) or 7.2(f) in the Limitation Year to reduce Employer Contributions will be considered Annual Additions for such Limitation Year. 


An Annual Addition is credited to a Participant's Account for a particular Limitation Year if such amount is allocated to the Participant's Account as of any date within that Limitation Year. An Annual Addition will not be deemed credited to a Participant's Account for a particular Limitation Year unless such amount is actually contributed to the Plan no later than 30 days after the time prescribed by law for filing the Employer's income tax return (including extensions) for the taxable year with or within which the Limitation Year ends. In the case of Employee After-Tax Contributions, such amount shall not be deemed credited to a Participant's Account for a particular Limitation Year unless the contributions are actually contributed to the Plan no later than 30 days after the close of that Limitation Year. 


(b) 


Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation: $30,000, as adjusted under Code §415(d). 


(c) 


Employer. For purposes of this Article 7, Employer shall mean the Employer that adopts this Plan, and all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in §414(b) of the Code as modified by §415(h)), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in §414(c) of the Code as modified by §415(h)) or affiliated service groups (as defined in §414(m)) of which the adopting Employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under §414(o) of the Code. 


(d) 


Excess Amount: The excess of the Participant's Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum Permissible Amount. 


(e) 


Limitation Year: The Plan Year, unless the Employer elects another 12-consecutive month period under Part 13, #51.a. of the Agreement [Part 13, #69.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. All qualified retirement plans under Code §401(a) maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year. If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12-consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment is made. If the Plan has an initial Plan Year that is less than 12 months, the Limitation Year for such first Plan Year is the 12-month period ending on the last day of that Plan Year, unless otherwise specified in Part 13, #51.c. of the Agreement [Part 13, #69.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


(f) 


Maximum Permissible Amount: The maximum Annual Additions that may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's Account under the Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the lesser of: 


(1)


the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, or 


(2)


25 percent of the Participant's Total Compensation for the Limitation Year. 


The Total Compensation limitation referred to in (2) shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits (within the meaning of Code §401(h) or §419A(f)(2)) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition under Code §415(l)(1) or §419A(d)(2). 


If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment changing the Limitation Year to a different 12-consecutive month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount will not exceed the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation multiplied by the following fraction: 


Number of months in the short Limitation Year 
12 


If a short Limitation Year is created because the Plan has an initial Plan Year that is less than 12 months, no proration of the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation is required, unless provided 




	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





41 














otherwise under Part 13, #51.c. of the Agreement [Part 13, #69.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. (See subsection (e) above for the rule allowing the use of a full 12-month Limitation Year for the first year of the Plan, thereby avoiding the need to prorate the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation.) 


(g) 


Total Compensation: The amount of compensation as defined under Section 22.197, subject to the Employer's election under Part 3, #9 of the Agreement. 


(1) 


Self-Employed Individuals. For a Self-Employed Individual, Total Compensation is such individual's Earned Income. 


(2) 


Total Compensation actually paid or made available. For purposes of applying the limitations of this Article 7, Total Compensation for a Limitation Year is the Total Compensation actually paid or made available to an Employee during such Limitation Year. However, the Employer may include in Total Compensation for a Limitation Year amounts earned but not paid in the Limitation Year because of the timing of pay periods and pay days, but only if these amounts are paid during the first few weeks of the next Limitation Year, such amounts are included on a uniform and consistent basis with respect to all similarly-situated Employees, and no amounts are included in Total Compensation in more than one Limitation Year. The Employer need not make any formal election to include accrued Total Compensation described in the preceding sentence. 


(3)


Disabled
Participants. Total Compensation does not include any imputed compensation for the period
a Participant is Disabled. However, the Employer may elect under Part 13, #51.b. of the Agreement [Part 13, #69.b. of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement], to include under the definition of Total Compensation, the amount a terminated Participant who is
permanently and totally Disabled (as defined in Section 22.53) would have received for the Limitation Year if the Participant had
been paid at the rate of Total Compensation paid immediately before becoming permanently and totally Disabled. If the Employer
elects under Part 13, #51.b. of the Agreement [Part 13, #69.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to include imputed
compensation for a Disabled Participant, a Disabled Participant will receive an allocation of any Employer Contribution the Employer
makes to the Plan based on the Employee's imputed compensation for the Plan Year. Any Employer Contributions made to a Disabled
Participant under this subsection (3) are fully vested when made. For Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1997, imputed
compensation for a Disabled Participant may be taken into account only if the Participant is not a Highly Compensated Employee for
such Plan Year. 


(4) 


Special rule for Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1998. For
Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1998, for purposes of applying the limitations of this Article 7 and for determining
the minimum top-heavy contribution required under Section 16.2(a), Total Compensation paid or made available during such Limitation
Year shall not include any Elective Deferrals, or any amount which is
contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee and which is not includible in the gross income of the
Employee by reason of Code §125 or §457. 


7.5 


Participation in a Defined Benefit Plan. If the Employer maintains, or
at any time maintained, a Defined Benefit Plan (other than a Paired Plan) covering any Participant in this Plan, the sum of the
Participant's Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and Defined Contribution Plan Fraction will not exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. If
the sum of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction and the Defined Contribution Plan Fraction exceeds 1.0 in any Limitation Year, the Plan
will satisfy the 1.0 limitation by reducing a Participant's Projected Annual Benefit under the Defined Benefit Plan. 


(a) 


Repeal of rule. The limitations under this Section 7.5 do not apply for Limitation Years beginning on or after
January 1, 2000. However, the Employer may have continued to apply rules consistent with this Section 7.5 for Plan Years beginning
after December 31, 1999 and before the Employer first adopted a plan to comply with the GUST Legislation. If the Employer is
adopting this Plan as a restatement of a prior plan to comply with the GUST Legislation, the provisions of the prior plan control
for purposes of applying the combined limitation rules under Code §415(e) for Limitation Years beginning before the Effective
Date of this Plan. For Limitation Years beginning on or after the Effective Date of this Plan, the provisions of this Section 7.5
apply. If for any Limitation Year beginning prior to the date this Plan is adopted as a GUST restatement, the Employer did not
comply in operation with the provisions under this Section 7.5 or the provisions of the prior plan, as applicable, the Employer may
document under Appendix B-4 of the Agreement how the Plan was operated to comply with the combined limitation rules under Code
§415(e). 


(b) 


Special definitions relating to Section 7.5. 






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






42 














(1)


Defined Benefit Plan Fraction: A
fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual Benefit under all the Defined Benefit Plans
(whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the denominator of which is the lesser of 125 percent of the dollar
limitation determined for the Limitation Year under Code §§415(b) and (d) or 140 percent of the Participant's Highest
Average Compensation, including any adjustments under Code §415(b). 


Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant as of the first day of the first Limitation Year
beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or more Defined Benefit Plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6,
1986, the denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125 percent of the sum of the annual benefits under such plans which
the Participant had accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes
in the terms and conditions of the plans after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence applies only if the Defined Benefit Plans
individually and in the aggregate satisfied the requirements of Code §415 for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1,
1987. 


If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year, 100% will be substituted for 125% in the
prior paragraph, unless in Part 13, #54.b. of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Employer
provides an extra minimum top-heavy allocation or benefit in accordance with Code §416(h) and the regulations thereunder. In
any event, if the Top-Heavy Ratio exceeds 90%, then 100% will always be substituted for 125% in the prior paragraph. 


(2) 


Defined Contribution Plan Fraction: A fraction, the numerator of which
is the sum of the Annual Additions to the Participant's Account under all the Defined Contribution Plans (whether or not terminated)
maintained by the Employer for the current and all prior Limitation Years including the Annual Additions attributable to the
Participant's Employee After-Tax Contributions to all Defined Benefit Plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer,
and the Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit funds (as defined under Code §419(e)), individual medical accounts
(as defined under Code §415(l)(2)), and SEPs (as defined under Code §408(k)) maintained by the Employer, and the
denominator of which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amount for the current and all prior Limitation Years during which the
Participant performed service with the Employer (regardless of whether a Defined Contribution Plan was maintained by the Employer
during such years). The maximum aggregate amount in any Limitation Year is the lesser of: (i) 125 percent of the Defined
Contribution Dollar Limitation in effect under Code §415(c)(l)(A) (as determined under Code §§415(b) and (d)) for
such Limitation Year or (ii) 35 percent of the Participant's Total Compensation for such Limitation Year. 


If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year, 100% will be substituted for 125% unless
in Part 13, #54.b. of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Employer provides an extra minimum
top-heavy allocation or benefit in accordance with Code §416(h) and the regulations thereunder. In any event, if the Top-Heavy
Ratio exceeds 90%, then 100% will always be substituted for 125%. 


If the
Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31, 1986, in one or
more Defined Contribution Plans maintained by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the numerator of this fraction
will be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of
this Plan. Under the adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times
(ii) the denominator of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is
calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987,
and disregarding any changes in the terms and conditions of the Plan made after May 5, 1986, but using the Code §415 limitation
applicable to the first Limitation Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987. 


The Annual Additions for any Limitation Year beginning before January 1, 1987 shall not be
recomputed to treat all Employee After-Tax Contributions as Annual Additions. 


(3)


Highest Average Compensation: The
average Total Compensation for the three consecutive years of service with the Employer that produces the highest average.



	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





43 














(4) 


Projected Annual Benefit: The annual
retirement benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a
straight life annuity or Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity) to which the Participant would be entitled under the terms of the
Plan assuming: 


(A)


the Participant will continue employment until Normal Retirement Age under the Plan (or current age, if later), and 


(B)


the Participant's Total
Compensation for the current Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to determine benefits under the Plan will remain
constant for all future Limitation Years. 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






44 














ARTICLE 8


PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS 


Except as provided under Article 9 (Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements), this Article 8 governs all
distributions to Participants under the Plan. Sections 8.1 and 8.2 set forth the available distribution options under the Plan and
the amount available for distribution. Section 8.3 sets forth the Participants' distribution options following termination of
employment, Section 8.4 discusses the distribution options upon a Participant's death, and Sections 8.5 and 8.6 set forth the
in-service distribution options under the Plan, including the conditions for receiving a Hardship distribution. Parts 9 and 10 of
the Agreement contain the elective provisions for the Employer to identify the timing of distributions and the permitted
distribution events under the Plan. 


8.1


Distribution Options. A Participant who
terminates employment with the Employer may receive a distribution of his/her vested Account Balance at the time and in the manner
designated under Part 9 of the Agreement. A Participant may receive an in-service distribution prior to his/her termination of
employment with the Employer only to the extent permitted under Part 10 of the Agreement. 


Distributions from the Plan will be made in the form of a lump sum of the Participant's entire vested Account
Balance, a single sum distribution of a portion of the Participant's vested Account Balance, installments, annuity payments, or
other form as selected under Part 11 of the Agreement. Unless provided otherwise under Part 11 of the Agreement, a Participant may
select any combination of the available distribution forms. 


If
the Employer elects to permit a single sum distribution of a portion of the Participant's vested Account Balance, the Employer may
limit the availability or frequency of subsequent withdrawals under Part 11, #40.f. of the Agreement [Part 11, #58.f. of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. If the Employer elects under Part 11 of the Agreement to permit installment payments as an optional form
of distribution, the Participant (and spouse, if applicable) may elect to receive installments in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual,
or annual payments over a period not exceeding the Life Expectancy of the Participant and his/her Designated Beneficiary. The
Participant may elect at any time to accelerate the payment of all, or any portion, of an installment distribution. If the Employer
elects under Part 11 of the Agreement to permit annuity payments, such annuity payments may not be in a form that will provide for
payments over a period extending beyond either the life of the Participant (or the lives of the Participant and his/her designated
Beneficiary) or the life expectancy of the Participant (or the life expectancy of the Participant and his/her designated
Beneficiary). The Employer may restrict the availability of installment payments or annuity payments under Part 11, #40.f. of the
Agreement [Part 11, #58.f. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


If the
Plan is subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Article 9, the Plan must make distribution in the form of a
QJSA (as defined in Section 9.4(a)) unless the Participant (and spouse, if the Participant is married) elects an alternative
distribution form in accordance with Section 9.4(d). (See Section 9.1 for the rules regarding the application of the Joint and
Survivor Annuity requirements.) 


8.2



Amount Eligible for Distribution. For purposes of determining the
amount a Participant may receive as a distribution from the Plan, a Participant's Account Balance is determined as of the Valuation
Date (as specified in Part 12 of the Agreement) which immediately precedes the date the Participant receives his/her distribution
from the Plan. For this purpose, the Participant's Account Balance must be increased for any contributions allocated to the
Participant's Account since the most recent Valuation Date and must be reduced for any distributions the Participant received from
the Plan since the most recent Valuation Date. A Participant does not share in any allocation of gains or losses attributable to the
period between the Valuation Date and the date of the distribution under the Plan, unless provided otherwise under Part 12 of the
Agreement or under uniform funding and valuation procedures established by the Plan Administrator. In the case of a
Participant-directed Account, the determination of the value of the Participant's Account for distribution purposes is subject to
the funding and valuation procedures applicable to such directed Account. 


8.3


Distributions After
Termination of Employment. Subject to the required minimum distribution provisions under
Article 10, a Participant whose employment with the Employer is terminated for any reason, other than death, is entitled to receive
a distribution of his/her vested Account Balance in accordance with this Section 8.3 as of the date selected in Part 9 of the
Agreement. If a Participant dies while employed by the Employer, or dies before distribution of his/her vested Account Balance is
completed, distribution will be made in accordance with Section 8.4. 


(a) 


Account Balance exceeding $5,000. If a Participant's entire vested
Account Balance exceeds $5,000 at the time of distribution, the Participant may elect to receive a distribution of his/her vested
Account Balance in any form permitted under Part 11 of the Agreement at the time indicated under Part 9, #33 of the Agreement [Part
9, #51 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. The Participant must receive proper notice and must consent in writing, in
accordance with Section 8.7, prior to receiving a distribution from the Plan. If the Participant does not consent to a distribution
upon 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





45 














terminating employment with the Employer, distribution will be made in accordance with
Article 10. (Also see Section 8.8 for additional notice requirements.) 


(b) 


Account Balance not
exceeding $5,000. If a Participant's entire vested Account Balance does not exceed $5,000
at the time of distribution, the Plan Administrator will distribute the Participant's entire vested Account Balance in a single lump
sum at the time indicated under Part 9, #34 of the Agreement [Part 9, #52 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. Although the
Participant need not consent to receive a distribution under this subsection (b), the Participant must receive the notice described
in Section 8.8 (if applicable) prior to receiving the distribution from the Plan. The Employer may modify the rule under this
subsection (b) by electing under Part 9, #37.a. of the Agreement [Part 9, #55.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to require
Participant consent prior to a distribution from the Plan, without regard to whether the Participant's vested Account Balance
exceeds $5,000 at the time of distribution. 


(c) 


Permissible distribution
events under a 401(k) plan. A Participant may not receive a distribution of Section
401(k) Deferrals, QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor Contributions under this Section 8.3 unless the Participant satisfies one of the
following conditions: 


(1) 


The Participant has a
"separation from service" with the Employer. For this purpose, a separation from service occurs when an Employee
terminates employment with the Employer. If a Participant changes jobs as a result of the Employer's liquidation, merger,
consolidation, or other similar transaction, a distribution may be made to the Participant if the Plan Administrator determines the
Participant has incurred a separation from service in accordance with rules promulgated under the Code or regulations, or by reason
of a ruling or other published guidance from the IRS. A Participant may not receive a distribution by reason of separation from
service, or continue to receive an installment distribution based on separation from service, if prior to the time the distribution
is made from the Plan, the Participant returns to employment with the Employer. 


(2)


The Employer is a corporation and
the Employer sells substantially all of the assets of a trade or business (within the meaning of §409(d)(2) of the Code) to an
unrelated corporation, provided the purchaser does not continue to maintain the Plan with respect to the Participant after the sale
and the Participant becomes employed by the unrelated corporation as a result of the sale and the distribution is made by the end of
the second calendar year after the year of the sale. For this purpose, an Employer is deemed to have sold substantially all of the
assets of a trade or business if it sells 85% or more of the total assets of such trade or business. 


(3)


The Employer is a corporation and
the Employer sells a subsidiary to an unrelated corporation, provided the purchaser does not continue to maintain the Plan with
respect to the Participant after the sale and the Participant continues to be employed by the unrelated corporation after the sale
and the distribution is made by the end of the second calendar year after the year of the sale. 


(d) 


Disabled Participant.
A terminated Employee who is Disabled at the time of termination, or who becomes Disabled
after terminating employment with the Employer, generally is entitled to a distribution in the time and manner specified in Part 9
of the Agreement. However, if so elected in Part 9, #35 of the Agreement [Part 9, #53 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], a
terminated Employee who is Disabled at the time of termination, or who becomes Disabled after terminating employment with the
Employer, is entitled to a distribution in the time and manner specified in Part 9, #35 of the Agreement [Part 9, #53 of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement], to the extent such election will result in an earlier distribution than would otherwise be available
under Part 9 of the Agreement. 


(e) 


Determining whether
vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000. For distributions made on or after October 17,
2000, the determination of whether a Participant's vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000 is based on the value of the Participant's
Account as of the most recent Valuation Date. In determining the value of a Participant's Account for distributions made before
October 17, 2000, the "lookback rule" may apply. If the lookback rule applies, the Participant's vested Account Balance is
deemed to exceed $5,000 for purposes of applying the provisions under this Article 8 and Article 9. 



For distribution made after March 21, 1999 and before October 17, 2000, the "lookback
rule" is applicable to a distribution to a Participant if the Participant previously received a distribution when his/her
vested Account Balance exceeded $5,000, and either subsection (1) or (2) applies. 


(1)


The distribution is subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Article 9. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






46 













(2)


The distribution is not subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements of Article
9, but a periodic distribution method (e.g., an installment distribution) is currently in effect with respect to the Participant's
vested Account Balance, at least one scheduled payment still remains, and when the first periodic payment was made under such
election, the vested Account Balance exceeded $5,000. 


For distributions made before March 21, 1999, the lookback rule applies to all distributions, without regard to
subsections (1) and (2) above. However, the Plan does not fail to satisfy the requirements of this subsection (e) if, prior to the
adoption of this Plan, the lookback rule was applied to all distributions (without regard to the limitations described in
subsections (1) and (2) above), or if the limitations described in subsections (1) and (2) above were applied to distributions made
before March 22, 1999 but in a Plan Year beginning after August 5, 1997. 


(f) 


Effective date of $5,000 vested Account Balance rule. The provisions under this Article 8 and Article 9 which refer to a $5,000 vested Account Balance
are effective for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, unless a later effective date is specified in the GUST provisions under
Appendix B-3.a. of the Agreement. For plan years beginning prior to August 6, 1997 (or any later effective date specified in
Appendix B-3.a. of the Agreement) any reference under this Article 8 or Article 9 to a $5,000 vested Account Balance should be
applied by replacing $5,000 with $3,500. 


8.4


Distribution upon the Death of the Participant. The death benefit payable with respect to a deceased Participant depends on whether the
Participant dies after distribution of his Account Balance has commenced (see subsection (a) below) or before distribution commences
(see subsection (b) below).  


(a)


Post-retirement death
benefit. If a Participant dies after commencing distribution of his/her benefit under the
Plan, the death benefit is the benefit payable under the form of payment that has commenced. If a Participant commences distribution
prior to death only with respect to a portion of his/her Account Balance, then the rules in subsection (b) apply to the rest of the
Account Balance. 


(b) 


Pre-retirement death
benefit. If a Participant dies before commencing distribution of his/her benefit under
the Plan, the death benefit that is payable depends on whether the value of the death benefit exceeds $5,000 and whether the Joint
and Survivor Annuity requirements of Article 9 apply. 


If there is both a QPSA death benefit and a non-QPSA death benefit, each death benefit is valued separately to
determine whether it exceeds $5,000. For death benefits distributed before the $5,000 rule described in Section 8.3(f) is effective,
substitute $3,500 for $5,000. 


(1) 


Death benefit not
exceeding $5,000. If the value of the pre-retirement death benefit does not exceed
$5,000, it shall be paid in a single sum as soon as administratively feasible after the Participant's death. 


(2) 


Death benefit that
exceeds $5,000. If the value of the pre-retirement death benefit exceeds $5,000, the
payment of the death benefit will depend on whether the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements apply. 


(i) 


If the Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements do not apply. In this case, the entire death benefit is payable in
the form and at the time described below in subsection (ii)(B). 


(ii) 


If the Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements apply. In this case, the death benefit consists of a QPSA death
benefit (see Section 9.3) and, if the QPSA is defined to be less than 100% of the Participant's vested Account Balance, a non-QPSA
death benefit. The QPSA death benefit is payable in accordance with subsection (A) below, unless the Participant has waived such
death benefit under the waiver procedures described in Section 9.4(d). In the event there is a proper waiver of the QPSA death
benefit, then such portion of the death benefit is payable in the same manner as the non-QPSA death benefit. The non-QPSA death
benefit is payable in the form and at the time described below in subsection (B). 


(A) 


QPSA death benefit. If the
pre-retirement death benefit is payable in the QPSA form, then it shall be paid in accordance with Article 9. If the QPSA death
benefit has not been waived, but the surviving spouse elects a different form of payment, then distribution of the QPSA death
benefit is made in accordance with the form of payment elected by the spouse, provided such form of payment is available under
Section 8.1. 



	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





47 













The surviving spouse may request the payment of the QPSA death benefit (in the QPSA form or
in the form elected by the surviving spouse) as soon as administratively feasible after the death of the Participant. However,
payment of the death benefit will not commence without the consent of the surviving spouse prior to the date the Participant would
have reached Normal Retirement Age (or age 62, if later). If the QPSA death benefit has been waived, in accordance with the
procedures in Article 9, then the portion of the Participant's vested Account Balance that would have been payable as a QPSA death
benefit in the absence of such a waiver is treated as a death benefit payable under subsection (B). 


(B) 


Non-QPSA death benefits. Any pre-retirement death benefit not described
in subsection (A) is payable under this paragraph. Such death benefit is payable in lump sum as soon as administratively feasible
after the Participant's death. However, the death benefit may be payable in a different form if prescribed by the Participant's
Beneficiary designation, or if the Beneficiary, before a lump sum payment of the benefit is made, requests an election as to the
form of payment. An alternative form of payment must be one that is available under Section 8.1. 


(3) 


Minimum distribution requirements. In no
event will any death benefit be paid in a manner that is inconsistent with the minimum distribution requirements of Section 10.2. In
addition, the Beneficiary of any pre-retirement death benefit described above in subsection (2) may postpone the commencement of the
death benefit to a date that is not later than the latest commencement date permitted under Section 10.2, unless such election is
prohibited in Part 9, #37.b. of the Agreement [Part 9, #55.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


(c) 


Determining a Participant's Beneficiary. A Participant may designate a
Beneficiary to receive the death benefits described in this Section 8.4. Any Beneficiary designation is subject to the rules under
subsections (1) - (4) below. A Participant may change or revoke a Beneficiary designation at any time by filing a new designation
with the Plan Administrator. Any new Beneficiary designation is subject to the spousal consent rules described below, unless the
spouse specifically waives such right under a general consent as authorized under Section 9.4(d). Unless specified otherwise in the
Participant's designated beneficiary election form, if a Beneficiary does not predecease the Participant but dies before
distribution of the death benefit is made to the Beneficiary, the death benefit will be paid to the Beneficiary's estate.



The Plan Administrator may request proper proof of the Participant's death and may require the Beneficiary to provide
evidence of his/her right to receive a distribution from the Plan in any form or manner the Plan Administrator may deem appropriate.
The Plan Administrator's determination of the Participant's death and of the right of a Beneficiary to receive payment under the
Plan shall be conclusive. If a distribution is to be made to a minor or incompetent Beneficiary, payments may be made to the
person's legal guardian, conservator, or custodian in accordance with the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act or similar law as permitted
under the laws of the state where the Beneficiary resides. The Plan Administrator or Trustee will not be liable for any payments
made in accordance with this subsection (c) and are not required to make any inquiries with respect to the competence of any person
entitled to benefits under the Plan. 


If a Participant designates his/her spouse as Beneficiary and subsequent to such
Beneficiary designation, the Participant and spouse are divorced or legally separated, the designation of the spouse as Beneficiary
under the Plan is automatically rescinded unless specifically provided otherwise under a divorce decree or QDRO, or unless the
Participant enters into a new Beneficiary designation naming the prior spouse as Beneficiary. 


(1) 


Spousal consent to Beneficiary designation: post-retirement death benefit. If a Participant is married at the time distribution commences to the Participant, the Beneficiary
of any post-retirement death benefit is the Participant's surviving spouse, regardless of whether the Joint and Survivor Annuity
requirements under Article 9 apply, unless there is no surviving spouse or the spouse has consented to the Beneficiary designation
in a manner that is consistent with the requirements for a Qualified Election under Section 9.4(d), or makes a valid disclaimer of
the benefit. If the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements apply, the spouse is determined as of the Distribution Commencement Date
for purposes of this spousal consent requirement. If the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements do not apply, the spouse is
determined as of the Participant's date of death for purposes of this spousal consent requirement. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






48 














(2) 


Spousal consent to
Beneficiary designation: pre-retirement death benefit. The rules for spousal consent
depend on whether the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements in Article 9 apply. 


(i) 


If the Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements apply. In this case, the QPSA death benefit will be payable in
accordance with Section 9.3. The QPSA death benefit may be payable to a non-spouse Beneficiary only if the spouse consents to the
Beneficiary designation, pursuant to the Qualified Election requirements under Section 9.4(d), or makes a valid disclaimer. The
non-QPSA death benefit, if any, is payable to the person named in the Beneficiary designation, without regard to whether spousal
consent is obtained for such designation. If a spouse does not properly consent to a Beneficiary designation, the QPSA waiver is
invalid, and the QPSA death benefit is still payable to the spouse, but the Beneficiary designation remains valid with respect to
any non-QPSA death benefit. 


(ii) 


If the Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements do not apply. In this case, the surviving spouse (determined at the
time of the Participant's death), if any, must be treated as the sole Beneficiary, regardless of any contrary Beneficiary
designation, unless there is no surviving spouse, or the spouse has consented to the Beneficiary designation in a manner that is
consistent with the requirements for a Qualified Election under Section 9.4(d) or makes a valid disclaimer. 


(3) 


Default beneficiaries.
To the extent a Beneficiary has not been named by the Participant (subject to the spousal
consent rules discussed above) and is not designated under the terms of this Plan to receive all or any portion of the deceased
Participant's death benefit, such amount shall be distributed to the Participant's surviving spouse (if the Participant was married
at the time of death). If the Participant does not have a surviving spouse at the time of death, distribution will be made to the
Participant's surviving children, in equal shares. If the Participant has no surviving children, distribution will be made to the
Participant's estate. The Employer may modify the default beneficiary rules described in this subparagraph under Part 9, #37.c. of
the Agreement [Part 9, #55.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


(4) 


One-year marriage rule.
The Employer may elect under Part 11, #41.c. of the Agreement [Part 11, #59.c. of the
Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], for purposes of applying the provisions of this Section 8.4, that an individual will not be
considered the surviving spouse of the Participant if the Participant and the surviving spouse have not been married for the entire
one-year period ending on the date of the Participant's death. 


8.5


Distributions Prior to Termination of Employment. 


(a) 


Employee After-Tax
Contributions, Rollover Contributions, and transfers. A Participant may withdraw at any
time, upon written request, all or any portion of his/her Account Balance attributable to Employee After-Tax Contributions or
Rollover Contributions. Any amounts transferred to the Plan pursuant to a Qualified Transfer (as defined in Section 3.3(d)) also may
be withdrawn at any time pursuant to a written request. No forfeiture will occur solely as a result of an Employer's withdrawal of
Employee After-Tax Contributions. The Employer may elect in Part 10, #39.d. of the Agreement [Part 10, #57.d. of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to modify the availability of in-service withdrawals of Employee After-Tax Contributions, Rollover
Contributions, or Qualified Transfers. 


With respect to transfers (other
than Qualified Transfers) and subject to the restrictions on distributions of transferred assets under Section 3.3, a Participant
may request a distribution of all or any portion of his/her Transfer Account only as permitted under this Article with respect to
contributions of the same type as are being withdrawn. 


(b)


Employer
Contributions. Except as provided in Section 14.10 dealing with defaulted Participant
loans, a Participant may receive a distribution of all or any portion of his/her vested Account Balance attributable to Employer
Contributions prior to termination of employment only as permitted under Part 10 of the Agreement. If the Joint and Survivor Annuity
requirements under Article 9 apply to the Participant, the Participant's spouse (if the Participant is married at the time of
distribution) must consent to a distribution in accordance with Section 9.2. 



The Employer may elect under the profit sharing or Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement to
permit in-service distributions of Employer Contributions (other than Section 401(k) Deferrals, QMACs, 



	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





49 














QNECs, and Safe Harbor Contributions) upon the occurrence of a specified event or upon the completion of a certain
number of years. In no case, however, may a distribution that is made solely on account of the completion of a designated number of
years be made with respect to Employer Contributions that have been accumulated in the Plan for less than 2 years. This rule does
not apply if the Participant has been an Eligible Participant in the Plan for at least 5 years. An in-service distribution may be
made on account of a specified event (other than the completion of a designated number of years) at any time, if authorized under
Part 10 of the Agreement. 


If
a Participant with a partially vested benefit receives an in-service distribution under the Plan, the special vesting schedule under
Section 4.8 must be applied to determine the Participant's vested percentage in his/her remaining Account Balance. This special
vesting schedule will not apply if the Employer limits the availability of in-service distributions under Part 10 of the Agreement
to Participants who are 100% vested. 


(c) 


Section 401(k) Deferrals,
Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, and Safe Harbor Contributions. If the Employer has adopted the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, a Participant may receive an
in-service distribution of all or any portion of his/her Section 401(k) Deferral Account, QMAC Account, QNEC Account, Safe Harbor
Matching Contribution Account and Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution Account only as permitted under Part 10 of the Agreement. No
provision in this Plan or in Part 10 of the Agreement may be interpreted to permit a Participant to receive a distribution of such
amounts prior to the occurrence of one of the following events: 


(1)


 the Participant becoming Disabled; 


(2)


the Participant's attainment of age 591⁄2; 


(3)


the Participant's Hardship (as defined in Section 8.6). 


(d) 


Corrective
distributions. Nothing in this Article 8 precludes the Plan Administrator from making a
distribution to a Participant, to the extent such distribution is made to correct a qualification defect in accordance with the
corrective procedures under the IRS' voluntary compliance programs. Thus, for example, nothing in this Article 8 would preclude the
Plan from making a corrective distribution to an Employee who received contributions under the Plan prior to becoming an Eligible
Participant. Any such distribution must be made in accordance with the correction procedures applicable under the IRS' voluntary
correction programs. 


8.6 


Hardship Distribution. To the extent permitted under Part 10 of the
Agreement, a Participant may receive an in-service distribution on account of a Hardship. The Employer may elect under Part 10,
#38.c. of the Agreement [Part 10, #56.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to permit a Hardship distribution only if the
Participant satisfies the safe harbor Hardship requirements under subsection (a) below. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under
Part 10, #38.d. of the Agreement [Part 10, #56.d. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to permit a Hardship distribution of
Employer Contributions (other than Section 401(k) Deferrals) in accordance with the requirements of subsection (b) below. A Hardship
distribution of Section 401(k) Deferrals must meet the requirements of a safe harbor Hardship as described under subsection (a)
below. A Hardship distribution under this Section 8.6 is not available for QNECs, QMACs or Safe Harbor Contributions. 


(a) 


Safe harbor Hardship distribution. To
qualify for a safe harbor Hardship, a Participant must demonstrate an immediate and heavy financial need, as described in subsection
(1), and must satisfy the conditions described in subsection (2). 


(1) 


Immediate and heavy financial need. To
be considered an immediate and heavy financial need, the Hardship distribution must be made on account of one of the following
events: 


(i)


the incurrence of medical
expenses (as described in §213(d) of the Code), of the Participant, the Participant's spouse or dependents; 


(ii)


the purchase (excluding mortgage
payments) of a principal residence for the Participant; 


(iii)



payment of tuition and related educational fees (including room and board) for the next 12
months of post-secondary education for the Participant, the Participant's spouse, children or dependents; 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






50 














(iv)


to prevent the eviction of the
Participant from, or a foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Participant's principal residence; or 


(v)


any other event that the IRS
recognizes as a safe harbor Hardship distribution event under ruling, notice or other guidance of general applicability. 


A Participant must provide the Plan Administrator with a written request for a Hardship
distribution. The Plan Administrator may require written documentation, as it deems necessary, to sufficiently document the
existence of a proper Hardship event. 


(b) 


Conditions for taking a
Hardship withdrawal. A Participant may receive a safe harbor Hardship withdrawal only if
all of the following conditions are satisfied.  


(1)


The Participant has obtained all
available distributions, other than Hardship distributions, and all nontaxable loans under the Plan and all other qualified plans
maintained by the Employer. 


(2)


The Participant is suspended from
making any Section 401(k) Deferrals (and any Employee After-Tax Contributions) under the Plan or any other plans (other than welfare
benefit plans) maintained by the Employer for 12 months after the receipt of the Hardship distribution. 


(3)


The distribution is not in excess
of the amount of the immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes
or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the distribution). 


(4)


The limitation on Elective
Deferrals under Code §402(g) for the Participant for the taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the Hardship
distribution is reduced by the amount of any Elective Deferrals the Participant made during the taxable year of the Hardship
distribution, to the extent required by law. 


(c) 


Amount available for
distribution. A Participant may receive a Hardship distribution of any portion of his/her
vested Employer Contribution Account or Employer Matching Contribution Account (including earnings thereon), as permitted under Part
10 of the Agreement. A Participant may receive a Hardship distribution of any portion of his/her Section 401(k) Deferral Account, if
permitted under Part 10 of the Agreement, provided such distribution, when added to other Hardship distributions from Section 401(k)
Deferrals, does not exceed the total Section 401(k) Deferrals the Participant has made to the Plan (increased by income allocable to
such Section 401(k) Deferrals that was credited by the later of December 31, 1988 or the end of the last Plan Year ending before
July 1, 1989). A Participant may not receive a Hardship distribution from his/her QNEC Account, QMAC Account, Safe Harbor
Nonelective Contribution Account or Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account. 


8.7 


Participant Consent. If the value of a Participant's entire vested
Account Balance exceeds $5,000 (as determined in accordance with Section 8.3(e)), the Participant must consent to any distribution
of such Account Balance prior to his/her Required Beginning Date (as defined in Section 10.3(a)). The Employer may modify this
provision under Part 9, #37.b. of the Agreement [Part 9, #55.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to provide for automatic
distribution to a terminated Participant (or Beneficiary) as of the date the Participant attains (or would have attained if not
deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62. A Participant must consent in writing to a distribution under this Section
8.7 within the 90-day period ending on the Distribution Commencement Date (as defined in Section 22.56). If the Participant is
subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Article 9 of this Plan, the Participant's spouse (if the Participant is
married at the time of the distribution) also must consent to the distribution in accordance with Section 9.2. If the distribution
is an Eligible Rollover Distribution, the Participant must also direct the Plan Administrator as to whether he/she wants a Direct
Rollover and if so, the name of the Eligible Retirement Plan to which the distribution will be made. (See Section 8.8 for more
information regarding the Direct Rollover rules.)



(a) 


Participant notice. Prior to receiving a distribution from the Plan,
the Participant must be notified of his/her right to defer any distribution from the Plan in accordance with the provisions under
Article 10 of this BPD. The notification shall include a general description of the material features and the relative values of the
optional forms of benefit available under the Plan (consistent with the requirements under Code §417(a)(3)). The notice must be
provided no less than 30 days and no more than 90 days prior to the Participant's Distribution Commencement Date. However,
distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice is given, if the Participant is clearly informed of his/her right to
take 30 days after receiving the notice to decide whether or not to elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular
distribution option), and the Participant, after receiving 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





51 













the notice, affirmatively elects to receive the distribution prior to the expiration of the
30-day minimum period. (But see Section 9.5(a) for the rules regarding the timing of distributions when the Joint and Survivor
Annuity requirements apply.) The notice requirements described in this paragraph may be satisfied by providing a summary of the
required information, so long as the conditions described in applicable regulations for the provision of such a summary are
satisfied, and the full notice is also provided (without regard to the 90-day period described in this subsection). 


(b) 


Special rules. The consent rules under this Section 8.7 apply to
distributions made after the Participant's termination of employment and to distributions made prior to the Participant's
termination of employment. However, the consent of the Participant (and the Participant's spouse, if applicable) shall not be
required to the extent that a distribution is made: 


(1)


to satisfy the required minimum distribution rules under Article 10; 


(2)


to satisfy the requirements of Code §415, as described in Article 7; 


(3)


to
correct Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate Contributions, as described in Article 17. 


In
addition, if distributions are being made on account of the termination of the Plan, and an annuity option is not available under
the Plan, the Participant's Account Balance will, without the Participant's consent, be distributed to the Participant, without
regard to the value of the Participant's vested Account Balance, unless the Employer (or any Related Employer) maintains another
Defined Contribution Plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan as defined in Code §4975(e)(7)). If the Employer or any
Related Employer maintains another Defined Contribution Plan (other than an employee stock ownership plan), then the Participant's
Account Balance will be transferred, without the Participant's consent, to the other plan, if the Participant does not consent to an
immediate distribution (to the extent consent to an immediate distribution is otherwise required under this Section 8.7). 


8.8 


Direct Rollovers. This Section 8.8 applies to distributions made on or
after January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any provision in the Plan to the contrary, a Participant may elect to have all or any portion
of an Eligible Rollover Distribution paid directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan in a Direct Rollover. If a Participant elects a
Direct Rollover of only a portion of an Eligible Rollover Distribution, the Plan Administrator may require that the amount being
rolled over equals at least $500. 


For
purposes of this Section 8.8, a Participant includes a Participant or former Participant. In addition, this Section applies to any
distribution from the Plan made to a Participant's surviving spouse or to a Participant's spouse or former spouse who is the
Alternate Payee under a QDRO, as defined in Section 22.151. 


If
it is reasonable to expect (at the time of the distribution) that the total amount the Participant will receive as a distribution
during the calendar year will total less than $200, the Employer need not offer the Participant a Direct Rollover option with
respect to such distribution. 


(a) 


Eligible Rollover Distribution. An
Eligible Rollover Distribution is any distribution of all or any portion of a Participant's Account Balance, except for the
following distributions: 


(1)


any distribution that is one of a
series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or Life Expectancy) of the
Participant or the joint lives (or joint Life Expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant's Beneficiary, or for a specified
period of ten years or more; 


(2)


any distribution to the extent
such distribution is a required minimum distribution under Article 10; 


(3)


the portion of any distribution
that is not includible in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to
Employer securities); 


(4)


an in-service Hardship withdrawal
of Section 401(k) Deferrals, as described in subsection (e) below; and 


(5)


a distribution made to satisfy
the requirements of Code §415, as described in Article 7, or a distribution to correct Excess Deferrals, Excess Contributions
or Excess Aggregate Contributions, as described in Article 17. 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






52 














(b) 


Eligible Retirement Plan. An Eligible Retirement Plan is: 


(1)


an individual retirement account described in §408(a) of the Code; 


(2)


an individual retirement annuity described in §408(b) of the Code; 


(3)


an annuity plan described in §403(a) of the Code; or 


(4)


a qualified plan described in §401(a) of the Code. 


However, in the case of an Eligible Rollover Distribution to a surviving spouse, an
Eligible Retirement Plan is only an individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity. 


(c) 


Direct Rollover. A Direct Rollover is a payment made directly from the Plan to the Eligible Retirement Plan
specified by the Participant. The Plan Administrator may develop reasonable procedures for accommodating Direct Rollover requests.



(d) 


Direct Rollover notice.
A Participant entitled to an Eligible Rollover Distribution must receive a written
explanation of his/her right to a Direct Rollover, the tax consequences of not making a Direct Rollover, and, if applicable, any
available special income tax elections. The notice must be provided within the same 30 – 90 day timeframe applicable to the
Participant consent notice under Section 8.7(a). The Direct Rollover notice must be provided to all Participants, unless the total
amount the Participant will receive as a distribution during the calendar year is expected to be less than $200. 


If a Participant terminates
employment with a total vested Account Balance of $5,000 or less (as determined under Section 8.3(e)) and the Participant does not
respond to the Direct Rollover notice indicating whether a Direct Rollover is desired and the name of the Eligible Retirement Plan
to which the Direct Rollover is to be made, the Plan Administrator will distribute the Participant's entire vested Account Balance
(in accordance with Section 8.3(b)) no earlier than 30 days and no later than 90 days following the provision of the notice under
Section 8.7. The notice will describe the procedures for making a default distribution under this paragraph, including any rules for
making a default Direct Rollover to an IRA. Any default provisions described under the notice must be applied uniformly and in a
nondiscriminatory manner. If the notice provides for a default Direct Rollover, the default distribution will be made as a Direct
Rollover to the IRA designated under the notice. The notice must contain pertinent information regarding the Direct Rollover,
including the name, address, and telephone number of the IRA trustee and information regarding IRA maintenance and withdrawal fees
and how the IRA funds will be invested. The notice will describe the timing of the Direct Rollover and the Participant's ability to
affirmatively opt out of the Direct Rollover. The selection of an IRA trustee, custodian or issuer and the selection of IRA
investments for purposes of a default Direct Rollover constitutes a fiduciary act subject to the general fiduciary standards and
prohibited transaction provisions of ERISA. 


(e) 


Special rules for
Hardship withdrawals of Section 401(k) Deferrals. A Hardship withdrawal of Section 401(k)
Deferrals (as described in Code §401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV)) is not an Eligible Rollover Distribution to the extent such withdrawal is
made after December 31, 1998 or, if later, the first day (but not later than January 1, 2000) that the Plan Administrator begins to
treat such Hardship withdrawals as ineligible for rollover. Subject to any contrary pronouncement under statute, regulation or IRS
guidance, the Employer may treat a Hardship withdrawal of Section 401(k) Deferrals as an Eligible Rollover Distribution if the
Participant otherwise satisfies a non-Hardship distribution event described in Code §401(k)(2) or (10) at the time of the
withdrawal, regardless of whether the Plan's procedures characterizes such distribution as a Hardship withdrawal.



8.9 


Sources of Distribution. Unless provided otherwise in separate administrative provisions adopted by the Plan Administrator, in applying the distribution provisions under this Article 8, distributions will be made on a pro rata basis from all Accounts from which a distribution is permitted under this Article. Alternatively, the Plan Administrator may permit Participants to direct the Plan Administrator as to from which Account the distribution is to be made. Regardless of a Participant's direction as to the source of any distribution, the tax effect of such a distribution will be governed by Code §72 and the regulations thereunder. 


(a) 


Exception for Hardship withdrawals. If the Plan permits a Hardship withdrawal from both Section 401(k) Deferrals and Employer Contributions, a Hardship distribution will first be treated as having been made from a Participant's Employer Contribution Account and then from the Employer's Matching Contribution Account, to the extent such Hardship distribution is available with respect to such Accounts. Only when all available amounts have been exhausted under the Participant's Employer Contribution Account and/or Employer Matching Contribution Account will a Hardship 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





53 














distribution be made from a Participant's Section 401(k) Deferral Account. The Plan Administrator may modify this provision in separate administrative procedures. 


8.10


 In-kind distributions. Nothing in this Article precludes the Plan Administrator from making a distribution in the form of property, or other in-kind distribution 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






54 














ARTICLE 9


JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS 


This Article provides rules concerning the application of the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under this Plan.  Part 11, #41.b. of the Agreement [Part 11, #59.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] permits the Employer to apply the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements to all Participants under the Plan. If the Employer does not elect to apply the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements to all Participants, the Plan is only subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements to the extent required under Section 9.1(b) of this Article. 


9.1 


Applicability. Regardless of whether this Plan is a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) plan, the following rules apply. 


(a) 


Election to have requirements apply. If the Employer elects under Part 11, #41.b. of the profit sharing plan Agreement or Part 11, #59.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to apply the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements, then this Article 9 applies to any distribution received by a Participant under the profit sharing plan or the 401(k) plan, except as provided in Section 9.6, below. 


(b) 


Election to have requirements not apply. If the Employer elects under Part 11, #41.a. of the profit sharing plan Agreement or Part 11, #59.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement not to apply the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements, this Article 9 generally will not apply to distributions from the Plan. However, the rules of this Article 9 will apply to a Participant under the following conditions: 


(1)


the Participant elects to receive his/her benefit in the form of a life annuity (if a life annuity is a permissible distribution option under Part 11 of the Agreement); or 


(2)


the Participant has received a direct or indirect transfer of benefits (other than a Qualified Transfer as defined in Section 3.3(d)) from any plan which was subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements at the time of the transfer (but only to such transferred benefits); or 


(3)


the Participant's benefits under the Plan are used to offset the benefits under another plan of the Employer that is subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements. 


Nothing in this subsection (b) prohibits a Plan Administrator from developing administrative procedures that apply the spousal consent requirements outlined in this Article 9 to a Plan that is not otherwise subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements. For example, the Plan Administrator may require under separate administrative procedures to require spousal consent to Participant distributions or may in a separate loan procedure require spousal consent prior to granting a Participant loan, without subjecting the Plan to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements. 


(c) 


Reserved 


9.2


Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA). If the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements apply to a Participant, any distribution from the Plan to that Participant must be in the form of a QJSA (as defined in Section 9.4(a)), unless the Participant (and the Participant's spouse, if the Participant is married) elects to receive the distribution in an alternative form, as authorized under Part 11 of the Agreement. Any election of an alternative form of distribution must be pursuant to a Qualified Election. Only the Participant needs consent (pursuant to Section 8.7) to the commencement of a distribution in the form of a QJSA. 


9.3


Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA). If the Joint and
Survivor Annuity requirements apply to a Participant who dies before the Distribution Commencement Date, the spouse of that
Participant is entitled to receive a QPSA (as defined in Section 9.4(b)), unless the Participant and spouse have waived the QPSA
pursuant to a Qualified Election. The Employer may elect under Part 11, #41.c. of the Agreement [Part 11, #59.c. of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement] that a surviving spouse is not entitled to a QPSA benefit if the Participant and surviving spouse were not
married throughout the one year period ending on the date of the Participant's death. Any portion of a Participant's vested Account
Balance that is not payable to the surviving spouse as a QPSA (or other form elected by the surviving spouse) constitutes a non-QPS
A death benefit and is payable under the rules described in Section 8.4. 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





55 














9.4


Definitions. 


(a) 


Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity (QJSA). A QJSA is an immediate annuity payable over the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity payable over the life of the spouse. If the Participant is not married as of the Distribution Commencement Date, the QJSA is an immediate annuity payable over the life of the Participant. The survivor annuity must provide for payments to the surviving spouse equal to 50% of the payments that the Participant is entitled under the annuity during the joint lives of the Participant and the spouse. The Employer may elect under Part 11, #41.b. of the Agreement [Part 11, #59.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to make payments to the surviving spouse equal to 100%, 75% or 66-2/3% (instead of 50%) of the payments the Participant is entitled to under the annuity. 


(b) 


Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (QPSA). A QPSA is an annuity payable over the life of the surviving spouse that is purchased using 50% of the Participant's vested Account Balance as of the date of death. The Employer may elect under Part 11, #41.b. of the Agreement [Part 11, #59.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to provide a QPSA equal to 100% (instead of 50%) of the Participant's vested Account Balance. The remaining vested Account Balance will be distributed in accordance with the death distribution provisions under Section 8.4. To the extent the Participant's vested Account Balance is derived from Employee After-Tax Contributions, the QPSA will share in the Employee After-Tax Contributions in the same proportion as the Employee After-Tax Contributions bear to the total vested Account Balance of the Participant. 


The surviving spouse may elect to have the QPSA distributed at any time following the Participant's death (subject to the required minimum distribution rules under Article 10) and may elect to receive distribution in any form permitted under Section 8.1 of the Plan. If the surviving spouse fails to elect distribution upon the Participant's death, the QPSA benefit will be distributed in accordance with Section 8.4. 


(c) 


Distribution Commencement Date. The Distribution Commencement Date is the date an Employee commences distributions from the Plan. If a Participant commences distribution with respect to a portion of his/her Account Balance, a separate Distribution Commencement Date applies to any subsequent distribution. If distribution is made in the form of an annuity, the Distribution Commencement Date is the first day of the first period for which annuity payments are made. 


(d) 


Qualified
Election. A Participant (and the Participant's spouse) may waive the QJSA or QPSA
pursuant to a Qualified Election. If it is established to the satisfaction of a plan representative that there is no spouse or that
the spouse cannot be located, any waiver signed by the Participant is deemed to be a Qualified Election. For this purpose, a
Participant will be deemed to not have a spouse if the Participant is legally separated or has been abandoned and the Participant
has a court order to such effect. However, a former spouse of the Participant will be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse and
any current spouse will not be treated as the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided under a QDRO. 


A
Qualified Election is a written election signed by both the Participant and the Participant's spouse (if applicable) that
specifically acknowledges the effect of the election. The spouse's consent must be witnessed by a plan representative or notary
public. In the case of a waiver of the QJSA, the election must designate an alternative form of benefit payment that may not be
changed without spousal consent (unless the spouse enters into a general consent agreement expressly permitting the Participant to
change the form of payment without any further spousal consent). In the case of a waiver of the QPSA, the election must be made
within the QPSA Election Period and the election must designate a specific alternate Beneficiary, including any class of
Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries, which may not be changed without spousal consent (unless the spouse enters into a
general consent agreement expressly permitting the Participant to change the Beneficiary designation without any further spousal
consent). 


Any consent by a spouse under a Qualified Election (or a determination that the consent of
a spouse is not required) shall be effective only with respect to such spouse. If the Qualified Election permits the Participant to
change a payment form or Beneficiary designation without any further consent by the spouse, the Qualified Election must acknowledge
that the spouse has the right to limit consent to a specific form of benefit or a specific Beneficiary, as applicable, and that the
spouse voluntarily elects to relinquish either or both of such rights. A Participant or spouse may revoke a prior waiver of the QPSA
benefit at any time before the commencement of benefits. Spousal consent is not required for a Participant to revoke a prior QPSA
waiver. No consent obtained under this provision shall be valid unless the Participant has received notice as provided in Section
9.5 below. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






56 














(e) 


QPSA Election Period. A Participant (and the Participant's spouse) may waive the QPSA at any time during the QPSA Election Period. The QPSA Election Period is the period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ending on the date of the Participant's death. If a Participant separates from service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35 is attained, with respect to the Account Balance as of the date of separation, the QPSA Election Period begins on the date of separation. 


(f) 


Pre-Age 35 Waiver.
A Participant who has not yet attained age 35 as of the end of a Plan Year may make a
special Qualified Election to waive, with spousal consent, the QPSA for the period beginning on the date of such election and ending
on the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant will attain age 35. Such election is not valid unless the Participant
receives the proper notice required under Section 9.5 below. QPSA coverage is automatically reinstated as of the first day of the
Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35. Any new waiver on or after such date must satisfy all the requirements for a
Qualified Election. 


9.5 


Notice Requirements. 


(a) 


QJSA. In the case of a QJSA, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant with a written
explanation of: (1) the terms and conditions of the QJSA; (2) the Participant's right to make and the effect of an election to waive
the QJSA form of benefit; (3) the rights of the Participant's spouse; and (4) the right to make, and the effect of, a revocation of
a previous election to waive the QJSA. The notice must be provided to each Participant under the Plan no less than 30 days and no
more than 90 days prior to the Distribution Commencement Date. 


A Participant may commence
receiving a distribution in a form other than a QJSA less than 30 days after receipt of the written explanation described in the
preceding paragraph provided: (1) the Participant has been provided with information that clearly indicates that the Participant has
at least 30 days to consider whether to waive the QJSA and elect (with spousal consent) a form of distribution other than a QJSA;
(2) the Participant is permitted to revoke any affirmative distribution election at least until the Distribution Commencement Date
or, if later, at any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the day after the explanation of the QJSA is
provided to the Participant; and (3) the Distribution Commencement Date is after the date the written explanation was provided to
the Participant. For distributions on or after December 31, 1996, the Distribution Commencement Date may be a date prior to the date
the written explanation is provided to the Participant if the distribution does not commence until at least 30 days after such
written explanation is provided, subject to the waiver of the 30-day period. 


(b) 


QPSA. In the case of a QPSA, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within the applicable
period for such Participant a written explanation of the QPSA in such terms and in such manner as would be comparable to the
explanation provided for the QJSA in subsection (a) above. The applicable period for a Participant is whichever of the following
periods ends last: (1) the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 32 and ending
with the close of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35; (2) a reasonable period ending
after the individual becomes a Participant; or (3) a reasonable period ending after the joint and survivor annuity requirements
first apply to the Participant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, notice must be provided within a reasonable period ending after
separation from service in the case of a Participant who separates from service before attaining age 35. 


For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period ending after the
enumerated events described in (2) and (3) is the end of the two-year period beginning one year prior to the date the applicable
event occurs, and ending one year after that date. In the case of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year in
which age 35 is attained, notice shall be provided within the two-year period beginning one year prior to separation and ending one
year after separation. If such a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the employer, the applicable period for such
Participant shall be redetermined. 


9.6 


Exception to the Joint and Survivor Annuity Requirements. Except as
provided in Section 9.7, this Article 9 does not apply to any Participant who has not earned an Hour of Service with the Employer on
or after August 23, 1984. In addition, if, as of the Distribution Commencement Date, the Participant's vested Account Balance (for
pre-death distributions) or the value of the QPSA death benefit (for post-death distributions) does not exceed $5,000, the
Participant or surviving spouse, as applicable, will receive a lump sum distribution pursuant to Section 8.4(b)(1), in lieu of any
QJSA or QPSA benefits. (See Section 8.3(e) for special rules for calculating the value of a Participant's vested Account Balance.)



9.7 


Transitional Rules. Any living
Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed under this Article 9
must be given the opportunity to elect to have the 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





57 














preceding provisions of this Article 9 apply if such Participant is credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, and such Participant had at least 10 years of vesting service when he or she separated from service. The Participant must be given the opportunity to elect to have this Article 9 apply during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to such Participant. A Participant described in this paragraph who has not elected to have this Article 9 apply is subject to the rules in this Section 9.7 instead. Also, a Participant who does not qualify to elect to have this Article 9 apply because such Participant does not have at least 10 Years of Service for vesting purposes is subject to the rules of this Section 9.7. 


Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his/her benefits paid in accordance with the following paragraph. The Participant must be given the opportunity to elect to have this Section 9.7 apply (other than the first paragraph of this Section) during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to such Participant. 


If, under either of the preceding two paragraphs, a Participant is subject to this Section 9.7, the following rules apply. 


(a)


Automatic joint and survivor annuity. If benefits in the form of a life annuity become payable to a married Participant who: 


(1)


begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after Normal Retirement Age; 


(2)


dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still working for the Employer; 


(3)


begins to receive payments on or after the Qualified Early Retirement Age; or 


(4)


separates from service on or after attaining Normal Retirement Age (or the Qualified Early Retirement Age) and after satisfying the eligibility requirements for the payment of benefits under the plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive such benefits; 


then such benefits will be received under this plan in the form of a QJSA, unless the Participant has elected otherwise during the election period. For this purpose, the election period must begin at least 6 months before the participant attains Qualified Early Retirement Age and end not more than 90 days before the commencement of benefits. Any election hereunder will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. 


(b)


Election of early survivor annuity. A Participant who is employed after attaining the Qualified Early Retirement Age will be given the opportunity to elect, during the election period, to have a survivor annuity payable on death. If the Participant elects the survivor annuity, payments under such annuity must not be less than the payments that would have been made to the spouse under the QJSA if the Participant had retired on the day before his or her death. Any election under this provision will be in writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time. For this purpose, the election period begins on the later of (1) the 90th day before the Participant attains the Qualified Early Retirement Age, or (2) the date on which participation begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates employment. 


(c)


Qualified Early
Retirement Age. The Qualified Early Retirement Age is the latest of: 


(1)


the earliest date, under the plan, on which the Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits, 


(2)


the first day of the 120th month beginning before the Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or 


(3)


the date the Participant begins participation under the Plan. 








				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






58 














ARTICLE 10 


REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS 


This Article provides for the required commencement of distributions upon certain events. In addition, this Article places limitations on the period over which distributions may be made to a Participant or Beneficiary. To the extent the distribution provisions of this Plan, particularly Articles 8 and 9, are inconsistent with the provisions of this Article 10, the provisions of this Article control. Part 13 of the Agreement contains specific elections for applying the rules under this Article 10. 


10.1


Required Distributions Before Death. 


(a) 


Deferred distributions. A Participant must be permitted to receive a distribution from the Plan no later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which: 


(1)


the Participant attains age 65 (or Normal Retirement Age, if earlier); 


(2)


occurs the 10th anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or, 


(3)


the Participant terminates service with the Employer. 


(b) 


Required minimum distributions. The entire interest of a Participant must be distributed or begin to be distributed no later than the Participant's Required Beginning Date (as defined in Section 10.3(a)) over one of the following periods (or a combination thereof): 


(1)


the life of the Participant, 


(2)


the life of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary, 


(3)


a period certain not extending beyond the Life Expectancy of the Participant, or 


(4)


a period certain not extending beyond the joint and last survivor Life Expectancy of the Participant and a Designated Beneficiary. 


If the Participant's interest is to be distributed over a period designated under subsection (3) or (4) above, the amount required to be distributed for each calendar year must at least equal the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's Benefit (as determined under Section 10.3(g)) by the lesser of (i) the Applicable Life Expectancy or (ii) if the Participant's Designated Beneficiary is not his/her spouse, the minimum distribution incidental benefit factor set forth in Q&A-4 of Prop. Treas. Reg. §401(a)(9)-2. Distributions after the death of the Participant shall be determined using the Applicable Life Expectancy as the relevant divisor regardless of the Participant's Designated Beneficiary. 


The minimum distribution required for the Participant's first Distribution Calendar Year must be made on or before the Participant's Required Beginning Date. The minimum distribution for other Distribution Calendar Years, including the minimum distribution for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Participant's Required Beginning Date occurs, must be made on or before December 31 of that Distribution Calendar Year. 


If a Participant receives a distribution in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Code §401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder. For calendar years beginning before January 1, 1989, if the Participant's spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the method of distribution selected must ensure that at least 50% of the Present Value of the amount available for distribution is paid within the life expectancy of the Participant. 


10.2


Required Distributions After Death. 


(a) 


Distribution beginning before death. If the Participant dies after he/she has begun receiving distributions under Section 10.1(b), the remaining portion of the Participant's vested Account Balance shall continue to be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used prior to the Participant's death. 


(b) 


Distribution beginning after death. Subject to the rules under Section 8.4(b), if the Participant dies before receiving distributions under Section 10.1(b), distribution of the Participant's entire vested Account Balance shall be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the 



	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





59 














fifth anniversary of the Participant's death, except to the extent an election is made to receive distributions in accordance with subsection (1) or (2) below. 


(1)


To the extent any portion of the Participant's vested Account Balance is payable to a Designated Beneficiary, distributions may be made over the life of the Designated Beneficiary or over a period certain not greater than the Life Expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary, provided such distributions begin on or before December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died. 


(2)


If the Designated Beneficiary is
the Participant's surviving spouse, he/she may delay the distribution under subsection (1) until December 31 of the calendar year in
which the Participant would have attained age 70-1/2, if such date is later than the date described in subsection (1). 


If the Participant has not made an election pursuant to this subsection (b) by the time of his/her death, the Participant's Designated Beneficiary must elect the method of distribution no later than the earlier of (1) December 31 of the calendar year in which distributions would be required to begin under this subsection (b), or (2) December 31 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the date of death of the Participant. If the Participant has no Designated Beneficiary, or if the Designated Beneficiary does not elect a method of distribution, distribution of the Participant's entire interest must be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death. 


For purposes of this subsection (b), if the surviving spouse dies after the Participant, but before payments to such spouse begin, the provisions of this subsection (b), with the exception of subsection (2) above, shall be applied as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. 


(c) 


Treatment of trust beneficiaries as Designated Beneficiaries. If a trust is properly named as a Beneficiary under the Plan, the beneficiaries of the trust will be treated as the Designated Beneficiaries of the Participant solely for purposes of determining the distribution period under this Article 10 with respect to the trust's interests in the Participant's vested Account Balance. The beneficiaries of a trust will be treated as Designated Beneficiaries for this purpose only if, as of the later of the date the trust is named as a Beneficiary of the Participant or the Participant's Required Beginning Date (and as of all subsequent periods during which the trust is named as a Beneficiary of the Participant), the following requirements are met: 


(1) 


the trust is a valid trust under state law, or would be but for the fact there is no corpus; 


(2) 


the trust is irrevocable or will, by its terms, become irrevocable upon the death of the Participant; 


(3) 


the beneficiaries of the trust who are beneficiaries with respect to the trust's interests in the Participant's vested Account Balance are identifiable from the trust instrument; and 


(4) 


the Plan Administrator receives
the documentation described in Question D-7 of Proposed Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-1, as subsequently amended or finally adopted.



If the foregoing requirements are satisfied and the Plan Administrator receives such additional information as it may request, the Plan Administrator may treat such beneficiaries of the trust as Designated Beneficiaries. 


(d) 


Trust beneficiary qualifying for marital deduction. If a Beneficiary is a trust (other than an estate marital trust) that is intended to qualify for the federal estate tax marital deduction under Code §2056 ("marital trust"), then: 


(1) 


in no event will the annual amount distributed from the Plan to the marital trust be less than the greater of: 


(i) 


all fiduciary accounting income with respect to such Beneficiary's interest in the Plan, as determined by the trustee of the marital trust, or  


(ii) 


the minimum distribution required under this Article 10; 


(2) 


the trustee of the marital trust (or the trustee's legal representative) shall be responsible for calculating the amount to be distributed under subsection (1) above and shall instruct the Plan Administrator in writing to distribute such amount to the marital trust; 








				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






60 














(3) 


the trustee of the marital trust may from time to time notify the Plan Administrator in writing to accelerate payment of all or any part of the portion of such Beneficiary's interest that remains to be distributed, and may also notify the Plan Administrator to change the frequency of distributions (but not less often than annually); and 


(4) 


the trustee of the marital trust shall be responsible for characterizing the amounts so distributed form the Plan as income or principle under applicable state laws. 


10.3 


Definitions. 


(a) 


Required Beginning Date. A Participant's Required Beginning Date is the date designated under subsection (1)(i) or (ii) below, as applicable, unless the Employer elects under Part 13, #52 of the Agreement [Part 13, #70 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to apply the Old-Law Required Beginning Date, as described in subsection (2) below. If the Employer does not select the Old-Law Required Beginning Date under Part 13, #52 of the Agreement [Part 13, #70 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Required Beginning Date rules under subsection (1) below apply. (But see Section 10.4 for special rules dealing with operational compliance with the GUST Legislation.) 


(1) 


"New-law" Required Beginning Date. If the Employer does not elect to apply the Old-Law Required Beginning Date under Part 13, #52 of the Agreement [Part 13, #70 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], a Participant's Required Beginning Date under the Plan is: 


(i)


For Five-Percent Owners. April 1 that follows the end of the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2. 


(ii) 


For Participants other than Five-Percent Owners. April 1 that follows the end of the calendar year in which the later of the following two events occurs: 


(A)


the Participant attains age 70-1/2 or 


(B)


the Participant retires. 


If a Participant is not a Five-Percent Owner for the Plan Year that ends with or within the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2, and the Participant has not retired by the end of such calendar year, his/her Required Beginning Date is April 1 that follows the end of the first subsequent calendar year in which the Participant becomes a Five-Percent Owner or retires. 


A Participant may begin in-service distributions prior to his/her Required Beginning Date only to the extent authorized under Article 10 and Part 9 of the Agreement. However, if this Plan were amended to add the Required Beginning Date rules under this subsection (1), a Participant who attained age 70-1/2 prior to January 1, 1999 (or, if later, January 1 following the date the Plan is first amended to contain the Required Beginning Date rules under this subsection (1)) may receive in-service minimum distributions in accordance with the terms of the Plan in existence prior to such amendment. 


(2) 


Old-Law Required Beginning Date. If the Old-Law Required Beginning Date is elected under Part 13, #52 of the Agreement [Part 13, #70 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Required Beginning Date for all Participants will be determined under subsection (1)(i) above, without regard to the rule in subsection (1)(ii). The Required Beginning Date for all Participants under the Plan will be April 1 of the calendar year following attainment of age 70-1/2. 


(b) 


Five-Percent Owner. A Participant is a Five-Percent Owner for purposes of this Section if such Participant is a Five-Percent Owner (as defined in Section 22.88) at any time during the Plan Year ending with or within the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70-1/2. Once distributions have begun to a Five-Percent Owner under this Article, they must continue to be distributed, even if the Participant ceases to be a Five-Percent Owner in a subsequent year. 


(c) 


Designated Beneficiary. A Beneficiary designated by the Participant (or the Plan), whose Life Expectancy may be taken into account to calculate minimum distributions, pursuant to Code §401(a)(9) and the regulations thereunder. 


(d) 


Applicable Life Expectancy. The determination of the Applicable Life Expectancy depends on whether the term certain method or the recalculation method is being use to adjust the Life 







	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





61 














Expectancy in each Distribution Calendar Year. The recalculation method may only be used to determine the Life Expectancy of the Participant and/or the Participant's spouse. The recalculation method is not available with respect to a nonspousal Designated Beneficiary. 


If the Designated Beneficiary is the Participant's spouse, or if the Participant's (or surviving spouse's) single life expectancy is the Applicable Life Expectancy, the term certain method is used unless the recalculation method is elected by the Participant (or by the surviving spouse). If the Designated Beneficiary is not the Participant's spouse, the term certain method is used to determine the Life Expectancy of both the Participant and the Designated Beneficiary, unless the recalculation method is elected by the Participant with respect to his/her Life Expectancy. The term certain method will always apply for purposes of determining the Applicable Life Expectancy of a nonspousal Designated Beneficiary. An election to recalculate Life Expectancy (or the failure to elect recalculation) shall be irrevocable as of the Participant's Required Beginning Date as to






the Participant (or spouse) and shall apply to all subsequent years. 


If the term certain method is being used, the Life Expectancy determined for the first Distribution Calendar Year is reduced by one for each subsequent Distribution Year. If the recalculation method is used, the following rules apply: 


(1)


If the Life Expectancy is the Participant's (or surviving spouse's) single Life Expectancy, the Applicable Life Expectancy is redetermined for each Distribution Year based on the Participant's (or surviving spouse's) age on his/her birthday which falls in such year. 


(2)


If the Life Expectancy is a joint and last survivor Life Expectancy based on the ages of the Participant and the Participant's spouse, and the recalculation method is elected with respect to both the Participant and his/her spouse, the Applicable Life Expectancy is redetermined for each Distribution Year based on the ages of the individuals on their birthdays that fall in such year. 


(3) 


If the Life Expectancy is a joint and last survivor Life Expectancy based on the ages of the Participant and the Participant's spouse, and the recalculation method is elected with respect to only one such individual, or if the Life Expectancy is a joint and last survivor Life Expectancy based on the ages of the Participant and a nonspousal Designated Beneficiary, and the recalculation method is elected with respect to the Participant, the Applicable Life Expectancy is determined in accordance with the procedures outlined in Prop. Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(9)-1, E-8(b), or other applicable guidance. 


(e) 


Life Expectancy. For purposes of determining a Participant's required minimum distribution amount, Life Expectancy and joint and last survivor Life Expectancy are computed using the expected return multiples in Tables V and VI of §1.72-9 of the Income Tax Regulations. 


(f) 


Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year that contains the Participant's Required Beginning Date. For distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin pursuant to Section 10.2. 


(g) 


Participant's
Benefit. For purposes of determining a Participant's required minimum distribution, the
Participant's Benefit is determined based on his/her Account Balance as of the last Valuation Date in the calendar year immediately
preceding the Distribution Calendar Year increased by the amount of any contributions or forfeitures allocated to the Account
Balance as of dates in the Distribution Calendar Year after the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in the
Distribution Calendar Year after the Valuation Date. 


If any portion of the minimum distribution for the first Distribution Calendar Year is made in the second Distribution Calendar Year on or before the Required Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum distribution made in the second Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had been made in the immediately preceding Distribution Calendar Year. 


10.4 


GUST Elections. If this Plan is being restated to comply with the GUST Legislation (as defined in Section 22.96), Appendix B-2 of the Agreement permits the Employer to designate how it operated this Plan in compliance with the required minimum distribution rules for years prior to the date the Plan is adopted. 


(a) 


Distributions under Old-Law Required Beginning Date rules. Unless the Employer specifically elects to apply the Old-Law Required Beginning Date rule under Part 13, #52 of the Agreement [Part 13, #70 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Required Beginning Date rules (as 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






62 














described in Section 10.3(a)(1)) apply. However, if prior to the adoption of this Plan, the terms of the Plan reflected the Old-Law Required Beginning Date rules, minimum distributions for such years are required to be calculated in accordance with that Old-Law Required Beginning Date, except to the extent any operational elections described in subsection (b) or (c) below applied. 


(b) 


Option to postpone
distributions. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1996 and prior to the
restatement of this Plan to comply with the GUST changes, the Plan may have permitted Participants (other than Five-Percent Owners)
who would otherwise have begun receiving minimum distributions under the terms of the Plan in effect for such years to postpone
receiving their minimum distributions until the Required Beginning Date under Section 10.3(a)(1), even though the terms of the Plan
(prior to the restatement) did not permit such an election. Appendix B-2.a. of the Agreement permits the Employer to specify the
years during which Participants were permitted to postpone receiving minimum distributions under the Plan. Appendix B-2 need not be
completed if Participants were not provided the option to postpone receiving minimum distributions, either because the Plan used the
"Old-Law" Required Beginning Date rules or because the Plan made distributions under the "New-Law" Required
Beginning Date rules and contained other optional forms of benefit under its general elective distribution provisions that preserved
the optional forms of benefit under the "Old Law Required Beginning Date" rules. 


(c) 


Election to stop minimum
required distributions. A Participant (other than a Five-Percent Owner) who began
receiving minimum distributions in accordance with the Old-Law Required Beginning Date rules under the Plan prior to the date the
Plan was amended to comply with the GUST changes generally must continue to receive such minimum distributions, even if the
Participant is still employed with the Employer. However, prior to the restatement of this Plan to comply with the GUST changes, the
Plan may have permitted Participants to stop minimum distributions if they had not reached the Required Beginning Date described in
Section 10.3(a)(1), even though the terms of the Plan did not permit such an election. Under Appendix B-2.b. of the Agreement, the
Employer may designate the year in which Participants were permitted to stop receiving minimum distributions in accordance with this
subsection (c). A Participant must recommence minimum distributions as required under the Required Beginning Date rules applicable
under this restated Plan. 


A Participant's election to stop and recommence distributions is subject to the spousal consent requirements under Article 9 (if the Plan is otherwise subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements) and is subject to the terms of any applicable QDRO. The manner in which the Plan must comply with the spousal consent requirements depends on whether or not the Employer elects under Appendix B-2.c. of the Agreement to have the recommencement of benefits constitute a new Distribution Commencement Date. If the Plan is not otherwise subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements, Appendix B-2.c. need not be completed. 


(1) 


New Distribution
Commencement Date. If the Employer elects under Appendix B­2.c.(1) of the Agreement
that recommencement of benefits will create a new Distribution Commencement Date, no spousal consent is required for a Participant
to elect to stop distributions, except where such distributions are being paid in the form of a QJSA. Where such distributions are
being paid in the form of a QJSA, in order to comply with this subsection (1), the person who was the Participant's spouse on the
original Distribution Commencement Date must consent to the election to stop distributions and the spouse's consent must acknowledge
the effect of the election. Because there is a new Distribution Commencement Date upon recommencement of benefits, the Plan, in
order to satisfy this subsection (1), must comply with all of the requirements of Article 9 upon such recommencement, including
payment of a QPSA (as defined in Section 9.4(b)) if the Participant dies before the new Distribution Commencement Date. 


(2) 


No new Distribution Commencement Date. If the Employer elects under Appendix B­2.c.(2) of the Agreement that recommencement of benefits will not create a new Distribution Commencement Date, no spousal consent is required for the Participant to elect to stop required minimum distributions prior to retirement. In addition, no spousal consent is required when payments recommence to the Participant if: 


(i)


payments recommence to the Participant with the same Beneficiary and in a form of benefit that is the same but for the cessation of distributions; 


(ii)


the individual who was the Participant's spouse on the Distribution Commencement Date executed a general consent within the meaning of §1.401(a)-20, A-31 of the regulations; or 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





63 














(iii)


the
individual who was the Participant's spouse on the Distribution Commencement Date executed a specific consent to waive a QJSA within
the meaning of §1.401(a)-20, A-31, and the Participant is not married to that individual when benefits recommence. 


To qualify under this subsection (2), consent of the individual who was the Participant's spouse on the Distribution
Commencement Date is required prior to recommencement of distributions if the Participant chooses to recommence benefits in a
different form than the form in which benefits were being distributed prior to the cessation of distributions or with a different
Beneficiary. Consent of the Participant's spouse is also required if the original form of distribution was a QJSA (as defined in
Section 9.4(a)) or the spouse originally executed a specific consent to waive the QJSA within the meaning of §1.401(a)-20,
A-31, of the regulations, and the Participant is still married to that individual when benefits recommence. 


10.5 


Transitional Rule: 


The minimum distribution requirements in Section 10.2 do not apply if distribution of the Participant's Account
Balance is subject to a TEFRA §242(b)(2) election. A TEFRA §242(b) election overrides the minimum required distribution
rules only if the following requirements are satisfied. 


(a)


The distribution by the Plan is
one that would not have disqualified the Plan under §401(a)(9) of the Code as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit
Reduction Act of 1984. 


(b)


The distribution is in accordance
with a method of distribution designated by the Participant whose interest in the Plan is being distributed or, if the Participant
is deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Participant. 


(c)


Such designation was in writing,
was signed by the Participant or the Beneficiary, and was made before January 1, 1984. 


(d)


The Participant had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of December 31, 1983. 


(e)


The method of distribution
designated by the Participant or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which distribution will commence, the period over which
distributions will be made, and in the case of any distribution upon the Participant's death, the Beneficiaries of the Participant
listed in order of priority. 


A distribution upon death will not be covered by this transitional rule unless the information in the designation
contains the required information described above with respect to the distributions to be made upon the death of the Participant.



For any distribution which commences before January 1, 1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Participant,
or the Beneficiary, to whom such distribution is being made, will be presumed to have designated the method of distribution under
which the distribution is being made if the method of distribution was specified in writing and the distribution satisfies the
requirements in subsections (a) and (e) above. 


If a designation is
revoked any subsequent distribution must satisfy the requirements of Code §401(a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder.
If a designation is revoked subsequent to the date distributions are required to begin, the Plan must distribute by the end of the
calendar year following the calendar year in which the revocation occurs the total amount not yet distributed which would have been
required to have been distributed to satisfy Code §401(a)(9) and the proposed regulations thereunder, but for the TEFRA
§242(b)(2) election. For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must meet the minimum
distribution incidental benefit requirements in §1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed regulations (or other applicable regulations).
Any changes in the designation will be considered to be a revocation of the designation. However, the mere substitution or addition
of another Beneficiary (one not named in the designation) under the designation will not be considered to be a revocation of the
designation, so long as such substitution or addition does not alter the period over which distributions are to be made under the
designation, directly or indirectly (for example, by altering the relevant measuring life). In the case in which an amount is
transferred or rolled over from one plan to another plan, the rules in Questions J-2 and J-3 of §1.401(a)(9)-1 of the proposed
regulations (or other applicable regulations) shall apply. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






64 














ARTICLE 11 


PLAN ADMINISTRATION AND SPECIAL OPERATING RULES 


This Article describes the duties and responsibilities of the Plan Administrator. In addition, this Article sets forth default QDRO procedures and benefit claims procedures, as well as special operating rules when an Employer is a member of a Related Employer group and when there is a Short Plan Year. Provisions related to Plan accounting and investments are contained in Article 13. 


11.1 


Plan Administrator. The Employer is the Plan Administrator, unless the Employer designates in writing another person or persons as the Plan Administrator. The Employer may designate the Plan Administrator by name, by reference to the person or group of persons holding a certain position, by reference to a procedure under which the Plan Administrator is designated, or by reference to a person or group of persons charged with the specific responsibilities of Plan Administrator. If any Related Employer has executed a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page, or if any Participating Employer has executed a Participating Employer Adoption Page, the Employer referred to in this Section is the Employer that executes the Signature Page of the Agreement. 


(a) 


Acceptance of responsibility by designated Plan Administrator. If the Employer designates a Plan Administrator other than itself, the designated Plan Administrator must accept its responsibilities in writing. The designated Plan Administrator will serve in a manner and for the time period as agreed upon with the Employer. If more than one person has the responsibility of Plan Administrator, the group shall act by majority vote, but may designate specific persons to act on the Plan Administrator's behalf. 


(b) 


Resignation of designated Plan Administrator. A designated Plan Administrator may resign by delivering a written resignation to the Employer. The Employer may remove a designated Plan Administrator by delivering a written notice of removal. If a designated Plan Administrator resigns or is removed, and no new Plan Administrator is designated, the Employer is the Plan Administrator. 


(c) 


Named Fiduciary. The Plan Administrator is the Plan's Named Fiduciary, unless the Plan Administrator specifically names another person as Named Fiduciary and the designated person accepts its responsibilities as Named Fiduciary in writing. 


11.2 


Duties and Powers of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will administer the Plan for the exclusive benefit of the Plan Participants and Beneficiaries, and in accordance with the terms of the Plan. To the extent the terms of the Plan are unclear, the Plan Administrator may interpret the Plan, provided such interpretation is consistent with the rules of ERISA and Code §401 and is performed in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner. This right to interpret the Plan is an express grant of discretionary authority to resolve ambiguities in the Plan document and to make discretionary decisions regarding the interpretation of the Plan's terms, including who is eligible to participate under the Plan, and the benefit rights of a Participant or Beneficiary. The Plan Administrator will not be held liable for any
interpretation of the Plan terms or decision regarding the application of a Plan provision provided such interpretation or decision is not arbitrary or capricious. 


(a) 


Delegation of duties and powers. To the extent provided for in an agreement with the Employer, the Plan Administrator may delegate its duties and powers to one or more persons. Such delegation must be in writing and accepted by the person or persons receiving the delegation. 


(b) 


Specific duties and powers. The Plan Administrator has the general responsibility to control and manage the operation of the Plan. This responsibility includes, but is not limited to, the following: 


(1)


To construe and enforce the terms of the Plan, including those related to Plan eligibility, vesting and benefits; 


(2)


To develop separate procedures, consistent with the terms of the Plan, to assist in the administration of the Plan, including the adoption of separate or modified loan policy procedures (see Article 14), procedures for direction of investment by Participants (see Section 13.5(c)), procedures for determining whether domestic relations orders are QDROs (see Section 11.5), and procedures for the proper determination of investment earnings to be allocated to Participants' Accounts (see Section 13.4); 


(3)


To communicate with the Trustee and other responsible persons with respect to the crediting of Plan contributions, the disbursement of Plan distributions and other relevant matters; 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





65 














(4)


To maintain all necessary records which may be required for tax and other administration purposes; 


(5)


To furnish and to file all appropriate notices, reports and other information to Participants, Beneficiaries, the Employer, the Trustee and government agencies (as necessary); 


(6)


To answer questions Participants and Beneficiaries may have relating to the Plan and their benefits; 


(7)


To review and decide on claims for benefits under the Plan; 


(8)


To retain the services of other persons, including Investment Managers, attorneys, consultants, advisers and others, to assist in the administration of the plan; 


(9)


To correct any defect or error in the administration of the Plan; 


(10)


To establish a "funding policy and method" for the Plan for purposes of ensuring the Plan is satisfying its financial objectives and is able to meet its liquidity needs; and 


(11)


To suspend contributions,
including Section 401(k) Deferrals and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions, on behalf of any or all Highly Compensated Employees, if
the Plan Administrator reasonably believes that such contributions will cause the Plan to discriminate in favor of Highly
Compensated Employees. See Sections 17.2(e) and 17.3(e). 


11.3


 Employer Responsibilities. The Employer will provide in a timely manner all appropriate information necessary for the Plan Administrator to perform its duties. This information includes, but is not limited to, Participant compensation data, Employee employment, service and termination information, and other information the Plan Administrator may require. The Plan Administrator may rely on the accuracy of any information and data provided by the Employer. 


The Employer will provide to the Trustee written notification of the appointment of any person or persons as Plan Administrator, Investment Manager, or other Plan fiduciary, and the names, titles and authorities of any individuals who are authorized to act on behalf of such persons. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely upon such information until it receives written notice of a change in such appointments or authorizations. 


11.4 


Plan Administration Expenses. All reasonable expenses related to plan administration will be paid from Plan assets, except to the extent the expenses are paid (or reimbursed) by the Employer. For this purpose, Plan expenses include all reasonable costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Trustee in connection with the administration of the Trust (including such reasonable compensation to the Trustee as may be agreed upon from time to time between the Employer or Plan Administrator and the Trustee and any fees for legal services rendered to the Trustee).  All reasonable additional administrative expenses incurred to effect investment elections made by Participants and Beneficiaries under Section 13.5(c) shall be paid from the Trust and, as elected by the Plan Administrator, shall either be charged (in accordance with
such reasonable nondiscriminatory rules as the Plan Administrator deems appropriate under the circumstances) to the Account of the individual making such election or treated as a general expense of the Trust. All transaction-related expenses incurred to effect a specific investment for an individually-directed Account (such as brokerage commissions and other transfer expenses) shall, as elected by the Plan Administrator, either be paid from or otherwise charged directly to the Account of the individual providing such direction or treated as a general Trust expense. In addition, unless specifically prohibited under statute, regulation or other guidance of general applicability, the Plan Administrator may charge to the Account of an individual Participant a reasonable charge to offset the cost of making a distribution to the Participant, Beneficiary, or Alternate Payee. If liquid assets of the Trust are insufficient to cover the fees of the Trustee or the Plan Administrator, then Trust assets shall be
liquidated to the extent necessary for such fees. In the event any part of the Trust becomes subject to tax, all taxes incurred will be paid from the Trust. 


11.5 


Qualified Domestic Relations Orders (QDROs). 


(a) 


In general. The Plan Administrator must develop written procedures for determining whether a domestic relations order is a QDRO and for administering distributions under a QDRO. For this purpose, the Plan Administrator may use the default QDRO procedures set forth in subsection (h) below or may develop separate QDRO procedures. 


(b) 


Qualified Domestic Relations Order (QDRO). A QDRO is a domestic relations order that creates or recognizes the existence of an Alternate Payee's right to receive, or assigns to an Alternate Payee the right to receive, all or a portion of the benefits payable with respect to a Participant under 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






66 














the Plan. (See Code §414(p).) The QDRO must contain certain information and meet other requirements described in this Section 11.5. 


(c) 


Recognition as a QDRO. To be recognized as a QDRO, an order must be a "domestic relations order" that relates to the provision of child support, alimony payments, or marital property rights for the benefit of an Alternate Payee. The Plan Administrator is not required to determine whether the court or agency issuing the domestic relations order had jurisdiction to issue an order, whether state law is correctly applied in the order, whether service was properly made on the parties, or whether an individual identified in an order as an Alternate Payee is a proper Alternate Payee under state law. 


(1) 


Domestic relations order. A domestic relations order is a judgment, decree, or order (including the approval of a property settlement) that is made pursuant to state domestic relations law (including community property law). 


(2) 


Alternate Payee. An Alternate Payee must be a spouse, former spouse, child, or other dependent of a Participant. 


(d) 


Contents of QDRO. A QDRO must contain the following information: 


(1)


the name and last known mailing address of the Participant and each Alternate Payee; 


(2)


the name of each plan to which the order applies; 


(3)


the dollar amount or percentage (or the method of determining the amount or percentage) of the benefit to be paid to the Alternate Payee; and 


(4)


the number of payments or time period to which the order applies. 


(e) 


Impermissible QDRO provisions. 


(1)


The order must not require the Plan to provide an Alternate Payee or Participant with any type or form of benefit, or any option, not otherwise provided under the Plan; 


(2)


The order must not require the Plan to provide for increased benefits (determined on the basis of actuarial value); 


(3)


The order must not require the Plan to pay benefits to an Alternate Payee that are required to be paid to another Alternate Payee under another order previously determined to be a QDRO; and 


(4)


The order must not require the Plan to pay benefits to an Alternate Payee in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity for the lives of the Alternate Payee and his or her subsequent spouse. 


(f) 


Immediate distribution to Alternate Payee. Even if a Participant is not eligible to receive an immediate distribution from the Plan, an Alternate Payee may receive a QDRO benefit immediately in a lump sum, provided such distribution is consistent with the QDRO provisions. 


(g) 


No fee for QDRO determination. The Plan Administrator shall not condition the making of a QDRO determination on the payment of a fee by a Participant or an Alternate Payee (either directly or as a charge against the Participant's Account). 


(h) 


Default QDRO procedure. If the Plan Administrator chooses this default QDRO procedure or if the Plan Administrator does not establish a separate QDRO procedure, this Section 11.5(h) will apply as the procedure the Plan Administrator will use to determine whether a domestic relations order is a QDRO. This default QDRO procedure incorporates the requirements set forth under Sections 11.5(a) through (g). 


(1) 


Access to information. The Plan Administrator will provide access to Plan and Participant benefit information sufficient for a prospective Alternate Payee to prepare a QDRO. Such information might include the summary plan description, other relevant plan documents, and a statement of the Participant's benefit entitlements. The disclosure of this information is conditioned on the prospective Alternate Payee providing to the Plan Administrator information sufficient to reasonably establish that the disclosure request is being made in connection with a domestic relations order. 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





67 














(2) 


Notifications to Participant and Alternate Payee. The Plan Administrator will promptly notify the affected Participant and each Alternate Payee named in the domestic relations order of the receipt of the order. The Plan Administrator will send the notification to the address included in the domestic relations order. Along with the notification, the Plan Administrator will provide a copy of the Plan's procedures for determining whether a domestic relations order is a QDRO. 


(3) 


Alternate Payee representative. The prospective Alternate Payee may designate a representative to receive copies of notices and Plan information that are sent to the Alternate Payee with respect to the domestic relations order. 


(4) 


Evaluation of domestic relations order. Within a reasonable period of time, the Plan Administrator will evaluate the domestic relations order to determine whether it is a QDRO. A reasonable period will depend on the specific circumstances. The domestic relations order must contain the information described in Section 11.5(c). If the order is only deficient in a minor respect, the Plan Administrator may supplement information in the order from information within the Plan Administrator's control or through communication with the prospective Alternate Payee. 


(i) 


Separate accounting. Upon receipt of a domestic relations order, the Plan Administrator will separately account for and preserve the amounts that would be payable to an Alternate Payee until a determination is made with respect to the status of the order. During the period in which the status of the order is being determined, the Plan Administrator will take whatever steps are necessary to ensure that amounts that would be payable to the Alternate Payee, if the order were a QDRO, are not distributed to the Participant or any other person. The separate accounting requirement may be satisfied, at the Plan Administrator's discretion, by a segregation of the assets that are subject to separate accounting. 


(ii) 


Separate accounting until
the end of "18 month period." The Plan Administrator will continue to
separately account for amounts that are payable under the QDRO until the end of an "18-month period." The "18-month
period" will begin on the first date following the Plan's receipt of the order upon which a payment would be required to be
made to an Alternate Payee under the order. If, within the "18-month period," the Plan Administrator determines that the
order is a QDRO, the Plan Administrator must pay the Alternate Payee in accordance with the terms of the QDRO. If, however, the Plan
Administrator determines within the "18-month period" that the order is not a QDRO, or if the status of the order is not
resolved by the end of the "18-month period," the Plan Administrator may pay out the amounts otherwise payable under the
order to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. If the order is later
determined to be a QDRO, the order will apply only prospectively; that is, the Alternate Payee will be entitled only to amounts
payable under the order after the subsequent determination. 


(iii) 


Preliminary review. The Plan Administrator will perform a preliminary review of the domestic relations order to determine if it is a QDRO. If this preliminary review indicates the order is deficient in some manner, the Plan Administrator will allow the parties to attempt to correct any deficiency before issuing a final decision on the domestic relations order. The ability to correct is limited to a reasonable period of time. 


(iv) 


Notification of determination. The Plan Administrator will notify in writing the Participant and each Alternate Payee of the Plan Administrator's decision as to whether a domestic relations order is a QDRO. In the case of a determination that an order is not a QDRO, the written notice will contain the following information: 


(A)


references to the Plan provisions on which the Plan Administrator based its decision; 


(B)


an explanation of any time limits that apply to rights available to the parties under the Plan (such as the duration of any protective actions the Plan Administrator will take); and 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






68 














(C)


a description of any additional material, information, or modifications necessary for the order to be a QDRO and an explanation of why such material, information, or modifications are necessary. 


(v) 


Treatment of Alternate
Payee. If an order is accepted as a QDRO, the Plan Administrator will act in accordance
with the terms of the QDRO as if it were a part of the Plan. An Alternate Payee will be considered a Beneficiary under the Plan and
be afforded the same rights as a Beneficiary. The Plan Administrator will provide any appropriate disclosure information relating to
the Plan to the Alternate Payee. 


11.6 


Claims Procedure. Unless the Plan uses the default claims procedure under subsection (e) below, the Plan Administrator shall establish a procedure for benefit claims consistent with the requirements of ERISA Reg. §2560.503-1. The Plan Administrator is authorized to conduct an examination of the relevant facts to determine the merits of a Participant's or Beneficiary's claim for Plan benefits. The claims procedure must incorporate the following guidelines: 


(a) 


Filing a claim. The claims procedure will set forth a reasonable means for a Participant or Beneficiary to file a claim for benefits under the Plan. 


(b) 


Notification of Plan Administrator's decision. The Plan Administrator must provide a claimant with written notification of the Plan Administrator's decision relating to a claim within a reasonable period of time (not more than 90 days unless special circumstances require an extension to process the claim) after the claim was filed. If the claim is denied, the notification must set forth the reasons for the denial, specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, and the steps the claimant must take to submit the claim for review. 


(c) 


Review procedure. The claims procedure will provide a claimant a reasonable opportunity to have a full and fair review of a denied claim. Such procedure shall allow a review upon a written application, for the claimant to review pertinent documents, and to allow the claimant to submit written comments to the Plan Administrator. The procedure may establish a limited period (not less than 60 days after the claimant receives written notification of the denial of the claim) for the claimant to request a review of the claim denial. 


(d) 


Decision on review. If a claimant requests a review, the Plan Administrator must respond promptly to the request. Unless special circumstances exist (such as the need for a hearing), the Plan Administrator must respond in writing within 60 days of the date the claimant submitted the review application. The response must explain the Plan Administrator's decision on review. 


(e) 


Default claims procedure. If the Plan Administrator chooses this default claims procedure or if the Plan Administrator does not establish a separate claims procedure, the following will apply. 


(1)


A person may submit to the Plan Administrator a written claim for benefits under the Plan.  


(2)


The Plan Administrator will evaluate the claim to determine if benefits are payable to the Participant or Beneficiary under the terms of the Plan. The Plan Administrator may solicit additional information from the claimant if necessary to evaluate the claim. 


(3)


If the Plan Administrator determines the claim is valid, the Participant or Beneficiary will receive in writing from the Plan Administrator a statement describing the amount of benefit, the method or methods of payment, the timing of distributions and other information relevant to the payment of the benefit. 


(4)


If the Plan Administrator denies all or any portion of the claim, the claimant will receive, within 90 days after receipt of the claim form, a written explanation setting forth the reasons for the denial, specific reference to pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based, a description of any additional information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim, and the steps the claimant must take to submit the claim for review. 


(5)


The claimant has 60 days from the date the claimant received the denial of claim to appeal the adverse decision of the Plan Administrator. The claimant may review pertinent documents and submit written comments to the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator will submit all relevant documentation to the Employer. The Employer may hold a hearing or seek additional information from the claimant and the Plan Administrator. 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





69 














(6)


Within 60 days (or such longer period due to the circumstances) of the request for review, the Employer will render a written decision on the claimant's appeal. The Employer shall explain the decision, in terms that are understandable to the claimant and by specific references to the Plan document provisions. 


11.7 


Operational Rules for Short Plan Years. The following operational rules apply if the Plan has a Short Plan Year. A Short Plan Year is any Plan Year that is less than a 12-month period, either because of the amendment of the Plan Year, or because the Effective Date of a new Plan is less than 12 months prior to the end of the first Plan Year. 


(a)


If the Plan is amended to create a Short Plan Year, and an Eligibility Computation Period or Vesting Computation Period is based on the Plan Year, the applicable computation period begins on the first day of the Short Plan Year, but such period ends on the day which is 12 months from the first day of such Short Plan Year. Thus, the computation period that begins on the first day of the Short Plan Year overlaps with the computation period that starts on the first day of the next Plan Year. This rule applies only to an Employee who has at least one Hour of Service during the Short Plan Year. 


If a Plan has an initial Short Plan Year, the rule in the above paragraph applies only for purposes of determining an Employee's Vesting Computation Period and only if the Employer elects under Part 6, #20.a. of the Agreement [Part 6, #38.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to exclude service earned prior to the adoption of the Plan. For eligibility and vesting (where service prior to the adoption of the Plan is not ignored), if the Eligibility Computation Period or Vesting Computation Period is based on the Plan Year, the applicable computation period will be determined on the basis of the Plan's normal Plan Year, without regard to the initial short Plan Year. 


(b)


If Employer Contributions are allocated for a Short Plan Year, any allocation condition under Part 4 of the Agreement that requires an Eligible Participant to complete a specified number of Hours of Service to receive an allocation of such Employer Contributions will not be prorated as a result of such Short Plan Year unless otherwise specified in Part 4 of the Agreement. 


(c)


If the Permitted Disparity Method is used to allocate any Employer Contributions made for a Short Plan Year, the Integration Level will be prorated to reflect the number of months (or partial months) included in the Short Plan Year. 


(d)


The Compensation Dollar Limitation, as defined in Section 22.32, will be prorated to reflect the number of months (or partial months) included in the Short Plan Year unless the compensation used for such Short Plan Year is a period of 12 months. 


In all other respects, the Plan shall be operated for the Short Plan Year in the same manner as for a 12­month Plan Year, unless the context requires otherwise. If the terms of the Plan are ambiguous with respect to the operation of the Plan for a Short Plan Year, the Plan Administrator has the authority to make a final determination on the proper interpretation of the Plan. 


11.8


Operational Rules for Related Employer Groups. If an Employer has one or more Related Employers, the Employer and such Related Employer(s) constitute a Related Employer group. In such case, the following rules apply to the operation of the Plan. 


(a)


If the term "Employer" is used in the context of administrative functions necessary to the operation, establishment, maintenance, or termination of the Plan, only the Employer executing the Signature Page of the Agreement, and any Co-Sponsor of the Plan, is treated as the Employer. 


(b)


Hours of Service are determined by treating all members of the Related Employer group as the Employer. 


(c)


The term Excluded Employee is determined by treating all members of the Related Employer group as the Employer, except as specifically provided in the Plan. 


(d)


Compensation is determined by treating all members of the Related Employer group as the Employer, except as specifically provided in the Plan. 


(e)


An Employee is not treated as separated from service or terminated from employment if the Employee is employed by any member of the Related Employer group. 


(f)


The Annual Additions Limitation described in Article 7 and the Top-Heavy Plan rules described in Article 16 are applied by treating all members of the Related Employer group as the Employer. 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






70 













In all other contexts, the term "Employer" generally means a reference to all members of the Related Employer group, unless the context requires otherwise. If the terms of the Plan are ambiguous with respect to the treatment of the Related Employer group as the Employer, the Plan Administrator has the authority to make a final determination on the proper interpretation of the Plan. 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





71 














ARTICLE 12 


TRUST PROVISIONS 


This Article sets forth the creation of the Plan's Trust (or, in the case of an amendment of the Plan, the amended terms of the Trust) and the duties and responsibilities of the Trustee under the Plan. By executing the Trustee Declaration under the Agreement, the Trustee agrees to be bound by the duties, responsibilities and liabilities imposed on the Trustee under the Plan and to act in accordance with the terms of this Plan. The Employer may act as Trustee under the Plan by executing the Trustee Declaration. 


12.1


Creation of Trust. By adopting this Plan, the Employer creates a Trust to hold the assets of the Plan (or, in the event that this Plan document represents an amendment of the Plan, the Employer hereby amends the terms of the Trust maintained in connection with the Plan). The Trustee is the owner of the Plan assets held by the Trust. The Trustee is to hold the Plan assets for the exclusive benefit of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries. Plan Participants and Beneficiaries do not have ownership interests in the assets held by the Trust. 


12.2 


Trustee. The Trustee identified in the Trustee Declaration under the Agreement shall act either as a Discretionary Trustee or as a Directed Trustee, as identified under the Agreement.  


(a) 


Discretionary Trustee. A Trustee is a Discretionary Trustee to the extent the Trustee has exclusive authority and discretion with respect to the investment, management or control of Plan assets. Notwithstanding a Trustee's designation as a Discretionary Trustee, a Trustee's discretion is limited, and the Trustee shall be considered a Directed Trustee, to the extent the Trustee is subject to the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, a properly appointed Investment Manager, or a Named Fiduciary under an agreement between the Plan Administrator and the Trustee. A Trustee also is considered a Directed Trustee to the extent the Trustee is subject to investment direction of Plan Participants. (See Section 13.5(c) for a discussion of the Trustee's responsibilities with regard to Participant-directed investments.) 


(b) 


Directed Trustee.
A Trustee is a Directed Trustee with respect to the investment of Plan assets to the
extent the Trustee is subject to the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, a properly appointed Investment Manager, a
Named Fiduciary, or Plan Participant. To the extent the Trustee is a Directed Trustee, the Trustee does not have any discretionary
authority with respect to the investment of Plan assets. In addition, the Trustee is not responsible for the propriety of any
directed investment made pursuant to this Section and shall not be required to consult or advise the Employer regarding the
investment quality of any directed investment held under the Plan. 


The Trustee shall be advised in writing regarding the retention of investment powers by the Employer or the appointment of an Investment Manager or other Named Fiduciary with power to direct the investment of Plan assets. Any such delegation of investment powers will remain in force until such delegation is revoked or amended in writing. The Employer is deemed to have retained investment powers under this subsection to the extent the Employer directs the investment of Participant Accounts for which affirmative investment direction has not been received pursuant to Section 13.5(c). 


The Employer is a Named Fiduciary for investment purposes if the Employer directs investments pursuant to this subsection. Any investment direction shall be made in writing by the Employer, Investment Manager, or Named Fiduciary, as applicable. A Directed Trustee must act solely in accordance with the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, any employees or agents of the Employer, a properly appointed Investment Manager or other fiduciary of the Plan, a Named Fiduciary, or Plan Participants. (See Section 13.5(c) for a discussion of the Trustee's responsibilities with regard to Participant directed investments.) 


The Employer may direct the Trustee to invest in any media in which the Trustee may invest, as described in Section 12.4. However, the Employer may not borrow from the Trust or pledge any of the assets of the Trust as security for a loan to itself; buy property or assets from or sell property or assets to the Trust; charge any fee for services rendered to the Trust; or receive any services from the Trust on a preferential basis. 


12.3


Trustee's Responsibilities Regarding Administration of Trust. This Section outlines the Trustee's powers, rights and duties under the Plan with respect to the administration of the investments held in the Plan. The Trustee's administrative duties are limited to those described in this Section 12.3; the Employer is responsible for any other administrative duties required under the Plan or by applicable law. 


(a)


The Trustee will receive all contributions made under the terms of the Plan. The Trustee is not obligated in any manner to ensure that such contributions are correct in amount or that such 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






72 














contributions comply with the terms of the Plan, the Code or ERISA. In addition, the Trustee is under no obligation to request that the Employer make contributions to the Plan. The Trustee is not liable for the manner in which such amounts are deposited or the allocation between Participant's Accounts, to the extent the Trustee follows the written direction of the Plan Administrator or Employer. 


(b)


The Trustee will make distributions from the Trust in accordance with the written directions of the Plan Administrator or other authorized representative. To the extent the Trustee follows such written direction, the Trustee is not obligated in any manner to ensure a distribution complies with the terms of the Plan, that a Participant or Beneficiary is entitled to such a distribution, or that the amount distributed is proper under the terms of the Plan. If there is a dispute as to a payment from the Trust, the Trustee may decline to make payment of such amounts until the proper payment of such amounts is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction, or the Trustee has been indemnified to its satisfaction. 


(c)


The Trustee may employ agents, attorneys, accountants and other third parties to provide counsel on behalf of the Plan, where the Trustee deems advisable. The Trustee may reimburse such persons from the Trust for reasonable expenses and compensation incurred as a result of such employment. The Trustee shall not be liable for the actions of such persons, provided the Trustee acted prudently in the employment and retention of such persons. In addition, the Trustee will not be liable for any actions taken as a result of good faith reliance on the advice of such persons. 


12.4 


Trustee's Responsibility Regarding Investment of Plan Assets. 


In addition to the powers, rights and duties enumerated under this Section, the Trustee has whatever powers are necessary to carry out its duties in a prudent manner. The Trustee's powers, rights and duties may be supplemented or limited by a separate trust agreement, investment policy, funding agreement, or other binding document entered into between the Trustee and the Plan Administrator which designates the Trustee's responsibilities with respect to the Plan. A separate trust agreement must be consistent with the terms of this Plan and must comply with all qualification requirements under the Code and regulations. To the extent the exercise of any power, right or duty is subject to discretion, such exercise by a Directed Trustee must be made at the direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, an Investment Manager, a Named Fiduciary,
or Plan Participant. 


(a) 


The Trustee shall be responsible for the safekeeping of the assets of the Trust in accordance with the provisions of this Plan. 


(b)


The Trustee may invest, manage and control the Plan assets in a manner that is consistent with the Plan's funding policy and investment objectives. The Trustee may invest in any investment, as authorized under Section 13.5, which the Trustee deems advisable and prudent, subject to the proper written direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, a properly appointed Investment Manager, a Named Fiduciary or a Plan Participant. The Trustee is not liable for the investment of Plan assets to the extent the Trustee is following the proper direction of the Plan Administrator, the Employer, a Participant, an Investment Manager, or other person or persons duly appointed by the Employer to provide investment direction. In addition, the Trustee does not guarantee the Trust in any manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset value, or guarantee the adequacy of the Trust to meet and discharge any or all
liabilities of the Plan. 


(c)


The Trustee may retain such portion of the Plan assets in cash or cash balances as the Trustee may, from time to time, deem to be in the best interests of the Plan, without liability for interest thereon. 


(d)


The Trustee may collect and receive any and all moneys and other property due the Plan and to settle, compromise, or submit to arbitration any claims, debts, or damages with respect to the Plan, and to commence or defend on behalf of the Plan any lawsuit, or other legal or administrative proceedings. 


(e)


The Trustee may hold any securities or other property in the name of the Trustee or in the name of the Trustee's nominee, and may hold any investments in bearer form, provided the books and records of the Trustee at all times show such investment to be part of the Trust. 


(f)


The Trustee may exercise any of the powers of an individual owner with respect to stocks, bonds, securities or other property, including the right to vote upon such stocks, bonds or securities; to give general or special proxies or powers of attorney; to exercise or sell any conversion privileges, subscription rights, or other options; to participate in corporate reorganizations, mergers, consolidations, or other changes affecting corporate securities (including those in which it or its affiliates are interested as Trustee); and to make any incidental payments in connection with such 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





73 














stocks, bonds, securities or other property. Unless specifically agreed upon in writing between the Trustee and the
Employer, the Trustee shall not have the power or responsibility to vote proxies with respect to any securities of the Employer or a
Related Employer or a Participating Employer or with respect to any Plan assets that are subject to the investment direction of the
Employer or for which the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of such Plan assets has been delegated by the Employer to one or more
Investment Managers or Named Fiduciaries in accordance with ERISA §403. With respect to the voting of Employer securities, or
in the event of any tender or other offer with respect to shares of Employer securities held in the Trust, the Trustee will follow
the direction of the Employer or other responsible fiduciary or, to the extent voting and similar rights have been passed through to
Participants, of each Participant with respect to shares allocated to his/her Account. 


(g)


The Trustee may borrow or raise money on behalf of the Plan in such amount, and upon such terms and conditions, as the Trustee deems advisable. The Trustee may issue a promissory note as Trustee to secure the repayment of such amounts and may pledge all, or any part, of the Trust as security. 


(h)


The Trustee, upon the written direction of the Plan Administrator, is authorized to enter into a transfer agreement with the Trustee of another qualified retirement plan and to accept a transfer of assets from such retirement plan on behalf of any Employee of the Employer. The Trustee is also authorized, upon the written direction of the Plan Administrator, to transfer some or all of a Participant's vested Account Balance to another qualified retirement plan on behalf of such Participant. 


(i)


The Trustee is authorized to execute, acknowledge and deliver all documents of transfer and conveyance, receipts, releases, and any other instruments that the Trustee deems necessary or appropriate to carry out its powers, rights and duties hereunder. 


(j)


If the Employer maintains more than one Plan, the assets of such Plans may be commingled for investment purposes. The Trustee must separately account for the assets of each Plan. A commingling of assets, as described in this paragraph, does not cause the Trusts maintained with respect to the Employer's Plans to be treated as a single Trust, except as provided in a separate document authorized in the first paragraph of this Section 12.4. 


(k)


The Trustee is authorized to invest Plan assets in a common/collective trust fund, or in a group trust fund that satisfies the requirements of IRS Revenue Ruling 81-100. All of the terms and provisions of any such common/collective trust fund or group trust into which Plan assets are invested are incorporated by reference into the provisions of the Trust for this Plan. 


(l)


If the Trustee is a bank or similar financial institution, the Trustee is authorized to invest in any type of deposit of the Trustee (including its own money market fund) at a reasonable rate of interest. 


(m)


The Trustee must be bonded as required by applicable law. The bonding requirements shall not apply to a bank, insurance company, or similar financial institution that satisfies the requirements of §412(a)(2) of ERISA. 


12.5 


More than One Person as Trustee. If the Plan has more than one person acting as Trustee, the Trustees may allocate the Trustee responsibilities by mutual agreement and Trustee decisions will be made by a majority vote (unless otherwise agreed to by the Trustees) or as otherwise provided in a separate trust agreement or other binding document. 


12.6


 Annual Valuation. The Plan assets will be valued at least on an annual basis. The Employer may designate more frequent valuation dates under Part 12, #45.b.(2) of the Agreement [Part 12, #63.b.(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. Notwithstanding any election under Part 12, #45.b.(2) of the Agreement [Part 12, #63.b.(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Trustee and Plan Administrator may agree to value the Trust on a more frequent basis, and/or to perform an interim valuation of the Trust pursuant to Section 13.2(a). 


12.7


Reporting to Plan Administrator and Employer. Within ninety (90) days following the end of each Plan Year, and within ninety (90) days following its removal or resignation, the Trustee will file with the Employer an accounting of its administration of the Trust from the date of its last accounting. The accounting will include a statement of cash receipts, disbursements and other transactions effected by the Trustee since the date of its last accounting, and such further information as the Trustee and/or Employer deems appropriate. Upon receipt of such information, the Employer must promptly notify the Trustee of its approval or disapproval of the information. If the Employer does not provide a written disapproval within ninety (90) days following the receipt of the information, including a written description of the items
in question, the Trustee is forever released and discharged from any liability with respect to all matters reflected in such information. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






74 














The Trustee shall have sixty (60) days following its receipt of a written disapproval from the Employer to provide the Employer with a written explanation of the terms in question. If the Employer again disapproves of the accounting, the Trustee may file its accounting with a court of competent jurisdiction for audit and adjudication. 


All assets contained in the Trust accounting will be shown at their fair market value as of the end of the Plan Year or as of the date of resignation or removal. The value of marketable investments shall be determined using the most recent price quoted on a national securities exchange or over-the-counter market. The value of non-marketable securities shall, except as provided otherwise herein, be determined in the sole judgment of the Trustee, which determination shall be binding and conclusive. The value of investments in securities or obligations of the Employer in which there is no market will be determined by an independent appraiser at least once annually and the Trustee shall have no responsibility with respect to the valuation of such assets. 


12.8 


Reasonable Compensation. The Trustee shall be paid reasonable compensation in an amount agreed upon by the Plan Administrator and Trustee. The Trustee also will be reimbursed for any reasonable expenses or fees incurred in its function as Trustee. An individual Trustee who is already receiving full-time pay as an Employee of the Employer may not receive any additional compensation for services as Trustee. The Plan will pay the reasonable compensation and expenses incurred by the Trustee, pursuant to Section 11.4, unless the Employer pays such compensation and expenses. Any compensation or expense paid directly by the Employer to the Trustee is not an Employer Contribution to the Plan. 


12.9


Resignation and Removal of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by delivering to the Employer a written notice of resignation at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such resignation, unless the Employer consents in writing to a shorter notice period. The Employer may remove the Trustee at any time, with or without cause, by delivering written notice to the Trustee at least 30 days prior to the effective date of such removal. The Employer may remove the Trustee upon a shorter written notice period if the Employer reasonably determines such shorter period is necessary to protect Plan assets. Upon the resignation, removal, death or incapacity of a Trustee, the Employer may appoint a successor Trustee which, upon accepting such appointment, will have all the powers, rights and duties conferred upon the
preceding Trustee. In the event there is a period of time following the effective date of a Trustee's removal or resignation before a successor Trustee is appointed, the Employer is deemed to be the Trustee. During such period, the Trust continues to be in existence and legally enforceable, and the assets of the Plan shall continue to be protected by the provisions of the Trust. 


12.10


Indemnification of Trustee. Except to the extent that it is judicially determined that the Trustee has acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct, the Employer shall indemnify the Trustee (whether or not the Trustee has resigned or been removed) against any liabilities, losses, damages, and expenses, including attorney, accountant, and other advisory fees, incurred as a result of: 


(a) 


any action of the Trustee taken in good faith in accordance with any information, instruction, direction, or opinion given to the Trustee by the Employer, the Plan Administrator, Investment Manager, Named Fiduciary or legal counsel of the Employer, or any person or entity appointed by any of them and authorized to give any information, instruction, direction, or opinion to the Trustee; 


(b) 


the failure of the Employer, the Plan Administrator, Investment Manager, Named Fiduciary or any person or entity appointed by any of them to make timely disclosure to the Trustee of information which any of them or any appointee knows or should know if it acted in a reasonably prudent manner; or 


(c) 


any breach of fiduciary duty by the Employer, the Plan Administrator, Investment Manager, Named Fiduciary or any person or entity appointed by any of them, other than such a breach which is caused by any failure of the Trustee to perform its duties under this Trust. 


The duties and obligations of the Trustee shall be limited to those expressly imposed upon it by this instrument or subsequently agreed upon by the parties. Responsibility for administrative duties required under the Plan or applicable law not expressly imposed upon or agreed to by the Trustee shall rest solely with the Employer. 



The Employer agrees that the Trustee shall have no liability with regard to the investment or management of illiquid
Plan assets transferred from a prior Trustee, and shall have no responsibility for investments made before the transfer of Plan
assets to it, or for the viability or prudence of any investment made by a prior Trustee, including those represented by assets now
transferred to the custody of the Trustee, or for any dealings whatsoever with respect to Plan assets before the transfer of such
assets to the Trustee. The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Trustee harmless for any and all claims, actions or causes of
action for loss or damage, or any liability whatsoever relating to the assets of the Plan transferred to the Trustee by any prior
Trustee of the Plan, including any liability arising out of or related to any act or event, including prohibited transactions,
occurring prior to the date the Trustee accepts such assets, including all claims, 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





75 















actions, causes of action, loss, damage, or any liability whatsoever arising out of or
related to that act or event, although that claim, action, cause of action, loss, damage, or liability may not be asserted, may not
have accrued, or may not have been made known until after the date the Trustee accepts the Plan assets. Such indemnification shall
extend to all applicable periods, including periods for which the Plan is retroactively restated to comply with any tax law or
regulation. 


12.11


Appointment of Custodian. The Plan Administrator may appoint a
Custodian to hold all or any portion of the Plan assets. A Custodian has the same powers, rights and duties as a Directed Trustee.
The Custodian will be protected from any liability with respect to actions taken pursuant to the direction of the Trustee, Plan
Administrator, the Employer, an Investment Manager, a Named Fiduciary or other third party with authority to provide direction to
the Custodian. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






76 














ARTICLE 13 


PLAN ACCOUNTING AND INVESTMENTS 


This Article contains the procedures for valuing Participant Accounts and allocating net income and loss to such Accounts. Part 12 of the Agreement permits the Employer to document its administrative procedures with respect to the valuation of Participant Accounts. Alternatively, the Plan Administrator may adopt separate investment procedures regarding the valuation and investment of Participant Accounts. 


13.1


 Participant Accounts. The Plan Administrator will establish and maintain a separate Account for each Participant to reflect the Participant's entire interest under the Plan. To the extent applicable, the Plan Administrator may establish and maintain for a Participant any (or all) of the following separate sub-Accounts: Employer Contribution Account, Section 401(k) Deferral Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account, QMAC Account, QNEC Account, Employee After-Tax Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, and Transfer Account. The Plan Administrator also may establish and maintain other sub-Accounts as it deems appropriate. 


13.2


Value of Participant Accounts. The value of a Participant's Account consists of the fair market value of the Participant's share of the Trust assets. A Participant's share of the Trust assets is determined as of each Valuation Date under the Plan. 


(a) 


Periodic valuation. The Trustee must value Plan assets at least annually. The Employer may elect under Part 12, #45.b.(2) of the Agreement [Part 12, #63.b.(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] or may elect operationally to value assets more frequently than annually. The Plan Administrator may request the Trustee to perform interim valuations, provided such valuations do not result in discrimination in favor of Highly Compensated Employees. 


(b) 


Daily valuation. If the Employer elects daily valuation under Part 12, #44 of the Agreement [Part 12, #62 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] or, if in operation, the Employer elects to have the Plan daily valued, the Plan Administrator may adopt reasonable procedures for performing such valuations. Unless otherwise set forth in the written procedures, a daily valued Plan will have its assets valued at the end of each business day during which the New York Stock Exchange is open. The Plan Administrator has authority to interpret the provisions of this Plan in the context of a daily valuation procedure. This includes, but is not limited to, the determination of the value of the Participant's Account for purposes of Participant loans, distribution and consent rights, and corrective distributions under Article 17. 


13.3


Adjustments to Participant Accounts. As of each Valuation Date under the Plan, each Participant's Account is adjusted in the following manner. 


(a) 


Distributions and forfeitures from a Participant's Account. A Participant's Account will be reduced by any distributions and forfeitures from the Account since the previous Valuation Date. 


(b) 


Life insurance premiums and dividends. A Participant's Account will be reduced by the amount of any life insurance premium payments made for the benefit of the Participant since the previous Valuation Date. The Account will be credited with any dividends or credits paid on any life insurance policy held by the Trust for the benefit of the Participant. 


(c) 


Contributions and forfeitures allocated to a Participant's Account. A Participant's Account will be credited with any contribution or forfeiture allocated to the Participant since the previous Valuation Date. 


(d) 


Net income or loss. A Participant's Account will be adjusted for any
net income or loss in accordance with the provisions under Section 13.4. 


13.4 


Procedures for Determining Net Income or Loss. The Plan Administrator may establish any reasonable procedures for determining net income or loss under Section 13.3(d). Such procedures may be reflected in a funding agreement governing the applicable investments under the Plan. 


(a) 


Net income or loss attributable to General Trust Account. To the extent a Participant's Account is invested as part of a General Trust Account, such Account is adjusted for its allocable share of net income or loss experienced by the General Trust Account using the Balance Forward Method. Under the Balance Forward Method, the net income or loss of the General Trust Account is allocated to the Participant Accounts that are invested in the General Trust Account, in the ratio that each Participant's Account bears to all Accounts, based on the value of each Participant's 



	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





77 














Account as of the prior Valuation Date, reduced for the adjustments described in Section 13.3(a) and 13.3(b) above. 


(1) 


Inclusion of certain
contributions. In applying the Balance Forward Method for allocating net income or loss,
the Employer may elect under Part 12, #45.b.(3) of the Agreement [Part 12, #63.b.(3) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] or
under separate administrative procedures to adjust each Participant's Account Balance (as of the prior Valuation Date) for the
following contributions made since the prior Valuation Date (the "valuation period") which were not reflected in the
Participant's Account on such prior Valuation Date: (1) Section 401(k) Deferrals and Employee After-Tax Contributions that are
contributed during the valuation period pursuant to the Participant's contribution election, (2) Employer Contributions (including
Employer Matching Contributions) that are contributed during the valuation period and allocated to a Participant's Account during
the valuation period, and (3) Rollover Contributions. 


(2) 


Methods of valuing
contributions made during valuation period. In determining Participants' Account Balances
as of the prior Valuation Date, the Employer may elect to apply a weighted average method that credits each Participant's Account
with a portion of the contributions based on the portion of the valuation period for which such contributions were invested, or an
adjusted percentage method, that increases each Participant's Account by a specified percentage of such contributions. The Employer
may designate under Part 12, #45.b.(3)(c) of the Agreement [Part 12, #63.b.(3)(c) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to apply
the special allocation rules to only particular types of contributions or may designate any other reasonable method for allocating
net income and loss under the Plan. 


(i) 


Weighted average method.
The Employer may elect under Part 12, #45.b.(3)(a) of the Agreement [Part 12,
#63.b.(3)(a) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] or under separate administrative procedures to apply a weighted average method
in determining net income or loss. Under the weighted average method, a Participant's Account Balance as of the prior Valuation Date
is adjusted to take into account a portion of the contributions made during the valuation period so that the Participant may receive
an allocation of net income or loss for the portion of the valuation period during which such contributions were invested under the
Plan. The amount of the adjustment to a Participant's Account Balance is determined by multiplying the contributions made to the
Participant's Account during the valuation period by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months during the valuation
period that such contributions were invested under the Plan and the denominator is the total number of months in the valuation
period. The Plan's investment procedures may designate the specific type(s) of contributions eligible for a weighted allocation of
net income or loss and may designate alternative methods for determining the weighted allocation, including the use of a uniform
weighting period other than months. 


(ii) 


Adjusted percentage
method. The Employer may elect under Part 12, #45.b.(3)(b) of the Agreement [Part 12,
#63.b.(3)(b) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] or under separate investment procedures to apply an adjusted percentage method
of allocating net income or loss. Under the adjusted percentage method, a Participant's Account Balance as of the prior Valuation
Date is increased by a percentage of the contributions made to the Participant's Account during the valuation period. The Plan's
investment procedures may designate the specific type(s) of contributions eligible for an adjusted percentage allocation and may
designate alternative procedures for determining the amount of the adjusted percentage allocation. 


(b) 


Net income or loss attributable to a Directed Account. If the Participant (or Beneficiary) is entitled to direct the investment of all or part of his/her
Account (see Section 13.5(c)), the Account (or the portion of the Account which is subject to such direction) will be maintained as
a Directed Account, which reflects the value of the directed investments as of any Valuation Date. The assets held in a Directed
Account may be (but are not required to be) segregated from the other investments held in the Trust. Net income or loss attributable
to the investments made by a Directed Account is allocated to such Account in a manner that reasonably reflects the investment
experience of such Directed Account. Where a Directed Account reflects segregated investments, the manner of allocating net income
or loss shall not result in a Participant (or Beneficiary) being entitled to distribution from the Directed Account that exceeds the
value of such Account as of the date of distribution. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






78 














(c) 


Share or unit accounting. The Plan's investment procedures may provide for share or unit accounting to reflect the value of Accounts, if such method is appropriate for the investments allocable to such Accounts. 


(d) 


Suspense
accounts. The Plan's investment procedures also may provide for special valuation
procedures for suspense accounts that are properly established under the Plan. 


13.5


Investments under the Plan. 


(a) 


Investment
options. The Trustee or other person(s) responsible for the investment of Plan assets is
authorized to invest Plan assets in any prudent investment consistent with the funding policy of the Plan and the requirements of
ERISA. Investment options include, but are not limited to, the following: common and preferred stock or other equity securities
(including stock bought and sold on margin); Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property (to the extent
permitted under subsection (b) below), corporate bonds; open-end or closed-end mutual funds (including funds for which the Volume
Submitter Practitioner, if any, Trustee, or their affiliates serve as investment advisor or in any other capacity); money market
accounts; certificates of deposit; debentures; commercial paper; put and call options; limited partnerships; mortgages; U.S.
Government obligations, including U.S. Treasury notes and bonds; real and personal property having a ready market; life insurance or
annuity policies; commodities; savings accounts; notes; and securities issued by the Trustee and/or its affiliates, as permitted by
law. Plan assets may also be invested in a common/collective trust fund, or in a group trust fund that satisfies the requirements of
IRS Revenue Ruling 81-100. All of the terms and provisions of any such common/collective trust fund or group trust into which Plan
assets are invested are incorporated by reference into the provisions of the Trust for this Plan. No portion of any voluntary, tax
deductible Employee contributions being held under the Plan (or any earnings thereon) may be invested in life insurance contracts
or, as with any Participant-directed investment, in tangible personal property characterized by the IRS as a collectible.



(b) 


Limitations on the investment in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying EmployerReal Property. The Trustee may invest in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property up to certain limits. Any such investment shall only be made upon written direction of the Employer who shall be solely responsible for the propriety of such investment. Additional directives regarding the purchase, sale, retention or valuing of such securities may be addressed in a funding policy, statement of investment policy, or other separate procedures or documents governing the investment of Plan assets. In any conflicts between the Plan document and a separate investment trust agreement, the Plan document shall prevail. 


(1) 


Reserved. 


(2) 


Profit sharing plan other than a 401(k) plan. In the case of a profit sharing plan other than a 401(k) plan, no limit applies to the percentage of Plan assets invested in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property, except as provided in a funding policy, statement of investment policy, or other separate procedures or documents governing the investment of Plan assets. 


(3) 


401(k) plan. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, with respect to the portion of the Plan consisting of amounts attributable to Section 401(k) Deferrals, no more than 10% of the fair market value of Plan assets attributable to Section 401(k) Deferrals may be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property if the Employer, the Trustee, or a person other than the Participant requires any portion of the Section 401(k) Deferrals and attributable earnings to be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities or Qualifying Employer Real Property. 


(i) 


Exceptions to Limitation. The limitation in this subsection (3) shall not apply if any one of the conditions in subsections (A), (B) or (C) applies. 


(A)


Investment of Section 401(k) Deferrals in Qualifying Employer Securities or Qualifying Real Property is solely at the discretion of the Participant. 


(B)


As of the last day of the preceding Plan Year, the fair market value of assets of all profit sharing plans and 401(k) plans of the Employer was not more than 10% of the fair market value of all assets under plans maintained by the Employer. 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





79 














(C)


The portion of a Participant's Section 401(k) Deferrals required to be invested in Qualifying Employer Securities and Qualifying Employer Real Property for the Plan Year does not exceed 1% of such Participant's Included Compensation. 


(ii) 


Plan Years Beginning Prior to January 1, 1999. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1999, the limitations in this subsection (3) do not apply and a 401(k) plan is treated like any other profit sharing plan. 


(iii) 


No application to other contributions. The limitation in this subsection (3) has no application to Employer Matching Contributions or Employer Nonelective Contributions. Instead, the rules under subsection (2) above apply for such contributions. 


(c) 


Participant direction of investments. If the Plan (by election in Part 12, #43 of the Agreement [Part 12, #61 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] or by the Plan Administrator's administrative election) permits Participant direction of investments, the Plan Administrator must adopt investment procedures for such direction. The investment procedures should set forth the permissible investment options available for Participant direction, the timing and frequency of investment changes, and any other procedures or limitations applicable to Participant direction of investment. In no case may Participants direct that investments be made in collectibles, other than U.S. Government or State issued gold and silver coins. The investment procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator are incorporated by reference into the Plan. If
Participant investment direction is limited to specific investment options (such as designated mutual funds or common or collective trust funds), it shall be the sole and exclusive responsibility of the Employer or Plan Administrator to select the investment options, and the Trustee shall not be responsible for selecting or monitoring such investment options, unless the Trustee has otherwise agreed in writing. 


The Employer may elect under Part 12, #43.b.(1) of the Agreement [Part 12, #61.b.(1) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] or under the separate investment procedures to limit Participant direction of investment to specific types of contributions. The investment procedures adopted by the Plan Administrator may (but need not) allow Beneficiaries under the Plan to direct investments. (See Section 13.4(b) for rules regarding allocation of net income or loss to a Directed Account.) 


If Participant direction of investments is permitted, the Employer will designate how accounts will be invested in the absence of proper affirmative direction from the Participant. Except as otherwise provided in this Plan, neither the Trustee, the Employer, nor any other fiduciary of the Plan will be liable to the Participant or Beneficiary for any loss resulting from action taken at the direction of the Participant. 


(1) 


Trustee to follow Participant direction. To the extent the Plan allows Participant direction of investment, the Trustee is authorized to follow the Participant's written direction (or other form of direction deemed acceptable by the Trustee). A Directed Account will be established for the portion of the Participant's Account that is subject to Participant direction of investment. The Trustee may decline to follow a Participant's investment direction to the extent such direction would: (i) result in a prohibited transaction; (ii) cause the assets of the Plan to be maintained outside the jurisdiction of the U.S. courts; (iii) jeopardize the Plan's tax qualification; (iv) be contrary to the Plan's governing documents; (v) cause the assets to be invested in collectibles within the meaning of Code §408(m); (vi) generate unrelated business taxable income; or
(vii) result (or could result) in a loss exceeding the value of the Participant's Account. The Trustee will not be responsible for any loss or expense resulting from a failure to follow a Participant's direction in accordance with the requirements of this paragraph. 


Participant directions will be processed as soon as administratively practicable following receipt of such directions by the Trustee. The Trustee, Plan Administrator, or Employer will not be liable for a delay in the processing of a Participant direction that is caused by a legitimate business reason (including, but not limited to, a failure of computer systems or programs, failure in the means of data transmission, the failure to timely receive values or prices, or other unforeseen problems outside of the control of the Trustee, Plan Administrator, or Employer). 


(2) 


ERISA §404(c) protection. If the Plan (by Employer election under Part 12, #43.b.(2) of the Agreement [Part 12, #61.b.(2) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] or pursuant to the Plan's investment procedures) is intended to comply with ERISA §404(c), the Participant investment direction program adopted by the Plan Administrator should comply with applicable Department of Labor regulations. Compliance with ERISA §404(c) is not 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






80 














required for plan qualification purposes. The following information is provided solely as guidance to assist the Plan Administrator in meeting the requirements of ERISA §404(c). Failure to meet any of the following safe harbor requirements does not impose any liability on the Plan Administrator (or any other fiduciary under the Plan) for investment decisions made by Participants, nor does it mean that the Plan does not comply with ERISA §404(c). Nothing in this Plan shall impose any greater duties upon the Trustee with respect to the implementation of ERISA §404(c) than those duties expressly provided for in procedures adopted by the Employer and agreed to by the Trustee. 


(i) 


Disclosure requirements. The Plan Administrator (or other Plan fiduciary who has agreed to perform this activity) shall provide, or shall cause a person designated to act on his behalf to provide, the following information to Participants: 


(A) 


Mandatory disclosures. To satisfy the requirements of ERISA §404(c), the Participants must receive certain mandatory disclosures, including 


(I) an explanation that the Plan is intended to be an ERISA §404(c) plan; (II) a description of the investment options under the Plan; (III) the identity of any designated Investment Managers that may be selected by the Participant; (IV) any restrictions on investment selection or transfers among investment vehicles; (V) an explanation of the fees and expenses that may be charged in connection with the investment transactions; (VI) the materials relating to voting rights or other rights incidental to the holding of an investment; (VII) the most recent prospectus for an investment option which is subject to the Securities Act of 1933. 


(B) 


Disclosures upon request. In addition, a Participant must be able to receive upon request (I) the current value of the Participant's interest in an investment option; (II) the value and investment performance of investment alternatives available under the Plan; (III) the annual operating expenses of a designated investment alternative; and (IV) copies of any prospectuses, or other material, relating to available investment options. 


(ii) 


Diversified investment options. The investment procedure must provide at least three diversified investment options that offer a broad range of investment opportunity. Each of the investment opportunities must have materially different risk and return characteristics. The procedure may allow investment under a segregated brokerage account. 


(iii) 


Frequency of investment instructions. The investment procedure must provide the Participant with the opportunity to give investment instructions as frequently as is appropriate to the volatility of the investment. For each investment option, the frequency can be no less than quarterly. 








	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 



81 














ARTICLE 14 


PARTICIPANT LOANS 


This Article contains rules for providing loans to Participants under the Plan. This Article applies if: (1) the Employer elects under Part 12 of the Agreement to provide loans to Participants or (2) if Part 12 does not specify whether Participant loans are available, the Plan Administrator decides to implement a Participant loan program. Any Participant loans will be made pursuant to the default loan policy prescribed by this Article 14 unless the Plan Administrator adopts a separate written loan policy or modifies the default loan policy in this Article 14 by adopting modified loan provisions. If the Employer adopts a separate written loan policy or written modifications to the default loan program in this Article, the terms of such loan policy or written modifications will control over the terms of this Plan with respect to the administration of any Participant loans.







14.1


Default Loan Policy. Loans are available under this Article only if such loans: 


(a)


are available to Participants on a reasonably equivalent basis (see Section 14.3); 


(b)


are not available to Highly Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount that is available to other Participants; 


(c)


bear a reasonable rate of interest (as determined under Section 14.4) and are adequately secured (as determined under Section 14.5); 


(d)


provide for periodic repayment within a specified period of time (as determined under Section 14.6); and 


(e)


do not exceed, for any Participant, the amount designated under Section 14.7. 


A separate written loan policy may not modify the requirements under subsections (a) through (e) above, except as permitted in the referenced Sections of this Article. 


14.2


Administration of Loan Program. A Participant loan is available under this Article only if the Participant makes a request for such a loan in accordance with the provisions of this Article or in accordance with a separate written loan policy. To receive a Participant loan, a Participant must sign a promissory note along with a pledge or assignment of the portion of the Account Balance used for security on the loan. Except as provided in a separate loan policy or in a written modification to the default loan policy in this Article, any reference under this Article 14 to a Participant means a Participant or Beneficiary who is a party in interest (as defined in ERISA §3(14)). 


In the case of a restated Plan, if any provision of this Article 14 is more restrictive than the terms of the Plan (or a separate written loan policy) in effect prior to the adoption of this Plan, such provision shall apply only to loans finalized after the adoption of this Plan, even if the restated Effective Date indicated in the Agreement predates the adoption of the Plan. 


14.3 


Availability of Participant Loans. Participant loans must be made available to Participants in a reasonably equivalent manner. The Plan Administrator may refuse to make a loan to any Participant who is determined to be not creditworthy. For this purpose, a Participant is not creditworthy if, based on the facts and circumstances, it is reasonable to believe that the Participant will not repay the loan. A Participant who has defaulted on a previous loan from the Plan and has not repaid such loan (with accrued interest) at the time of any subsequent loan will not be treated as creditworthy until such time as the Participant repays the defaulted loan (with accrued interest). A separate written loan policy or written modification to this loan policy may prescribe different rules for determining creditworthiness and to what extent
creditworthiness must be determined. 


No Participant loan will be made to any Shareholder-Employee or Owner-Employee unless a prohibited transaction exemption for such loan is obtained from the Department of Labor or the prohibition against loans to such individuals is formally withdrawn by statute or by action of the Treasury or the Department of Labor. The prohibition against loans to Shareholder-Employees and Owner-Employees outlined in this paragraph may not be modified by a separate written loan policy. 


14.4 


Reasonable Interest Rate. A Participant must be charged a reasonable rate of interest for any loan he/she receives. For this purpose, the interest rate charged on a Participant loan must be commensurate with the interest rates charged by persons in the business of lending money for loans under similar circumstances. The Plan Administrator will determine a reasonable rate of interest by reviewing the interest rates charged by a sample of third party lenders in the same geographical region as the Employer. The Plan Administrator must periodically review its interest rate assumptions to ensure the interest rate charged on Participant loans 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






82 














is reasonable. A separate written loan policy or written modifications to this loan policy may prescribe an alternative means of establishing a reasonable interest rate. 


14.5 


Adequate Security. All Participant loans
must be adequately secured. The Participant's vested Account Balance shall be used as security for a Participant loan provided the
outstanding balance of all Participant loans made to such Participant does not exceed 50% of the Participant's vested Account
Balance, determined immediately after the origination of each loan, and if applicable, the spousal consent requirements described in
Section 14.9 have been satisfied. The Plan Administrator (with the consent of the Trustee) may require a Participant to provide
additional collateral to receive a Participant loan if the Plan Administrator determines such additional collateral is required to
protect the interests of Plan Participants. A separate loan policy or written modifications to this loan policy may prescribe
alternative rules for obtaining adequate security. However, the 50% rule in this paragraph may not be replaced with a greater
percentage. 


14.6 


Periodic Repayment. A Participant loan must provide for level amortization with payments to be made not less frequently than quarterly. A Participant loan must be payable within a period not exceeding five (5) years from the date the Participant receives the loan from the Plan, unless the loan is for the purchase of the Participant's principal residence, in which case the loan must be payable within a reasonable time commensurate with the repayment period permitted by commercial lenders for similar loans. Loan repayments must be made through payroll withholding, except to the extent the Plan Administrator determines payroll withholding is not practical given the level of a Participant's wages, the frequency with which the Participant is paid, or other circumstances. 


(a) 


Unpaid leave of absence. A Participant with an outstanding Participant loan may suspend loan payments to the Plan for up to 12 months for any period during which the Participant is on an unpaid leave of absence. Upon the Participant's return to employment (or after the end of the 12­month period, if earlier), the Participant's outstanding loan will be reamortized over the remaining period of such loan to make up for the missed payments. The reamortized loan may extend beyond the original loan term so long as the loan is paid in full by whichever of the following dates comes first: (1) the date which is five (5) years from the original date of the loan (or the end of the suspension, if sooner), or (2) the original loan repayment deadline (or the end of the suspension period, if later) plus the length of the suspension period. 


(b) 


Military leave. A Participant with an outstanding Participant loan also may suspend loan payments for any period such Participant is on military leave, in accordance with Code §414(u)(4). Upon the Participant's return from military leave (or the expiration of five years from the date the Participant began his/her military leave, if earlier), loan payments will recommence under the amortization schedule in effect prior to the Participant's military leave, without regard to the five-year maximum loan repayment period. Alternatively, the loan may be reamortized to require a different level of loan payment, as long as the amount and frequency of such payments are not less than the amount and frequency under the amortization schedule in effect prior to the Participant's military leave. 


A separate loan policy or written modification to this loan policy may (1) modify the time period for repaying Participant loans, provided Participant loans are required to be repaid over a period that is not longer than the periods described in this Section; (2) specify the frequency of Participant loan repayments, provided the payments are required at least quarterly; (3) modify the requirement that loans be repaid through payroll withholding; or (4) modify or eliminate the leave of absence and/or military leave rules under this Section. 


14.7


 Loan Limitations. A Participant loan may not be made to the extent such loan (when added to the outstanding balance of all other loans made to the Participant) exceeds the lesser of: 


(a)


$50,000 (reduced by the excess, if any, of the Participant's highest outstanding balance of loans from the Plan during the one-year period ending on the day before the date on which such loan is made, over the Participant's outstanding balance of loans from the Plan as of the date such loan is made) or 


(b)


one-half (1⁄2) of the Participant's vested Account Balance, determined as of the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding such loan, adjusted for any contributions or distributions made since such Valuation Date. 


A Participant may not receive a Participant loan of less than $1,000 nor may a Participant have more than one Participant loan outstanding at any time. A Participant may renegotiate a loan without violating the one outstanding loan requirement to the extent such renegotiated loan is a new loan (i.e., the renegotiated loan separately satisfies the reasonable interest rate requirement under Section 14.4, the adequate security requirement under Section 14.5, and the periodic repayment requirement under Section 14.6). and the renegotiated loan does not exceed the limitations under (a) or (b) above, treating both the replaced loan and the renegotiated loan as outstanding at the same time. However, if the term of the renegotiated loan does 



	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





83 














not end later than the original term of the replaced loan, the replaced loan may be ignored in applying the limitations under (a) and (b) above. 


In applying the limitations under this Section, all plans maintained by the Employer are aggregated and treated as a single plan. In addition, any assignment or pledge of any portion of the Participant's interest in the Plan and any loan, pledge, or assignment with respect to any insurance contract purchased under the Plan will be treated as loan under this Section. 


A separate written loan policy or written modifications to this loan policy may (1) modify the limitations on the amount of a Participant loan; (2) modify or eliminate the minimum loan amount requirement; (3) permit a Participant to have more than one loan outstanding at a time; (4) prescribe limitations on the purposes for which loans may be required; or (5) prescribe rules for reamortization, consolidation, renegotiation, or refinancing of loans. 


14.8 


Segregated Investment. A Participant loan is treated as a segregated investment on behalf of the individual Participant for whom the loan is made. The Plan Administrator may adopt separate administrative procedures for determining which type or types of contributions (and the amount of each type of contribution) may be used to provide the Participant loan. If the Plan Administrator does not adopt procedures designating the type of contributions from which the Participant loan will be made, such loan is deemed to be made on a proportionate basis from each type of contribution. 


Unless requested otherwise on the Participant's loan application, a Participant loan will be made equally from all investment funds in which the applicable contributions are held. A Participant or Beneficiary may direct the Trustee, on his/her loan application, to withdraw the Participant loan amounts from a specific investment fund or funds. A Participant loan will not violate the requirements of this default loan policy merely because the Plan Administrator does not permit the Participant to designate the contributions or funds from which the Participant loan will be made. Each payment of principal and interest paid by a Participant on his/her Participant loan shall be credited proportionately to such Participant's Account(s) and to the investment funds within such Account(s). 


A separate loan policy or written modifications to this loan policy may modify the rules of this Section without limitation, including prescribing different rules for determining the source of a loan with respect to contribution types and investment funds. 


14.9 


Spousal Consent. If this Plan is subject
to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Article 9, a Participant may not use his/her Account Balance as security for a
Participant loan unless the Participant's spouse, if any, consents to the use of such Account Balance as security for the loan. The
spousal consent must be made within the 90-day period ending on the date the Participant's Account Balance is to be used as security
for the loan. Spousal consent is not required, however, if the value of the Participant's total vested Account Balance (as
determined under Section 8.3(e)) does not exceed $5,000 ($3,500 for loans made before the time the $5,000 rules becomes effective
under Section 8.3). If the Plan is not subject to the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Article 9, a spouse's consent is
not required to use a Participant's Account Balance as security for a Participant loan, regardless of the value of the Participant's
Account Balance. 


Any spousal consent required under this Section must be in writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by a plan representative or notary public. Any such consent to use the Participant's Account Balance as security for a Participant loan is binding with respect to the consenting spouse and with respect to any subsequent spouse as it applies to such loan. A new spousal consent will be required if the Account Balance is subsequently used as security for a renegotiation, extension, renewal, or other revision of the loan. A new spousal consent also will be required only if any portion of the Participant's Account Balance will be used as security for a subsequent Participant loan. 


A separate loan policy or written modifications to this loan policy may not eliminate the spousal consent requirement where it would be required under this Section, but may impose spousal consent requirements that are not prescribed by this Section. 


14.10 


Procedures for Loan Default. A Participant will be considered to be in default with respect to a loan if any scheduled repayment with respect to such loan is not made by the end of the calendar quarter following the calendar quarter in which the missed payment was due. 


If a Participant defaults on a Participant loan, the Plan may not offset the Participant's Account Balance until the Participant is otherwise entitled to an immediate distribution of the portion of the Account Balance which will be offset and such amount being offset is available as security on the loan, pursuant to Section 14.5. For this purpose, a loan default is treated as an immediate distribution event to the extent the law does not prohibit an actual distribution of the type of contributions which would be offset as a result of the loan default (determined without regard to the consent requirements under Articles 8 and 9, so long as spousal consent 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






84 














was properly obtained at the time of the loan, if required under Section 14.9). The Participant may repay the outstanding balance of a defaulted loan (including accrued interest through the date of repayment) at any time. 


Pending the offset of a Participant's Account Balance following a defaulted loan, the following rules apply to the amount in default. 


(a)


Interest continues to accrue on the amount in default until the time of the loan offset or, if earlier, the date the loan repayments are made current or the amount is satisfied with other collateral. 


(b)


A subsequent offset of the amount in default is not reported as a taxable distribution, except to the extent the taxable portion of the default amount was not previously reported by the Plan as a taxable distribution. 


(c)


The post-default accrued interest included in the loan offset is not reported as a taxable distribution at the time of the offset. 


A separate loan policy or written modifications to this loan policy may modify the procedures for determining a loan default. 


14.11


Termination of Employment. 


(a) 


Offset of outstanding
loan. A Participant loan becomes due and payable in full immediately upon the
Participant's termination of employment. Upon a Participant's termination, the Participant may repay the entire outstanding balance
of the loan (including any accrued interest) within a reasonable period following termination of employment. If the Participant does
not repay the entire outstanding loan balance, the Participant's vested Account Balance will be reduced by the remaining outstanding
balance of the loan (without regard to the consent requirements under Articles 8 and 9, so long as spousal consent was properly
obtained at the time of the loan, if required under Section 14.9), to the extent such Account Balance is available as security on
the loan, pursuant to Section 14.5, and the remaining vested Account Balance will be distributed in accordance with the distribution
provisions under Article 8. If the outstanding loan balance of a deceased Participant is not repaid, the outstanding loan balance
shall be treated as a distribution to the Participant and shall reduce the death benefit amount payable to the Beneficiary under
Section 8.4. 


(b) 


Direct Rollover. Upon termination of employment, a Participant may request a Direct Rollover of the loan note (provided the distribution is an Eligible Rollover Distribution as defined in Section 8.8(a)) to another qualified plan which agrees to accept a Direct Rollover of the loan note. A Participant may not engage in a Direct Rollover of a loan to the extent the Participant has already received a deemed distribution with respect to such loan. (See the rules regarding deemed distributions upon a loan default under Section 14.10.) 


(c) 


Modified loan policy. A separate loan policy or written modifications to this loan policy may modify this Section 14.11, including, but not limited to: (1) a provision to permit loan repayments to continue beyond termination of employment; (2) to prohibit the Direct Rollover of a loan note; and 


(3) to provide for other events that may accelerate the Participant's repayment obligation under the loan. 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





85 














ARTICLE 15 


INVESTMENT IN LIFE INSURANCE 


This Article provides special rules for Plans that permit investment in life insurance on the life of the Participant, the Participant's spouse, or other family members. The Employer may elect in Part 12 of the Agreement to permit life insurance investments in the Plan, or life insurance investments may be permitted, prohibited, or restricted under the Plan through separate investment procedures or a separate funding policy. If the Plan prohibits investments in life insurance, this Article does not apply. 


15.1 


Investment in Life Insurance. A group or individual life insurance policy purchased by the Plan may be issued on the life of a Participant, a Participant's spouse, a Participant's child or children, a family member of the Participant, or any other individual with an insurable interest. A life insurance policy includes any type of policy, including a second-to-die policy, provided that the holding of a particular type of policy is not prohibited under rules applicable to qualified plans. 


Any premiums on life insurance held for the benefit of a Participant will be charged against such Participant's vested Account Balance. Unless directed otherwise, the Plan Administrator will reduce each of the Participant's Accounts under the Plan equally to pay premiums on life insurance held for such Participant's benefit. Any premiums paid for life insurance policies must satisfy the incidental life insurance rules under Section 15.2. 


15.2 


Incidental Life Insurance Rules. Any life insurance purchased under the Plan must meet the following requirements: 


(a) 


Ordinary life insurance policies. The aggregate premiums paid for ordinary life insurance policies (i.e., policies with both nondecreasing death benefits and nonincreasing premiums) for the benefit of a Participant shall not at any time exceed 49% of the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including Section 401(k) Deferrals) and forfeitures that have been allocated to the Account of such Participant. 


(b) 


Life insurance policies other than ordinary life. The aggregate premiums paid for term, universal or other life insurance policies (other than ordinary life insurance policies) for the benefit of a Participant shall not at any time exceed 25% of the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including Section 401(k) Deferrals) and forfeitures that have been allocated to the Account of such Participant. 


(c) 


Combination of ordinary and other life insurance policies. The sum of one-half (1/2) of the aggregate premiums paid for ordinary life insurance policies plus all the aggregate premiums paid for any other life insurance policies for the benefit of a Participant shall not at any time exceed 25% of the aggregate amount of Employer Contributions (including Section 401(k) Deferrals) and forfeitures which have been allocated to the Account of such Participant. 


(d) 


Exception for certain profit sharing and 401(k) plans. If the Plan is a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) plan, the limitations in this Section do not apply to the extent life insurance premiums are paid only with Employer Contributions and forfeitures that have been accumulated in the Participant's Account for at least two years or are paid with respect to a Participant who has been an Eligible Participant for at least five years. For purposes of applying this special limitation, Employer Contributions do not include any Section 401(k) Deferrals, QMACs, QNECs or Safe-Harbor Contributions under a 401(k) plan. 


(e) 


Exception for Employee
After-Tax Contributions and Rollover Contributions. The Plan Administrator also may
invest, with the Participant's consent, any portion of the Participant's Employee After-Tax Contribution Account or Rollover
Contribution Account in a group or individual life insurance policy for the benefit of such Participant, without regard to the
incidental life insurance rules under this Section. 


15.3 


Ownership of Life Insurance Policies. The Trustee is the owner of any life insurance policies purchased under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of this Article 15. Any life insurance policy purchased under the Plan must designate the Trustee as owner and beneficiary under the policy. The Trustee will pay all proceeds of any life insurance policies to the Beneficiary of the Participant for whom such policy is held in accordance with the distribution provisions under Article 8 and the Joint and Survivor Annuity requirements under Article 9. In no event shall the Trustee retain any part of the proceeds from any life insurance policies for the benefit of the Plan. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






86 














15.4 


Evidence of Insurability. Prior to purchasing a life insurance policy, the Plan Administrator may require the individual whose life is being insured to provide evidence of insurability, such as a physical examination, as may be required by the Insurer. 


15.5 


Distribution of Insurance Policies. Life insurance policies under the Plan which are held on behalf of a Participant must be distributed to the Participant or converted to cash upon the later of the Participant's Distribution Commencement Date (as defined in Section 22.56) or termination of employment. Any life insurance policies that are held on behalf of a terminated Participant must continue to satisfy the incidental life insurance rules under Section 15.2. If a life insurance policy is purchased on behalf of an individual other than the Participant, and such individual dies, the Participant may withdraw any or all life insurance proceeds from the Plan, to the extent such proceeds exceed the cash value of the life insurance policy determined immediately before the death of the insured individual. 


15.6 


Discontinuance of Insurance Policies. Investments in life insurance may be discontinued at any time, either at the direction of the Trustee or other fiduciary responsible for making investment decisions. If the Plan provides for Participant direction of investments, life insurance as an investment option may be eliminated at any time by the Plan Administrator. Where life insurance investment options are being discontinued, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may offer the sale of the insurance policies to the Participant, or to another person, provided that the prohibited transaction exemption requirements prescribed by the Department of Labor are satisfied. 


15.7 


Protection of Insurer. An Insurer that issues a life insurance policy under the terms of this Article, shall not be responsible for the validity of this Plan and shall be protected and held harmless for any actions taken or not taken by the Trustee or any actions taken in accordance with written directions from the Trustee or the Employer (or any duly authorized representatives of the Trustee or Employer). An Insurer shall have no obligation to determine the propriety of any premium payments or to guarantee the proper application of any payments made by the insurance company to the Trustee. 


The Insurer is not and shall not be considered a party to this Agreement and is not a fiduciary with respect to the Plan solely as a result of the issuance of life insurance policies under this Article 15. 


15.8


No Responsibility for Act of Insurer. Neither the Employer, the Plan Administrator nor the Trustee shall be responsible for the validity of the provisions under a life insurance policy issued under this Article 15 or for the failure or refusal by the Insurer to provide benefits under such policy. The Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee are also not responsible for any action or failure to act by the Insurer or any other person which results in the delay of a payment under the life insurance policy or which renders the policy invalid or unenforceable in whole or in part. 




	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





87 










ARTICLE 16 


TOP-HEAVY PLAN REQUIREMENTS 


This Article contains the rules for determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan and the consequences of having a Top-Heavy Plan. Part 6 of the Agreement provides for elections relating to the vesting schedule for a Top-Heavy Plan. Part 13 of the Agreement allows the Employer to elect to satisfy the Top-Heavy Plan allocation requirements under another plan. 


16.1 


In General. If the Plan is or becomes a Top-Heavy Plan in any Plan Year, the provisions of this Article 16 will supersede any conflicting provisions in the Plan or Agreement. However, this Article 16 will no longer apply if Code §416 is repealed. 


16.2 


Top-Heavy Plan Consequences. 


(a) 


Minimum allocation for Non-Key Employees. If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year, except as otherwise provided in subsections (4) and (5) below, the Employer Contributions and forfeitures allocated for the Plan Year on behalf of any Eligible Participant who is a Non-Key Employee must not be less than a minimum percentage of the Participant's Total Compensation (as defined in Section 16.3(i)). If any Non-Key Employee who is entitled to receive a top-heavy minimum contribution pursuant to this Section 16.2(a) fails to receive an appropriate allocation, the Employer will make an additional contribution on behalf of such Non-Key Employee to satisfy the requirements of this Section. The Employer may elect under Part 4 of the Agreement [Part 4C of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to make the top-heavy
contribution to all Eligible Participants. If the Employer elects under the Agreement to provide the top-heavy minimum contribution to all Eligible Participants, the Employer also will make an additional contribution on behalf of any Key Employee who is an Eligible Participant and who did not receive an allocation equal to the top-heavy minimum contribution. 


(1) 


Determining the minimum percentage. The minimum percentage that must be allocated under subsection (a) above is the lesser of: (i) three (3) percent of Total Compensation for the Plan Year or (ii) the highest contribution rate for any Key Employee for the Plan Year. The highest contribution rate for a Key Employee is determined by taking into account the total Employer Contributions and forfeitures allocated to each Key Employee for the Plan Year, as a percentage of the Key Employee's Total Compensation. A Key Employee's contribution rate includes Section 401(k) Deferrals made by the Key Employee for the Plan Year (except as provided by regulation or statute). If this Plan is aggregated with a Defined Benefit Plan to satisfy the requirements of Code §401(a)(4) or Code §410(b), the minimum percentage is three (3) percent, without regard to the highest






Key Employee contribution rate. See subsection (5) below if the Employer maintains more than one plan. 


(2) 


Determining whether the Non-Key Employee's allocation satisfies the minimum percentage. To determine if a Non-Key Employee's allocation of Employer Contributions and forfeitures is at least equal to the minimum percentage, the Employee's Section 401(k) Deferrals for the Plan Year are disregarded. In addition, Matching Contributions allocated to the Employee's Account for the Plan Year are disregarded, unless: (i) the Plan Administrator elects to take all or a portion of the Matching Contributions into account, or 


(ii) Matching Contributions are taken into account by statute or regulation. The rule in (i) does not apply unless the Matching Contributions so taken into account could satisfy the nondiscrimination testing requirements under Code §401(a)(4) if tested separately. Any Employer Matching Contributions used to satisfy the Top-Heavy Plan minimum allocation may not be used in the ACP Test (as defined in Section 17.3), except to the extent permitted under statute, regulation or other guidance of general applicability. 


(3) 


Certain allocation conditions inapplicable. The Top-Heavy Plan minimum allocation shall be made even though, under other Plan provisions, the Non-Key Employee would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or would have received a lesser allocation for the Plan Year because of: 


(i)


the Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), 


(ii)


the Participant's failure to make Employee After-Tax Contributions to the Plan, or 


(iii)


Total Compensation is less than a stated amount. 






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






88 














The minimum allocation also is determined without regard to any Social Security contribution or whether an Eligible Participant fails to make Section 401(k) Deferrals for a Plan Year in which the Plan includes a 401(k) feature. 


(4) 


Participants not employed on the last day of the Plan Year. The minimum allocation requirement described in this subsection (a) does not apply to an Eligible Participant who was not employed by the Employer on the last day of the applicable Plan Year. 


(5) 


Participation in more than one Top-heavy Plan. The minimum allocation requirement described in this subsection (a) does not apply to an Eligible Participant who is covered under another plan maintained by the Employer if, pursuant to Part 13, #54 of the Agreement [Part 13, #72 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the other Plan will satisfy the minimum allocation requirement. 


(i) 


More than one Defined Contribution Plans. If the Employer maintains more than one top-heavy Defined Contribution Plan (including Paired Plans), the Employer may designate in Part 13, #54.a. of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] which plan will provide the top-heavy minimum contribution to Non-Key Employees. Alternatively, under Part 13, #54.a.(3) of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.a.(3) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Employer may designate another means of complying with the top-heavy requirements. If Part 13, #54 of the Agreement [Part 13, #72 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] is not completed and the Employer maintains more than one Defined Contribution Plan, the Employer will be deemed to have selected this Plan under Part 13, #54.a. of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]






as the Plan under which the top-heavy minimum contribution will be provided. 


If an Employee is entitled to a top-heavy minimum contribution but has not satisfied the minimum age and/or service requirements under the Plan designated to provide the top-heavy minimum contribution, the Employee may receive a top-heavy minimum contribution under the designated Plan. Thus, for example, if the Employer maintains both a 401(k) plan and a non-401(k) plan, a Non-Key Employee who has not satisfied the minimum age and service conditions under Part 1, #5 of the non-401(k) plan Agreement is eligible for a top-heavy minimum allocation under the non-401(k) plan (if so provided under Part 13, #54.a. of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]) if such Employee has satisfied the eligibility conditions for making Section 401(k) Deferrals under the 401(k) plan. The provision of a top-heavy minimum contribution under this paragraph will not cause the Plan to fail the minimum
coverage or nondiscrimination rules. The Employer may designate an alternative method of providing the top-heavy minimum contribution to such Employees under Part 13, #54.a.(3) of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.a.(3) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


(ii) 


Defined Contribution Plan
and a Defined Benefit Plan. If the Employer maintains both a top-heavy Defined
Contribution Plan (under this BPD) and a top-heavy Defined Benefit Plan, the Employer must designate the manner in which the plans
will comply with the Top-Heavy Plan requirements. Under Part 13, #54.b. of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.b. of the Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the Employer may elect to provide the top-heavy minimum benefit to Non-Key Employees who participate in
both Plans (A) in the Defined Benefit Plan; (B) in the Defined Contribution Plan (but increasing the minimum allocation from 3% to
5%); or (C) under any other acceptable method of compliance. If a Non-Key Employee participates only under the Defined Benefit Plan,
the top-heavy minimum benefit will be provided under the Defined Benefit Plan. If a Non-Key Employee participates only under the
Defined Contribution Plan, the top-heavy minimum benefit will be provided under the Defined Contribution Plan (without regard to
this subsection (ii)). If Part 13, #54.b. of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] is not completed
and the Employer maintains a Defined Benefit Plan, the Employer will be deemed to have selected this Plan under Part 13, #54.b.(1)
of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.b.(1) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] as the plan under which the top-heavy minimum
contribution will be provided. 


If the Employer maintains more than one Defined Contribution Plan in addition to a Defined Benefit Plan, the Employer may use Part 13, #54.b.(3) of the 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





89 














Agreement [Part 13, #72.b.(3) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to designate which Defined Contribution Plan will provide the top-heavy minimum contribution. 


If the Employer is using the Four-Step Permitted Disparity Method (as described in Section 2.2(b)(ii)) and elects under Part 13, #54.b.(1) of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.b.(1) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to provide a 5% top-heavy minimum contribution, the 3% minimum allocation under Step One is increased to 5%. The 3% allocation under Step Two will also be increased to the lesser of 


(A) 5% or (B) the amount determined under Step Three (increased by 3 percentage points). If an additional allocation is to be made under Step Three, the Applicable Percentage under Section 2.2(b)(ii)(C) must be reduced by 2 percentage points (but not below zero).  


(6) 


No forfeiture for certain events. The minimum top-heavy allocation (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable under Code §416(b)) may not be forfeited under the suspension of benefit rules of Code §411(a)(3)(B) or the withdrawal of mandatory contribution rules of Code §411(a)(3)(D). 


(b) 


Special Top-Heavy Vesting Rules. 


(1) 


Minimum vesting schedules. For any Plan Year in which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan, the Top-Heavy Plan vesting schedule elected in Part 6, #19 of the Agreement [Part 6, #37 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] will automatically apply to the Plan. The Top-Heavy Plan vesting schedule will apply to all benefits within the meaning of Code §411(a)(7) except those attributable to Employee After-Tax Contributions, including benefits accrued before the effective date of Code §416 and benefits accrued before the Plan became a Top-Heavy Plan. No decrease in a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the Plan's status as a Top-Heavy Plan changes for any Plan Year. However, this subsection does not apply to the Account Balance of any Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after a Top-Heavy Plan vesting schedule becomes
effective.




 


(2) 


Shifting Top-Heavy Plan status. If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the Top-Heavy Plan vesting schedule for any Plan Year because of a change in Top-Heavy Plan status, such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and the election in Section 4.7 of the Plan applies. 


16.3


 Top-Heavy Definitions. 


(a) 


Determination Date: For any Plan Year subsequent to the first Plan Year, the Determination Date is the last day of the preceding Plan Year. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, the Determination Date is the last day of that first Plan Year. 


(b) 


Determination Period: The Plan Year containing the Determination Date and the four (4) preceding Plan Years. 


(c) 


Key Employee: Any Employee or former Employee (and the Beneficiaries of such Employee) is a Key Employee for a Plan Year if, at any time during the Determination Period, the individual was: 


(1)


an officer of the Employer with annual Total Compensation in excess of 50 percent of the dollar limitation under Code §415(b)(1)(A), 


(2)


an owner (or considered an owner under Code §318) of one of the ten largest interests in the Employer with annual Total Compensation in excess of 100 percent of the dollar limitation under Code §415(c)(1)(A); 


(3)


a Five-Percent Owner (as defined in Section 22.88), 


(4)


a more than 1-percent owner of the Employer with an annual Total Compensation of more than $150,000. 


The Key Employee determination will be made in accordance with Code §416(i)(1) and the regulations thereunder. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






90 














(d) 


Permissive Aggregation Group: The Required Aggregation Group of plans plus any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the requirements of Code §§401(a)(4) and 410. 


(e) 


Present Value: The present value based on the interest and mortality rates specified in the relevant Defined Benefit Plan. In the event that more than one Defined Benefit Plan is included in a Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group, a uniform set of actuarial assumptions must be applied to determine present value. The Employer may specify in Part 13, #54.b.(3) of the Agreement [Part 13, #72.b.(3) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] the actuarial assumptions that will apply if the Defined Benefit Plans do not specify a uniform set of actuarial assumptions to be used to determine if the plans are Top-Heavy. 


(f) 


Required Aggregation Group: 


(1)


Each qualified plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time during the Determination Period (regardless of whether the plan has terminated), and 


(2)


any other qualified plan of the Employer that enables a plan described in (l) to meet the coverage or nondiscrimination requirements of Code §§410(b) or 401(a)(4). 


(g) 


Top-Heavy Plan: For any Plan Year, this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan if any of the following conditions exist: 


(1)


The Plan is not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group of plans, and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Plan exceeds 60 percent. 


(2)


The Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans, but not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group, and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Required Aggregation Group of plans exceeds 60 percent. 


(3)


The Plan is part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a Permissive Aggregation Group of plans, and the Top-Heavy Ratio for the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60 percent. 


(h) 


Top-Heavy Ratio: 


(1)


Defined Contribution Plans only. This paragraph applies if the Employer maintains one or more Defined Contribution Plans (including any SEP described under Code §408(k)) and the Employer has not maintained any Defined Benefit Plan that during the Determination Period has or has had Accrued Benefits. The Top-Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone, or for the Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the Account Balances of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s) and the denominator of which is the sum of all Account Balances, both computed in accordance with Code §416 and the regulations thereunder. 


(2) 


Defined Contribution Plan and Defined Benefit Plan. This paragraph applies if the Employer maintains one or more Defined Contribution Plans (including a SEP described under Code §408(k)) and the Employer maintains or has maintained one or more Defined Benefit Plans which during the Determination Period has or has had any Accrued Benefits. The Top-Heavy Ratio for any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of Account Balances under the aggregated Defined Contribution Plan(s) for all Key Employees, and the Present Value of Accrued Benefits under the aggregated Defined Benefit Plan(s) for all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the Account Balances under the aggregated Defined Contribution Plan(s) for all Participants and






the Present Value of Accrued Benefits under the Defined Benefit Plan(s) for all Participants as of the Determination Date(s), all determined in accordance with Code §416 and the regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a Defined Benefit Plan in both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased for any distributions of an accrued benefit made in the five-year period ending on the Determination Date. 


(3) 


Applicable Valuation Dates. For purposes of subsections (1) and (2) above, the value of Account Balances and the Present Value of Accrued Benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the 12-month period ending on 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





91 














the Determination Date, except as provided in Code §416 and the regulations thereunder for the first and second Plan Years of a Defined Benefit Plan. When aggregating plans, the value of Account Balances and Accrued Benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year. 


(4) 


Valuation of benefits. Determining a Participant's Account Balance or Accrued Benefit. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code §416 and the regulations thereunder. For purposes of subsections (1) and (2) above, the Account Balance and/or Accrued Benefit of each Participant is adjusted as provided under subsections (i) and (ii) below. 


(i) 


Increase for prior distributions. In applying the Top-Heavy Ratio, a Participant's Account Balance and/or Accrued Benefit is increased for any distributions made from the Plan during the Determination Period. 


(ii) 


Increase for future contributions. Both the numerator and denominator of the Top-Heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution to a Defined Contribution Plan not actually made as of the Determination Date, but which is required to be taken into account on that date under Code §416 and the regulations thereunder. 


(iii) 


Exclusion of certain benefits. The Account Balance and/or Accrued Benefit of a Participant (and any distribution during the Determination Period with respect to such Participant's Account Balance or Accrued Benefit) is disregarded from the Top-Heavy Ratio if: (A) the Participant is a Non-Key Employee who was a Key Employee in a prior year, or (B) the Participant has not been credited with at least one Hour of Service during the Determination Period. The calculation of the Top-Heavy Ratio, and the extent to which distributions, rollovers, and transfers are taken into account will be made in accordance with Code §416 and the regulations thereunder. 


(iv)


Calculation of Accrued Benefit. The Accrued Benefit of a Participant other than a Key Employee shall be determined under: (A) the method, if any, that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all Defined Benefit Plans maintained by the Employer; or (B) if there is no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional rule of Code §411(b)(1)(C). 


(i) 


Total Compensation. For purposes of determining the minimum top-heavy contribution under 16.2(a), Total Compensation is determined using the definition under Section 7.4(f), including the special rule under Section 7.4(f)(4) for years beginning before January 1, 1998. For this purpose, Total Compensation is subject to the Compensation Dollar Limitation as defined in Section 22.32. 


(j) 


Valuation Date. The date as of which Account Balances are valued for purposes of calculating the Top-Heavy Ratio. 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






92 














ARTICLE 17 


401(k) PLAN PROVISIONS 


This Article sets forth the special testing rules applicable to Section 401(k) Deferrals, Employer Matching Contributions, and Employee After-Tax Contributions that may be made under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement and the requirements to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. Section 17.1 provides limits on the amount of Elective Deferrals an Employee may defer into the Plan during a calendar year. Sections 17.2 and 17.3 set forth the rules for running the ADP Test and ACP Test with respect to contributions under the 401(k) plan and Section 17.4 discusses the requirements for applying the Multiple Use Test. Section 17.5 prescribes special testing rules for performing the ADP Test and the ACP Test. Section 17.6 sets forth the requirements that must be met to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. Unless otherwise stated, any reference to the Agreement under this Article 17 is a reference to the
Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. 


17.1 


Limitation on the Amount of Section 401(k) Deferrals. 


(a) 


In general. An Eligible Participant's total Section 401(k) Deferrals under this Plan, or any other qualified plan of the Employer, for any calendar year may not exceed the lesser of: 


(1)


the percentage of Included Compensation designated under Part 4A, #12 of the Agreement; 


(2)


the dollar limitation under Code §402(g); or 


(3)


the amount permitted under the Annual Additions Limitation described in Article 7. 


Maximum deferral limitation. If the Employer elects to impose a maximum deferral limitation under Part 4A, #12 of the Agreement, it must designate under Part 4A, #12.a. the period for which such limitation applies. Regardless of any limitation designated under Part 4A, #12 of the Agreement, the Employer may provide for alternative limitations in the Salary Reduction Agreement with respect to designated types of Included Compensation, such as bonus payments. If no maximum percentage is designated under Part 4A, #12 of the Agreement, the only limit on a Participant's Section 401(k) Deferrals under this Plan is the dollar limitation under Code §402(g) and the Annual Additions Limitation. 


(b) 


Correction of Code §402(g) Violation. A Participant may not make Section 401(k) Deferrals that exceed the dollar limitation under Code §402(g). The dollar limitation under Code §402(g) applicable to a Participant's Section 401(k) Deferrals under this Plan is reduced by any Elective Deferrals the Participant makes under any other plan maintained by the Employer. If a Participant makes Section 401(k) Deferrals that exceed the Code §402(g) limit, the Employer may correct the Code §402(g) violation in the following manner. 


(1) 


Suspension of Section 401(k) Deferrals. The Employer may suspend a Participant's Section 401(k) Deferrals under the Plan for the remainder of the calendar year when the Participant's Section 401(k) Deferrals under this Plan, in combination with any Elective Deferrals the Participant makes during the calendar year under any other plan maintained by the Employer, equal or exceed the dollar limitation under Code §402(g). 


(2) 


Distribution of Excess Deferrals. If a Participant makes Section 401(k) Deferrals under this Plan during a calendar year which exceed the dollar limitation under Code §402(g), the Participant will receive a corrective distribution from the Plan of the Excess Deferrals (plus allocable income) no later than April 15 of the following calendar year. The amount which must be distributed as a correction of Excess Deferrals for a calendar year equals the amount of Elective Deferrals the Participant contributes in excess of the dollar limitation under Code §402(g) during the calendar year to this Plan, and any other plan maintained by the Employer, reduced by any corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals the Participant receives during the calendar year from this Plan or other plan(s) maintained by the Employer. Excess Deferrals that are distributed after
April 15 are includible in the Participant's gross income in both the taxable year in which deferred and the taxable year in which distributed. 


(i) 


Allocable gain or loss. A corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals must include any allocable gain or loss for the calendar year in which the Excess Deferrals are made. For this purpose, allocable gain or loss on Excess Deferrals may be determined in any reasonable manner, provided the manner used to determine allocable gain or loss is applied uniformly and in a manner that is 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





93 














reasonably reflective of the method used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants' Accounts. 


(ii) 


Coordination with other provisions. A corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals made by April 15 of the following calendar year may be made without consent of the Participant or the Participant's spouse, and without regard to any distribution restrictions applicable under Article 8 or Article 9. A corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals made by the appropriate April 15 also is not treated as a distribution for purposes of applying the required minimum distribution rules under Article 10. 


(iii) 


Coordination with corrective distribution of Excess Contributions. If a Participant for whom a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals is being made received a previous corrective distribution of Excess Contributions to correct the ADP Test for the Plan Year beginning with or within the calendar year for which the Participant made the Excess Deferrals, the previous corrective distribution of Excess Contributions is treated first as a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals to the extent necessary to eliminate the Excess Deferral violation. The amount of the corrective distribution of Excess Contributions which is required to correct the ADP Test failure is reduced by the amount treated as a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals. 


(3) 


Correction of Excess Deferrals under plans not maintained by the Employer. The correction provisions under subsections (1) and (2) above apply only if a Participant makes Excess Deferrals under plans maintained by the Employer. However, if a Participant has Excess Deferrals because the total Elective Deferrals for a calendar year under all plans in which he/she participates, including plans that are not maintained by the Employer, exceed the dollar limitation under Code §402(g), the Participant may assign to this Plan any portion of the Excess Deferrals made during the calendar year. The Participant must notify the Plan Administrator in writing on or before March 1 of the following calendar year of the amount of the Excess Deferrals to be assigned to this Plan. Upon receipt of a timely notification, the Excess Deferrals
assigned to this Plan will be distributed (along with any allocable income or loss) to the Participant in accordance with the corrective distribution provisions under subsection (2) above. A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of Excess Deferrals to the extent such Excess Deferrals arise only under this Plan and any other plan maintained by the Employer. 


17.2 


Nondiscrimination
Testing of Section 401(k) Deferrals – ADP Test. Except as provided under Section
17.6 for Safe Harbor 401(k) Plans, the Section 401(k) Deferrals made by Highly Compensated Employees must satisfy the Actual
Deferral Percentage Test ("ADP Test") for each Plan Year. The Plan Administrator shall maintain records sufficient to
demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP Test, including the amount of any QNECs or QMACs included in such test, pursuant to subsection
(c) below. If the Plan fails the ADP Test for any Plan Year, the corrective provisions under subsection (d) below will apply. 


(a) 


ADP Test testing methods. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the ADP Test will be performed using the Prior Year Testing Method or Current Year Testing Method, as selected under Part 4F, #31 of the Agreement. If the Employer does not select a testing method under Part 4F, #31 of the Agreement, the Plan will use the Current Year Testing Method. Unless specifically precluded under statute, regulations or other IRS guidance, the Employer may amend the testing method designated under Part 4F for a particular Plan Year (subject to the requirements under subsection (2) below) at any time through the end of the 12-month period following the Plan Year for which the amendment is effective. (For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, the Current Year Testing Method is deemed to have been in effect.) 


(1) 


Prior Year Testing Method. Under the Prior Year Testing Method, the Average Deferral Percentage ("ADP") of the Highly Compensated Employee Group (as defined in Section 17.7(e)) for the current Plan Year is compared with the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group (as defined in Section 17.7(f)) for the prior Plan Year. If the Employer elects to use the Prior Year Testing Method under Part 4F of the Agreement, the Plan must satisfy one of the following tests for each Plan Year: 


(i)


The ADP of the Highly Compensated Employee Group for the current Plan Year shall not exceed 1.25 times the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior Plan Year. 


(ii)


The ADP of the Highly Compensated Employee Group for the current Plan Year shall not exceed the percentage (whichever is less) determined by (A) adding 2 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






94 














percentage points to the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior Plan Year or (B) multiplying the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior Plan Year by 2. 


(2) 


Current Year Testing Method. Under the Current Year Testing Method, the ADP of the Highly Compensated Employee Group for the current Plan Year is compared to the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the current Plan Year. If the Employer elects to use the Current Year Testing Method under Part 4F of the Agreement, the Plan must satisfy the ADP Test, as described in subsection (1) above, for each Plan Year, but using the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the current Plan Year instead of for the prior Plan Year. If the Employer elects to use the Current Year Testing Method, it may switch to the Prior Year Testing Method only if the Plan satisfies the requirements for changing to the Prior Year Testing Method as set forth in IRS Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance). 


(b) 


Special rule for first Plan Year. For the first Plan Year that the Plan permits Section 401(k) Deferrals, the Employer may elect under Part 4F, #32.a. of the Agreement to apply the ADP Test using the Prior Year Testing Method, by assuming the ADP for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group is 3%. Alternatively, the Employer may elect in Part 4F, #32.b. of the Agreement to use the Current Year Testing Method using the actual data for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group in the first Plan Year. This first Plan Year rule does not apply if this Plan is a successor to a plan (as described in IRS Notice 98-1 or subsequent guidance) that included a 401(k) arrangement or the Plan is aggregated for purposes of applying the ADP Test with another plan that included a 401(k) arrangement in the prior Plan Year. For subsequent Plan Years, the testing method selected
under Part 4F, #31 will apply. 


(c) 


Use of QMACs and QNECs under the ADP Test. The Plan Administrator may take into account all or any portion of QMACs and QNECs (see Sections 17.7(g) and (h)) for purposes of applying the ADP Test. QMACs and QNECs may not be included in the ADP Test to the extent such amounts are included in the ACP Test for such Plan Year. QMACs and QNECs made to another qualified plan maintained by the Employer may also be taken into account, so long as the other plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan. To include QNECs under the ADP Test, all Employer Nonelective Contributions, including the QNECs, must satisfy Code §401(a)(4). In addition, the Employer Nonelective Contributions, excluding any QNECs used in the ADP Test or ACP Test, must also satisfy Code §401(a)(4). 


(1) 


Timing of contributions. In order to be used in the ADP Test for a given Plan Year, QNECs and QMACs must be made before the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year for which they are allocated. If the Employer is using the Prior Year Testing Method (as described in subsection (a)(1) above), QMACs and QNECs taken into account for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group must be allocated for the prior Plan Year, and must be made no later than the end of the 12-month period immediately following the end of such prior Plan Year. (See Section 7.4(a) for rules regarding the appropriate Limitation Year for which such contributions will be applied for purposes of the Annual Additions Limitation under Code §415.) 


(2) 


Double-counting limits. This paragraph applies if, in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1998, the Prior Year Testing Method is used to run the ADP Test and, in the prior Plan Year, the Current Year Testing Method was used to run the ADP Test. If this paragraph applies, the following contributions are disregarded in calculating the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior Plan Year: 


(i)


All QNECs that were included in either the ADP Test or ACP Test for the prior Plan Year. 


(ii)


All QMACs, regardless of how used for testing purposes in the prior Plan Year. 


(iii)


Any Section 401(k) Deferrals that were included in the ACP Test for the prior Plan Year. 


For purposes of applying the double-counting limits, if actual data of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group is used for a first Plan Year described in subsection (b) above, the Plan is still considered to be using the Prior Year Testing Method for that first Plan Year. Thus, the double-counting limits do not apply if the Prior Year Testing Method is used for the next Plan Year. 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





95 














(3) 


Testing flexibility. The Plan Administrator is expressly granted the full flexibility permitted by applicable Treasury regulations to determine the amount of QMACs and QNECs used in the ADP Test. QMACs and QNECs taken into account under the ADP Test do not have to be uniformly determined for each Eligible Participant, and may represent all or any portion of the QMACs and QNECs allocated to each Eligible Participant, provided the conditions described above are satisfied. 


(d) 


Correction of Excess Contributions. If the Plan fails the ADP Test for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may use any combination of the correction methods under this Section to correct the Excess Contributions under the Plan. (See Section 17.7(d) for the definition of Excess Contributions.) 


(1) 


Corrective distribution of Excess Contributions. If the Plan fails the ADP Test for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, distribute Excess Contributions (including any allocable income or loss) no later than the last day of the following Plan Year to correct the ADP Test violation. If the Excess Contributions are distributed more than 21⁄2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10-percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer with respect to such amounts. 


(i) 


Amount to be distributed. In determining the amount of Excess Contributions to be distributed to a Highly Compensated Employee under this Section, Excess Contributions are first allocated equally to the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the largest dollar amount of contributions taken into account under the ADP Test for the Plan Year in which the excess occurs. The Excess Contributions allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee(s) reduce the dollar amount of the contributions taken into account under the ADP Test for such Highly Compensated Employee(s) until all of the Excess Contributions are allocated or until the dollar amount of such contributions for the Highly Compensated Employee(s) is reduced to the next highest dollar amount of such contributions for any other Highly Compensated Employee(s). If there are Excess Contributions remaining, the Excess






Contributions continue to be allocated in this manner until all of the Excess Contributions are allocated. 


(ii) 


Allocable gain or loss. A corrective distribution of Excess Contributions must include any allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year in which the excess occurs. For this purpose, allocable gain or loss on Excess Contributions may be determined in any reasonable manner, provided the manner used is applied uniformly and in a manner that is reasonably reflective of the method used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants' Accounts. 


(iii) 


Coordination with other provisions. A corrective distribution of Excess Contributions made by the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the excess occurs may be made without consent of the Participant or the Participant's spouse, and without regard to any distribution restrictions applicable under Article 8 or Article 9. Excess Contributions are treated as Annual Additions for purposes of Code §415 even if distributed from the Plan. A corrective distribution of Excess Contributions is not treated as a distribution for purposes of applying the required minimum distribution rules under Article 10. 


If a Participant has Excess Deferrals for the calendar year ending with or within the Plan Year for which the Participant receives a corrective distribution of Excess Contributions, the corrective distribution of Excess Contributions is treated first as a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals. The amount of the corrective distribution of Excess Contributions that must be distributed to correct an ADP Test failure for a Plan Year is reduced by any amount distributed as a corrective distribution of Excess Deferrals for the calendar year ending with or within such Plan Year. 


(iv) 


Accounting for Excess Contributions. Excess Contributions are distributed from the following sources and in the following priority: 


(A)


Section 401(k) Deferrals that are not matched; 


(B)


proportionately from Section 401(k) Deferrals not distributed under (A) and related QMACs that are included in the ADP Test; 


(C)


QMACs included in the ADP Test that are not distributed under (B); and 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






96 














(D) QNECs included in the ADP Test. 


(2) 


Making QMACs or QNECs. Regardless of any elections under Part 4B, #18  or Part 4C, #22 of the Agreement, the Employer may make additional QMACs or QNECs to the Plan on behalf of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees in order to correct an ADP Test violation. QMACs or QNECs may only be used to correct an ADP Test violation if the Current Year Testing Method is selected under Part 4F, #31.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. Any QMACs contributed under this subsection (2) which are not specifically authorized under Part 4B, #18 of the Agreement will be allocated to all Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees as a uniform percentage of Section 401(k) Deferrals made during the Plan Year. Any QNECs contributed under this subsection (2) which are not specifically authorized under Part 4C, #22 of the Agreement will be allocated to all
Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees as a uniform percentage of Included Compensation. See Sections 2.3(c) and (e), as applicable. 


(3) 


Recharacterization. If Employee After-Tax Contributions are permitted under Part 4D of the Agreement, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may permit a Participant to treat any Excess Contributions that are allocated to that Participant as if he/she received the Excess Contributions as a distribution from the Plan and then contributed such amounts to the Plan as Employee After-Tax Contributions. Any amounts recharacterized under this subsection (3) will be 100% vested at all times. Amounts may not be recharacterized by a Highly Compensated Employee to the extent that such amount in combination with other Employee After-Tax Contributions made by that Participant would exceed any limit on Employee After-Tax Contributions under Part 4D of the Agreement. 


Recharacterization must occur no later than 21⁄2 months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arise and is deemed to occur no earlier than the date the last Highly Compensated Employee is informed in writing of the amount recharacterized and the consequences thereof. Recharacterized amounts will be taxable to the Participant for the Participant's taxable year in which the Participant would have received such amounts in cash had he/she not deferred such amounts into the Plan. 


(e) 


Adjustment of deferral rate for Highly Compensated Employees. The Employer may suspend (or automatically reduce the rate of) Section 401(k) Deferrals for the Highly Compensated Employee Group, to the extent necessary to satisfy the ADP Test or to reduce the margin of failure. A suspension or reduction shall not affect Section 401(k) Deferrals already contributed by the Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year. As of the first day of the subsequent Plan Year, Section 401(k) Deferrals shall resume at the levels stated in the Salary Reduction Agreements of the Highly Compensated Employees. 


17.3


Nondiscrimination Testing of Employer Matching Contributions and Employee After-TaxContributions – ACP Test. Except as provided under Section 17.6 for Safe Harbor 401(k) Plans, if the Employer elects to provide Employer Matching Contributions under Part 4B of the Agreement or to permit Employee After-Tax Contributions under Part 4D of the Agreement, the Employer Matching Contributions (including QMACs that are not included in the ADP Test) and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions made for Highly Compensated Employees must satisfy the Actual Contribution Percentage Test ("ACP Test") for each Plan Year. The Plan Administrator shall maintain records sufficient to demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP Test, including the amount of any Section 401(k) Deferrals or QNECs included in such test, pursuant to subsection (c)
below. If the Plan fails the ACP Test for any Plan Year, the correction provisions under subsection (d) below will apply. 


(a) 


ACP Test testing methods. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the ACP Test will be performed using the Prior Year Testing Method or the Current Year Testing Method, as selected under Part 4F, #31 of the Agreement. If the Employer does not select a testing method under Part 4F, #31 of the Agreement, the Plan will be deemed to use the Current Year Testing Method. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, the Current Year Testing Method is deemed to have been in effect. If the Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, as designated under Part 4E of the Agreement, the Current Year Testing Method must be selected. 


(1) 


Prior Year Testing Method. Under the Prior Year Testing Method, the Average Contribution Percentage ("ACP") of the Highly Compensated Employee Group (as defined in Section 17.7(e)) for the current Plan Year is compared with the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group (as defined in Section 17.7(f)) for the prior Plan Year. If the Employer elects to use the Prior Year Testing Method under Part 4F of the Agreement, the Plan must satisfy one of the following tests for each Plan Year: 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





97 














(i)


The ACP of the Highly Compensated Employee Group for the current Plan Year shall not exceed 1.25 times the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior Plan Year. 


(ii)


The ACP of the Highly Compensated Employee Group for the current Plan Year shall not exceed the percentage (whichever is less) determined by (A) adding 2 percentage points to the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior Plan Year or (B) multiplying the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior Plan Year by 2. 


(2) 


Current Year Testing Method. Under the Current Year Testing Method, the ACP of the Highly Compensated Employee Group for the current Plan Year is compared to the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the current Plan Year. If the Employer elects to use the Current Year Testing Method under Part 4F of the Agreement, the Plan must satisfy the ACP Test, as described in subsection (1) above, for each Plan Year, but using the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the current Plan Year instead of for the prior Plan Year. If the Employer elects to use the Current Year Testing Method, it may switch to the Prior Year Testing Method only if the Plan satisfies the requirements for changing to the Prior Year Testing Method as set forth in IRS Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance). 


(b) 


Special rule for first Plan Year. For the first Plan Year that the Plan includes either an Employer Matching Contribution formula or permits Employee After-Tax Contributions, the Employer may elect under Part 4F, #33.a. of the Agreement to apply the ACP Test using the Prior Year Testing Method, by assuming the ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group is 3%. Alternatively, the Employer may elect in Part 4F, #33.b. of the Agreement to use the Current Year Testing Method using the actual data for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group in the first Plan Year. This first Plan Year rule does not apply if this Plan is a successor to a plan that was subject to the ACP Test or if the Plan is aggregated for purposes of applying the ACP Test with another plan that was subject to the ACP test in the prior Plan Year. For subsequent Plan Years, the testing method
selected under Part 4F, #31 will apply. 


(c) 


Use of Section 401(k) Deferrals and QNECs under the ACP Test. The Plan Administrator may take into account all or any portion of Section 401(k) Deferrals and QNECs (see Section 17.7(h)) made to this Plan, or to another qualified plan maintained by the Employer, for purposes of applying the ACP Test. QNECs may not be included in the ACP Test to the extent such amounts are included in the ADP Test for such Plan Year. Section 401(k) Deferrals and QNECs made to another qualified plan maintained by the Employer may also be taken into account, so long as the other plan has the same Plan Year as this Plan. To include Section 401(k) Deferrals under the ACP Test, the Plan must satisfy the ADP Test taking into account all Section 401(k) Deferrals, including those used under the ACP Test, and taking into account only those Section 401(k) Deferrals not included in the ACP






Test. To include QNECs under the ACP Test, all Employer Nonelective Contributions, including the QNECs, must satisfy Code §401(a)(4). In addition, the Employer Nonelective Contributions, excluding any QNECs used in the ADP Test or ACP Test, must also satisfy Code §401(a)(4). QNECs may only be used to correct an ACP Test violation if the Current Year Testing Method is selected under Part 4F, #31.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. 


(1) 


Timing of contributions. In order to be used in the ACP Test for a given Plan Year, QNECs must be made before the end of the 12-month period immediately following the Plan Year for which they are allocated. If the Employer is using the Prior Year Testing Method (as described in subsection (a)(1) above), QNECs taken into account for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group must be allocated for the prior Plan Year, and must be made no later than the end of the 12-month period immediately following such Plan Year. (See Section 7.4(a) for rules regarding the appropriate Limitation Year for which such contributions will be applied for purposes of the Annual Additions Limitation under Code §415.) 


(2) 


Double-counting limits. This paragraph applies if, in any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1998, the Prior Year Testing Method is used to run the ACP Test and, in the prior Plan Year, the Current Year Testing Method was used to run the ACP Test. If this paragraph applies, the following contributions are disregarded in calculating the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior Plan Year: 


(i)


All QNECs that were included in either the ADP Test or ACP Test for the prior Plan Year. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






98 














(ii)


All Section 401(k) Deferrals, regardless of how used for testing purposes in the prior Plan Year. 


(iii)


Any QMACs that were included in the ADP Test for the prior Plan Year. 


For purposes of applying the double-counting limits, if actual data of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group is used for a first Plan Year described in subsection (b) above, the Plan is still considered to be using the Prior Year Testing Method for that first Plan Year. Thus, the double-counting limits do not apply if the Prior Year Testing Method is used for the next Plan Year. 


(3) 


Testing flexibility. The Plan Administrator is expressly granted the full flexibility permitted by applicable Treasury regulations to determine the amount of Section 401(k) Deferrals and QNECs used in the ACP Test. Section 401(k) Deferrals and QNECs taken into account under the ACP Test do not have to be uniformly determined for each Eligible Participant, and may represent all or any portion of the Section 401(k) Deferrals and QNECs allocated to each Eligible Participant, provided the conditions described above are satisfied. For Plan Years beginning after the first Plan Year. 


(d) 


Correction of Excess Aggregate Contributions. If the Plan fails the ACP Test for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may use any combination of the correction methods under this Section to correct the Excess Aggregate Contributions under the Plan. (See Section 17.7(c) for the definition of Excess Aggregate Contributions.) 


(1) 


Corrective distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions. If the Plan fails the ACP Test for a Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, distribute Excess Aggregate Contributions (including any allocable income or loss) no later than the last day of the following Plan Year to correct the ACP Test violation. Excess Aggregate Contributions will be distributed only to the extent they are vested under Article 4, determined as of the last day of the Plan Year for which the contributions are made to the Plan. To the extent Excess Aggregate Contributions are not vested, the Excess Aggregate Contributions, plus any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be forfeited in accordance with Section 5.3(d)(1). If the Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 21⁄2 months after the last day of the
Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10-percent excise tax will be imposed on the Employer with respect to such amounts. 


(i) 


Amount to be distributed. In determining the amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions to be distributed to a Highly Compensated Employee under this Section, Excess Aggregate Contributions are first allocated equally to the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the largest dollar amount of contributions taken into account under the ACP Test for the Plan Year in which the excess occurs. The Excess Aggregate Contributions allocated to such Highly Compensated Employee(s) reduce the dollar amount of the contributions taken into account under the ACP Test for such Highly Compensated Employee(s) until all of the Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated or until the dollar amount of such contributions for the Highly Compensated Employee(s) is reduced to the next highest dollar amount of such contributions for any other Highly Compensated Employee(s). If there are
Excess Aggregate Contributions remaining, the Excess Aggregate Contributions continue to be allocated in this manner until all of the Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated. 


(ii) 


Allocable gain or loss. A corrective distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions must include any allocable gain or loss for the Plan Year in which the excess occurs. For this purpose, allocable gain or loss on Excess Aggregate Contributions may be determined in any reasonable manner, provided the manner used is applied uniformly and in a manner that is reasonably reflective of the method used by the Plan for allocating income to Participants' Accounts. 


(iii) 


Coordination with other provisions. A corrective distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions made by the end of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the excess occurs may be made without consent of the Participant or the Participant's spouse, and without regard to any distribution restrictions applicable under Article 8 or Article 9. Excess Aggregate Contributions are treated as Annual Additions for purposes of Code §415 even if distributed from the Plan. A corrective distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions is not 




	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





99 














treated as a distribution for purposes of applying the required minimum distribution rules under Article 10. 


(iv)


Accounting for Excess Aggregate Contributions. Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed from the following sources and in the following priority: 


(A)


Employee After-Tax Contributions that are not matched; 


(B)


proportionately from Employee After-Tax Contributions not distributed under (A) and related Employer Matching Contributions that are included in the ACP Test; 


(C)


Employer Matching Contributions included in the ACP Test that are not distributed under (B); 


(D)


Section 401(k) Deferrals included in the ACP Test that are not matched; 


(E)


proportionately from Section 401(k) Deferrals included in the ACP Test that are not distributed under (D) and related Employer Matching Contributions that are included in the ACP Test and not distributed under (B) or (C); and 


(F)


QNECs included in the ACP Test. 


(2) 


Making QMACs or QNECs. Regardless of any elections under Part 4B, #18 or Part 4C, #22 of the Agreement, the Employer may make additional QMACs and/or QNECs to the Plan on behalf of the Nonhighly Compensated Employees in order to correct an ACP Test violation to the extent such amounts are not used in the ADP Test. Any QMACs contributed under this subsection (2) which are not specifically authorized under Part 4B, #18 of the Agreement will be allocated to all Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees as a uniform percentage of Section 401(k) Deferrals made during the Plan Year. Any QNECs contributed under this subsection (2) which are not specifically authorized under Part 4C, #22 of the Agreement will be allocated to all Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees as a






uniform percentage of Included Compensation. See Sections 2.3(c) and (e), as applicable. 


(e) 


Adjustment of contribution rate for Highly Compensated Employees. The Employer may suspend (or automatically reduce the rate of) Employee After-Tax Contributions for the Highly Compensated Employee Group, to the extent necessary to satisfy the ACP Test or to reduce the margin of failure. A suspension or reduction shall not affect Employee After-Tax Contributions already contributed by the Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year. As of the first day of the subsequent Plan Year, Employee After-Tax Contributions shall resume at the levels elected by the Highly Compensated Employees. 


17.4 


Multiple Use Test. If both an ADP Test and an ACP Test are run for the Plan Year, and the Plan does not pass the 1.25 test under either the ADP Test or the ACP Test, the Plan must satisfy a special Multiple Use Test, unless such Multiple Use Test is repealed or modified by statute, or other IRS guidance. 


(a) 


Aggregate Limit.
Under the Multiple Use Test, the sum of the ADP and the ACP for the Highly Compensated
Employee Group may not exceed the Plan's Aggregate Limit. For this purpose, the ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees are
determined after any corrections required to meet the ADP and ACP tests and are deemed to be the maximum permitted under such tests
for the Plan Year. In applying the Multiple Use Test, the Plan's Aggregate Limit is the sum of (1) and (2): 


(1)


1.25 times the greater of: (i)
the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group or (ii) the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group; and 


(2)


the lesser of 2 times or 2 plus the lesser of: (i) the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group or (ii) the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group. 


Alternatively, if it results in a larger amount, the Aggregate Limit is the sum of (3) and (4): 


(3)


1.25 times the lesser of: (i) the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group or 


(ii) the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group; and 




				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






100 














(4)


the lesser of 2 times or 2 plus the greater of: (i) the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group or (ii) the ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group. 


The Aggregate Limit is calculated using the ADP and ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group that is used in performing the ADP Test and ACP Test for the Plan Year. Thus, if the Prior Year Testing Method is being used, the Aggregate Limit is calculated by using the applicable percentage of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior Plan Year. If the Current Year Testing Method is being used, the Aggregate Limit is calculated by using the applicable percentage of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the current Plan Year. 


(b) 


Correction of the Multiple Use Test. If the Multiple Use Test is not passed, the following corrective action will be taken. 


(1) 


Corrective distributions. The Plan will make corrective distributions (or additional corrective distributions, if corrective distributions are already being made to correct a violation of the ADP Test or ACP Test), to the extent other corrective action is not taken or such other action is not sufficient to completely eliminate the Multiple Use Test violation. Such corrective distributions may be determined as if they were being made to correct a violation of the ADP Test or a violation of the ACP Test, or a combination of both, as determined by the Plan Administrator. Any corrective distribution that is treated as if it were correcting a violation of the ADP Test will be determined under the rules described in Section 17.2(d). Any corrective distribution that is treated as if it were correcting a violation of the ACP Test will be determined under the rules
described in Section 17.3(d). 


(2) 


Making QMACs or QNECs. Regardless of any elections under Part 4B, #18 or Part 4C, #22 of the Agreement, the Employer may make additional QMACs or QNECs, so that the resulting ADP and/or ACP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group is increased to the extent necessary to satisfy the Multiple Use Test. Any QMACs contributed under this subsection (2) which are not specifically authorized under Part 4B, #18 of the Agreement will be allocated to all Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees as a uniform percentage of Section 401(k) Deferrals made during the Plan Year. Any QNECs contributed under this subsection (2) which are not specifically authorized under Part 4C, #22 of the Agreement will be allocated to all Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees as a uniform percentage of Included Compensation. See Sections 2.3(c)
and (e), as applicable. 


17.5 


Special Testing Rules. This Section describes special testing rules that apply to the ADP Test or the ACP Test. In some cases, the special testing rule is optional, in which case, the election to use such rule is solely within the discretion of the Plan Administrator. 


(a) 


Special rule for determining ADP and ACP of Highly Compensated Employee Group. When calculating the ADP or ACP of the Highly Compensated Employee Group for any Plan Year, a Highly Compensated Employee's Section 401(k) Deferrals, Employee After-Tax Contributions, and Employer Matching Contributions under all qualified plans maintained by the Employer are taken into account as if such contributions were made to a single plan. If the plans have different Plan Years, the contributions made in all Plan Years that end in the same calendar year are aggregated under this paragraph. This aggregation rule does not apply to plans that are required to be disaggregated under Code §410(b). 


(b) 


Aggregation of plans. When calculating the ADP Test and the ACP Test, plans that are permissively aggregated for coverage and nondiscrimination testing purposes are treated as a single plan. This aggregation rule applies to determine the ADP or ACP of both the Highly Compensated Employee Group and the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group. Any adjustments to the ADP of the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group for the prior year will be made in accordance with Notice 98-1 and any superseding guidance, unless the Employer has elected in Part 4F, #31.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to use the Current Year Testing Method. Aggregation described in this paragraph is not permitted unless all plans being aggregated have the same Plan Year and use the same testing method for the applicable test. 


(c) 


Disaggregation of plans. 


(1) 


Plans covering Union Employees and non-Union Employees. If the Plan covers Union Employees and non-Union Employees, the Plan is mandatorily disaggregated for purposes of applying the ADP Test and the ACP Test into two separate plans, one covering the Union Employees and one covering the non-Union Employees. A separate ADP Test must be applied for each disaggregated portion of the Plan in accordance with applicable Treasury regulations. A separate ACP Test must be applied to the 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





101 














disaggregated portion of the Plan that covers the non-Union Employees. The disaggregated portion of the Plan that includes the Union Employees is deemed to pass the ACP Test. 


(2) 


Otherwise excludable Employees. If the minimum coverage test under Code §410(b) is performed by disaggregating "otherwise excludable Employees" (i.e., Employees who have not satisfied the maximum age 21 and one Year of Service eligibility conditions permitted under Code §410(a)), then the Plan is treated as two separate plans, one benefiting the otherwise excludable Employees and the other benefiting Employees who have satisfied the maximum age and service eligibility conditions. If such disaggregation applies, the following operating rules apply to the ADP Test and the ACP Test. 


(i)


For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1999, the ADP Test and the ACP Test are applied separately for each disaggregated plan. If there are no Highly Compensated Employees benefiting under a disaggregated plan, then no ADP Test or ACP Test is required for such plan. 


(ii)


For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, instead of the rule under subsection (i), only the disaggregated plan that benefits the Employees who have satisfied the maximum age and service eligibility conditions permitted under Code §410(a) is subject to the ADP Test and the ACP Test. However, any Highly Compensated Employee who is benefiting under the disaggregated plan that includes the otherwise excludable Employees is taken into account in such tests. The Employer may elect to apply the rule in subsection (i) instead. 


(3) 


Corrective action for disaggregated plans. Any corrective action authorized by this Article may be determined separately with respect to each disaggregated portion of the Plan. A corrective action taken with respect to a disaggregated portion of the Plan need not be consistent with the method of correction (if any) used for another disaggregated portion of the Plan. To the extent the Agreement authorizes the Employer to make discretionary QNECs or discretionary QMACs, the Employer is expressly permitted to designate such QNECs or QMACs as allocable only to Eligible Participants in a particular disaggregated portion of the Plan. 


(d) 


Special rules for the Prior Year Testing Method. If the Plan uses the Prior Year Testing Method, and an election made under subsection (b) or (c) above is inconsistent with the election made in the prior Plan Year, the plan coverage change rules described in IRS Notice 98-1 (or other successor guidance) will apply in determining the ADP and ACP for the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group. 


17.6 


Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan Provisions. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, the ADP Test described in Section 17.2 is deemed to be satisfied for any Plan Year in which the Plan qualifies as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. In addition, if Employer Matching Contributions are made for such Plan Year, the ACP Test is deemed satisfied with respect to such contributions if the conditions of subsection (c) below are satisfied. To qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the requirements under this Section 17.6 must be satisfied for the entire Plan Year. This Section contains the rules that must be met for the Plan to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. 


Part 4E of the Agreement allows the Employer to designate the manner in which it will comply with the safe harbor requirements. If the Employer wishes to designate the Plan as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, it should complete Part 4E of the Agreement. The safe harbor provisions described in this Section are not applicable unless the Plan is identified as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan under Part 4E. The election under Part 4E to be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan is effective for all Plan Years beginning with the Effective Date of the Plan (or January 1, 1999, if later) unless the Employer elects otherwise under Appendix B-5.b. of the Agreement. In addition, to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Current Year Testing Method (as described in Section 17.3(a)(2)) must be elected under Part 4F, #31 of the Agreement. (See Section 20.7 for rules regarding the application
of the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provisions for Plan Years beginning before the date this Plan is adopted.) 


(a) 


Safe harbor conditions. To qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Plan must satisfy the requirements under subsections (1), (2), (3) and (4) below. 


(1) 


Safe Harbor Contribution. The Employer must provide a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution or a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution under the Plan. The Employer must designate the type and amount of the Safe Harbor Contribution under Part 4E of the Agreement. The Safe Harbor Contribution must be made to the Plan no later than 12 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






102 














months following the close of the Plan Year for which it is being used to qualify the Plan as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. 


The Employer may elect under Part 4E, #30 of the Agreement to provide the Safe Harbor Contribution to all Eligible Participants or only to Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under Part 4E, #30.c. to provide the Safe Harbor Contribution to all Nonhighly Compensated Employees who are Eligible Participants and all Highly Compensated Employees who are Eligible Participants but who are not Key Employees. This permits a Plan providing the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution to use such amounts to satisfy the top-heavy minimum contribution requirements under Article 16. 


In determining who is an Eligible Participant for purposes of the Safe Harbor Contribution, the eligibility conditions applicable to Section 401(k) Deferrals under Part 1, #5 of the Agreement apply. However, the Employer may elect under Part 4E, #30.d. to apply a one Year of Service (as defined in Section 1.4(b)) and an age 21 eligibility condition for the Safe Harbor Contribution, regardless of the eligibility conditions selected for Section 401(k) Deferrals under Part 1, #5 of the Agreement. Unless elected otherwise under Part 2, #8.f., column (1) of the Agreement, the special eligibility rule under Part 4E, #30.d. will be applied as if the Employer elected under Part 2, #7.a., column (1) and Part 2, #8.a., column (1) of the Agreement to use semi-annual Entry Dates following completion of the minimum age and service conditions. The Employer may further modify the eligibility conditions applicable






to Safe Harbor Contributions under Part 1, #5.f., column (1) of the Agreement so that the Safe Harbor Contribution is provided only under a properly disaggregated portion of the Plan, as described in Section 17.5(c)(3). 


(i) 


Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. The Employer may elect under Part 4E, #27 of the Agreement to make the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution with respect to each Eligible Participant's applicable contributions. For this purpose, an Eligible Participant's applicable contributions are the total Section 401(k) Deferrals and Employee After-Tax Contributions the Eligible Participant makes under the Plan. However, the Employer may elect under Part 4E, #27.d. to exclude Employee After-Tax Contributions from the definition of applicable contributions for purposes of applying the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula. 


The Safe Harbor Matching Contribution may be made under a basic formula or an enhanced formula. The basic formula under Part 4E, #27.a. provides an Employer Matching Contribution that equals: 


(A)


100% of the amount of a Participant's applicable contributions that do not exceed 3% of the Participant's Included Compensation, plus 


(B)


50% of the amount of a Participant's applicable contributions that exceed 3%, but do not exceed 5%, of the Participant's Included Compensation. 


The enhanced formula under Part 4E, #27.b. provides an Employer Matching Contribution that is not less, at each level of applicable contributions, than the amount required under the basic formula. Under the enhanced formula, the rate of Employer Matching Contributions may not increase as an Employee's rate of applicable contributions increase. 


The Plan will not fail to be a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan merely because Highly Compensated Employees also receive a contribution under the Plan. However, an Employer Matching Contribution will not satisfy this Section if any Highly Compensated Employee is eligible for a higher rate of Employer Matching Contribution than is provided for any Nonhighly Compensated Employee who has the same rate of applicable contributions. 


In applying the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution formula under Part 4E, #27 of the Agreement, the Employer may elect under Part 4E, #27.c.(1) to determine the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution on the basis of all applicable contributions a Participant makes during the Plan Year. Alternatively, the Employer may elect under Part 4E, #27.c.(2) – (4) to determine the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution on a payroll, monthly, or quarterly basis. If the Employer elects to use a period other than the Plan Year, the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





103 














with respect to a payroll period must be deposited into the Plan by the last day of the Plan Year quarter following the Plan Year quarter for which the applicable contributions are made. 


In addition to the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, an Employer may elect under Part 4B of the Agreement to make Employer Matching Contributions that are subject to the normal vesting schedule and distribution rules applicable to Employer Matching Contributions. See subsection (c) below for a discussion of the effect of such additional Employer Matching Contributions on the ACP Test. 


The Employer may amend the Plan during the Plan Year to reduce or eliminate the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution elected under Part 4B of the Agreement, provided a supplemental notice is given to all Eligible Participants explaining the consequences and effective date of the amendment, and that such Eligible Participants have a reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period) to change their Section 401(k) Deferral and/or Employee After-Tax Contribution elections, as applicable. The amendment reducing or eliminating the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution must be effective no earlier than the later of: (A) 30 days after Eligible Participants are given the supplemental notice or (B) the date the amendment is adopted. Eligible Participants must be given a reasonable opportunity (and reasonable period) prior to the reduction or elimination of the Safe Harbor Matching
Contribution to change their Section 401(k) Deferral or Employee After-Tax Contribution elections, as applicable. If the Employer amends the Plan to reduce or eliminate the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, the Plan is subject to the ADP Test and ACP Test for the entire Plan Year. 


(ii) 


Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. The Employer may elect under Part 4E, #28 of the Agreement to make a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution of at least 3% of Included Compensation. The Employer may elect under Part 4E, #28.b. to retain discretion to increase the amount of the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution in excess of the percentage designated under Part 4E, #28. 


In addition, the Employer may provide for additional discretionary Employer Nonelective Contributions under Part 4C of the Agreement (in addition to the Safe Harbor Contribution under this Section) which are subject to the normal vesting schedule and distribution rules applicable to Employer Nonelective Contributions. 


(A) 


Supplemental notice. The Employer may elect under Part 4E, #28.a. of the Agreement to provide the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution authorized under Part 4E, #28 only if the Employer provides a supplemental notice to Participants indicating its intention to provide such Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. If Part 4E, #28.a. is selected, to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan under Part 4E, the Employer must notify its Eligible Employees in the annual notice described in subsection (4) below that the Employer may provide the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution authorized under Part 4E, #28 of the Agreement and that a supplemental notice will be provided at least 30 days prior to the last day of the Plan Year if the Employer decides to make the Safe Harbor
Nonelective Contribution. The supplemental notice indicating the Employer's intention to make the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution must be provided no later than 30 days prior to the last day of the Plan Year for the Plan to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. If the Employer selects Part 4E, #28.a. of the Agreement but does not provide the supplemental notice in accordance with this paragraph, the Employer is not obligated to make such contribution and the Plan does not qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. The Plan will qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for subsequent Plan Years if the appropriate notices are provided for such years. 


(B) 


Separate Plan. The Employer may elect under Part 4E, #28.c. of the Agreement to provide the Employer Nonelective Contribution under another Defined Contribution Plan maintained by the Employer. The Employer Nonelective Contribution under such other plan must satisfy the conditions under this Section 17.6 for this Plan to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






104 













				
	(I) 

	
Profit sharing plan Agreement. If the Plan designated under Part 4E,
#28.c. is a profit sharing plan Agreement under a comparable Plan, the Employer must select Part 4, #12.f. under the profit sharing
plan Agreement. The Employer may elect to provide other Employer Contributions under Part 4, #12 of the profit sharing plan
Agreement, however, the first amounts allocated under the profit sharing plan Agreement will be the Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contribution required under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement. Any Employer Contributions designated under Part 4, #12
of the profit sharing plan Agreement are in addition to the Safe Harbor Contribution required under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan
Agreement. (If the only Employer Contribution to be made under the profit sharing plan Agreement is the Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contribution, no other selection need be completed under Part 4 of the profit sharing plan Agreement (other than Part 4, #12.f. of
the Agreement).)

	 
		
If the Employer elects to provide the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution
under the profit sharing plan Agreement, the Employer must select either the Pro Rata Allocation Method under Part 4, #13.a. or the
Permitted Disparity Method under Part 4, #13.b. of the profit sharing plan Agreement. If the Employer elects the Pro Rata Allocation
Method, the first amounts allocated under the Pro Rata Allocation Method will be deemed to be the Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contribution as required under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement. To the extent required under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan
Agreement, such amounts are subject to the conditions for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions described in subsections (2) –
(4) below, without regard to any contrary elections under the Agreement. 

	 
		
If the Employer elects the Permitted Disparity Method, the Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contribution required under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement will be allocated before applying the Permitted Disparity
Method of allocation. To the extent required under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement, such amounts are subject to the
conditions for Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions described in subsections (2) – (4) below without regard to any contrary
elections under the Agreement. If additional amounts are contributed under the profit sharing plan Agreement, such amounts will be
allocated under the Permitted Disparity Method. The Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution may not be taken into account in applying
the Permitted Disparity Method  of allocation. 


	 
		Comparable rules apply if the profit sharing plan is maintained under a Profit
Sharing/401(k) Agreement. 


	 
	(II) 

	Money purchase plan Agreement. If the Plan designated under Part 4E,
#28.c. is a money purchase plan Agreement under a comparable Plan, the Employer must select Part 4, #12.f. under the money purchase
plan Agreement. The Employer may elect to provide other Employer Contributions under Part 4, #12 of the money purchase plan
Agreement, however, the first amounts allocated under the money purchase plan Agreement will be the Safe Harbor Nonelective
Contribution required under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement. Any Employer Contributions designated under Part 4, #12 of the
money purchase plan Agreement are in addition to the Safe Harbor Contribution. (If the only Employer Contribution to be made under
the money purchase plan Agreement is the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution, no other selection need be completed under Part 4 of
the money 







	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 



105 















purchase plan Agreement (other than Part 4, #12.f. of the Agreement).) 


If the Employer elects to make a Safe Harbor Contribution under the money purchase plan Agreement, the first amounts
allocated under the Plan will be deemed to be the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution as required under the Profit Sharing/401(k)
plan Agreement. Such amounts will be allocated equally to all Eligible Participants as defined under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan
Agreement. To the extent required under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement, such amounts are subject to the conditions for
Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions described in subsections (2) – (4) below, without regard to any contrary elections under
the Agreement. If the Employer elects the Permitted Disparity Method of contribution, the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution
required under the Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement will be allocated before applying the Permitted Disparity Method. The Safe
Harbor Nonelective Contribution may not be taken into account in applying the Permitted Disparity Method of contribution. 


(C) 


Elimination of Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. The Employer may
amend the Plan during the Plan Year to reduce or eliminate the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution elected under Part 4C of the
Agreement. The Employer must notify all Eligible Participants of the amendment and must provide each Eligible Participants with a
reasonable opportunity (including a reasonable period) to change their Section 401(k) Deferral and/or Employee After-Tax
Contribution elections, as applicable. The amendment reducing or eliminating the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution must be
effective no earlier than the later of: (A) 30 days after Eligible Participants are notified of the amendment or (B) the date the
amendment is adopted. If the Employer reduces or eliminates the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution during the Plan Year, the Plan
is subject to the ADP Test (and ACP Test, if applicable) for the entire Plan Year. 


(2) 


Full and immediate
vesting. The Safe Harbor Contribution under subsection (1) above must be 100% vested,
regardless of the Employee's length of service, at the time the contribution is made to the Plan. Any additional amounts contributed
under the Plan may be subject to a vesting schedule. 


(3) 


Distribution
restrictions. Distributions of the Safe Harbor Contribution under subsection (1) must be
restricted in the same manner as Section 401(k) Deferrals under Article 8, except that such contributions may not be distributed
upon Hardship. See Section 8.6(c). 


(4) 


Annual notice. Each Eligible Participant under the Plan must receive a
written notice describing the Participant's rights and obligations under the Plan, including a description of: (i) the Safe Harbor
Contribution formula being used under the Plan; (ii) any other contributions under the Plan; (iii) the plan to which the Safe Harbor
Contributions will be made (if different from this Plan); (iv) the type and amount of Included Compensation that may be deferred
under the Plan; (v) the administrative requirements for making and changing Section 401(k) Deferral elections; and (vi) the
withdrawal and vesting provisions under the Plan. For any Plan Year that began in 1999, the notice requirements described in this
paragraph are deemed satisfied if the notice provided satisfied a reasonable, good faith interpretation of the notice requirements
under Code §401(k)(12). (See subsection (1)(ii) above for a special supplemental notice that may need to be provided to qualify
as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan.) 


Each Eligible Participant must receive the annual notice within a reasonable period before the beginning of the Plan
Year (or within a reasonable period before an Employee becomes an Eligible Participant, if later). For this purpose, an Employee
will be deemed to have received the notice in a timely manner if the Employee receives such notice at least 30 days and no more than
90 days before the beginning of the Plan Year. For an Employee who becomes an Eligible Participant during a Plan Year, the notice
will be deemed timely if it is provided no more than 90 days prior to the date the Employee becomes an Eligible Participant. For
Plan Years that began on or before April 1, 1999, the 




				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






106 














notice requirement under this subsection will be satisfied if the notice was provided by March 1, 1999. If an
Employer first designates the Plan as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for a Plan Year that begins on or after January 1, 2000 and on or
before June 1, 2000, the notice requirement under this subsection will be satisfied if the notice was provided by May 1, 2000. 


(b) 


Deemed compliance with
ADP Test. If the Plan satisfies all the conditions under subsection (a) above to qualify
as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Plan is deemed to satisfy the ADP Test for the Plan Year. This Plan will not be deemed to satisfy
the ADP Test for a Plan Year if an Eligible Participant is covered under another Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan maintained by the Employer
which uses the provisions under this Section to comply with the ADP Test. 


(c) 


Deemed compliance with
ACP Test. If the Plan satisfies all the conditions under subsection (a) above to qualify
as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Plan is deemed to satisfy the ACP Test for the Plan Year with respect to Employer Matching
Contributions (including Employer Matching Contributions that are not used to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan), provided the
following conditions are satisfied. If the Plan does not satisfy the requirements under this subsection (c) for a Plan Year, the
Plan must satisfy the ACP Test for such Plan Year in accordance with subsection (d) below. 


(1) 


Only Employer Matching
Contributions are Safe Harbor Matching Contributionsunder basic formula. If the only
Employer Matching Contribution formula provided under the Plan is a basic safe harbor formula under Part 4E, #27.a. of the
Agreement, the Plan is deemed to satisfy the ACP Test, without regard to the conditions under subsections (2) – (5) below. 


(2) 


Limit on contributions
eligible for Employer Matching Contributions. If Employer Matching Contributions are
provided (other than just Employer Matching Contributions under a basic safe harbor formula) the total Employer Matching
Contributions provided under the Plan (whether or not such Employer Matching Contributions are provided under a Safe Harbor Matching
Contribution formula) must not apply to any Section 401(k) Deferrals or Employee After-Tax Contributions that exceed 6% of Included
Compensation. If an Employer Matching Contribution formula applies to both Section 401(k) Deferrals and Employee After-Tax
Contributions, then the sum of such contributions that exceed 6% of Included Compensation must be disregarded under the formula.



(3) 


Limit on discretionary
Employer Matching Contributions. For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1999, the
Plan will not satisfy the ACP Safe Harbor if the Employer elects to provide discretionary Employer Matching Contributions in
addition to the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution, unless the Employer limits the aggregate amount of such discretionary Employer
Matching Contributions under Part 4B, #16.b. to no more than 4 percent of the Employee's Included Compensation. 


(4) 


Rate of Employer Matching
Contribution may not increase. The Employer Matching Contribution formula may not provide
a higher rate of match at higher levels of Section 401(k) Deferrals or Employee After-Tax Contributions. 


(5) 


Limit on Employer
Matching Contributions for Highly Compensated Employees. The Employer Matching
Contributions made for any Highly Compensated Employee at any rate of Section 401(k) Deferrals and/or Employee After-Tax
Contributions cannot be greater than the Employer Matching Contributions provided for any Nonhighly Compensated Employee at the same
rate of Section 401(k) Deferrals and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions. 


(6) 


Employee After-Tax
Contributions. If the Plan permits Employee After-Tax Contributions, such contributions
must satisfy the ACP Test, regardless of whether the Employer Matching Contributions under Plan are deemed to satisfy the ACP Test
under this subsection (c). The ACP Test must be performed in accordance with subsection (d) below. 


(d) 


Rules for applying the
ACP Test. If the ACP Test must be performed under a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, either
because there are Employee After-Tax Contributions, or because the Employer Matching Contributions do not satisfy the conditions
described in subsection (c) above, the Current Year Testing Method must be used to perform such test, even if the Agreement
specifies that the Prior Year Testing Method applies. In addition, the testing rules provided in IRS Notice 98-52 (or any successor
guidance) are applicable in applying the ACP Test. 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





107 














(e) 


Aggregated plans.
If the Plan is aggregated with another plan under Section 17.5(a) or (b), then the Plan
is not a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan unless the conditions of this Section are satisfied on an aggregated basis. 


(f) 


First year of
plan. To qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the Plan Year must be a 12-month period,
except for the first year of the Plan, in which case the Plan may have a short Plan Year. In no case may the Plan have a short Plan
Year of less than 3 months. 


If the Plan has an initial Plan Year that is less than 12 months, for purposes of applying
the Annual Additions Limitation under Article 7, the Limitation Year will be the 12-month period ending on the last day of the short
Plan Year. Thus, no proration of the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation will be required. (See Section 7.4(e).) In addition, the
Employer's Included Compensation will be determined for the 12-month period ending on the last day of the short Plan Year. 


17.7 


Definitions. The following definitions apply for purposes of applying
the provisions of this Article 17. 


(a) 


ACP - Average
Contribution Percentage. The ACP for a group is the average of the contribution
percentages calculated separately for each Eligible Participant in the group. An Eligible Participant's contribution percentage is
the ratio of the contributions made on behalf of the Participant that are included under the ACP Test, expressed as a percentage of
the Participant's Testing Compensation for the Plan Year. For this purpose, the contributions included under the ACP Test are the
sum of the Employee After-Tax Contributions, Employer Matching Contributions, and QMACs (to the extent not taken into account for
purposes of the ADP test) made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for the Plan Year. The ACP may also include other
contributions as provided in Section 17.3(c), if applicable. 


(b) 


ADP - Average Deferral
Percentage. The ADP for a group is the average of the deferral percentages calculated
separately for each Eligible Participant in the group. A Participant's deferral percentage is the ratio of the Participant's
deferral contributions expressed as a percentage of the Participant's Testing Compensation for the Plan Year. For this purpose, a
Participant's deferral contributions include any Section 401(k) Deferrals made pursuant to the Participant's deferral election,
including Excess Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees (but excluding Excess Deferrals of Nonhighly Compensated Employees). The
ADP may also include other contributions as provided in Section 17.2(c), if applicable. 


In determining a Participant's
deferral percentage for the Plan Year, a deferral contribution may be taken into account only if such contribution is allocated to
the Participant's Account as of a date within the Plan Year. For this purpose, a deferral contribution may only be allocated to a
Participant's Account within a particular Plan Year if the deferral contribution is actually paid to the Trust no later than the end
of the 12-month period immediately following that Plan Year and the deferral contribution relates to Included Compensation
that (1) would otherwise have been received by the Participant in that Plan Year or (2) is attributable to services performed in
that Plan Year and would otherwise have been received by the Participant within 21⁄2 months after the close of that Plan Year. No
formal election need be made by the Employer to use the 21⁄2-month rule described in the preceding sentence. However, deferral
contributions may only be taken into account for a single Plan Year. 


(c) 


Excess Aggregate
Contributions. Excess Aggregate Contributions for a Plan Year are the amounts contributed
on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employees that exceed the maximum amount permitted under the ACP Test for such Plan Year. The
total dollar amount of Excess Aggregate Contributions for a Plan Year is determined by calculating the amount that would have to be
distributed to the Highly Compensated Employees if the distributions were made first to the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the
highest contribution percentage until either: 


(1)


the adjusted ACP for the Highly
Compensated Employee Group would reach a percentage that satisfies the ACP Test, or 


(2)


the
contribution percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest contribution percentage would be reached. 


This process is repeated until the adjusted ACP for the Highly Compensated Employee Group
would satisfy the ACP Test. The total dollar amount so determined is then divided among the Highly Compensated Employee Group in the
manner described in Section 17.3(d)(1) to determine the actual corrective distributions to be made. 


(d) 


Excess Contributions. Excess
Contributions for a Plan Year are the amounts taken into account in computing the ADP of the Highly Compensated Employees that
exceed the maximum amount 




				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






108 














permitted under the ADP Test for such Plan Year. The total dollar amount of Excess Contributions for a Plan Year is determined by calculating the amount that would have to be distributed to the Highly Compensated Employees if the distributions were made first to the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the highest deferral percentage until either:  


(1)


the adjusted ADP for the Highly Compensated Employee Group would reach a percentage that satisfies the ADP Test, or 


(2)


the deferral percentage of the Highly Compensated Employee(s) with the next highest deferral percentage would be reached. 


This process is repeated until the adjusted ADP for the Highly Compensated Employee Group would satisfy the ADP test. The total dollar amount so determined is then divided among the Highly Compensated Employee Group in the manner described in Section 17.2(d)(1) to determine the actual corrective distributions to be made. 


(e) 


Highly Compensated Employee Group. The Highly Compensated Employee Group is the group of Eligible Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year. An Employee who makes a one-time irrevocable election not to participate in accordance with Section 


1.10 (if authorized under Part 13, #75.a. of the Agreement) will not be treated as an Eligible Participant. 


(f) 


Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group. The Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group is the group of Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the applicable Plan Year. If the Prior Year Testing Method is selected under Part 4F of the Agreement, the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group is the group of Eligible Participants in the prior Plan Year who were Nonhighly Compensated Employees for that year. If the Current Year Testing Method is selected under Part 4F of the Agreement, the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group is the group of Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees for the current Plan Year. An Employee who makes a one-time irrevocable election not to participate in accordance with Section 1.10 (if authorized under Part 13, #75.a. of the Agreement) will not be treated as an Eligible Participant. 


(g) 


QMACs – Qualified Matching Contribution. To the extent authorized under Part 4B, #18 of the Agreement, QMACs are Employer Matching Contributions which are 100% vested when contributed to the Plan and are subject to the distribution restrictions applicable to Section 401(k) Deferrals under Article 8, except that no portion of a Participant's QMAC Account may be distributed from the Plan on account of Hardship. See Section 8.6(c). 


(h) 


QNECs – Qualified Nonelective Contributions. To the extent authorized under Part 4C, #22 of the Agreement, QNECs are Employer Nonelective Contributions which are 100% vested when contributed to the Plan and are subject to the distribution restrictions applicable to Section 401(k) Deferrals under Article 8, except that no portion of a Participant's QNEC Account may be distributed from the Plan on account of Hardship. See Section 8.6(c). 


(i) 


Testing Compensation. In determining the Testing Compensation used for purposes of applying the ADP Test, the ACP Test, and the Multiple Use Test, the Plan Administrator is not bound by any elections made under Part 3 of the Agreement with respect to Total Compensation or Included Compensation under the Plan. The Plan Administrator may determine on an annual basis (and within its discretion) the components of Testing Compensation for purposes of applying the ADP Test, the ACP Test and the Multiple Use Test. Testing Compensation must qualify as a nondiscriminatory definition of compensation under Code §414(s) and the regulations thereunder and must be applied consistently to all Participants. Testing Compensation may be determined over the Plan Year for which the applicable test is being performed or the calendar year ending within such Plan Year. In
determining Testing Compensation, the Plan Administrator may take into consideration only the compensation received while the Employee is an Eligible Participant under the component of the Plan being tested. In no event may Testing Compensation for any Participant exceed the Compensation Dollar Limitation defined in Section 22.32. In determining Testing Compensation, the Plan Administrator may exclude amounts paid to an individual as severance pay to the extent such amounts are paid after the common-law employment relationship between the individual and the Employer has terminated, provided such amounts also are excluded in determining Total Compensation under 22.197. 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





109 














ARTICLE 18 


PLAN AMENDMENTS AND TERMINATION 


This Article contains the rules regarding the ability of the Employer to make Plan amendments and the effect of such amendments on the Plan. This Article also contains the rules for administering the Plan upon termination and the effect of Plan termination on Participants' benefits and distribution rights. 


18.1 


Plan Amendments. 


(a) 


Reserved . 


(b) 


Amendment by the Employer. The Employer shall have the right at any time to amend the Agreement and the Basic Plan Document in the following manner. (The ability to amend the Plan as authorized under this Section applies only to the Employer that executes the Signature Page of the Agreement. Except as otherwise provided, any amendment to the Plan by the Employer under this Section also applies to any Related Employer that participates under the Plan as a Co-Sponsor and to any Participating Employer.)  A Participating Employer shall have the right to amend a Participating Employer Adoption Page. 


(1)


The Employer may change any optional selections under the Agreement. 


(2)


The Employer may add additional language where authorized under the Agreement, including language necessary to satisfy Code §415 or Code §416 due to the aggregation of multiple plans. 


(3)


The Employer may change the administrative selections under Part 12 of the Agreement by replacing the appropriate page(s) within the Agreement. Such amendment does not require reexecution of the Signature Page of the Agreement. 


(4)


The Employer may add any model amendments published by the IRS. 


(5)


The Employer may adopt any amendments that it deems necessary to satisfy the requirements for resolving qualification failures under the IRS' compliance resolution programs. 


(6)


The Employer may adopt an amendment to cure a coverage or nondiscrimination testing failure, as permitted under applicable Treasury regulations. 


The Employer may amend the Plan at any time for any other reason. 


The Employer's amendment of the Plan from one type of Defined Contribution Plan (e.g., a money purchase plan) into another type of Defined Contribution Plan (e.g., a profit sharing plan) will not result in a partial termination or any other event that would require full vesting of some or all Plan Participants. 


Any amendment that affects the rights, duties or responsibilities of the Trustee or Plan Administrator may only be made with the Trustee's or Plan Administrator's written consent. Any amendment to the Plan must be in writing and a copy of the resolution (or similar instrument) setting forth such amendment (with the applicable effective date of such amendment) must be delivered to the Trustee. 


No amendment may authorize or permit any portion of the assets held under the Plan to be used for or diverted to a purpose other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries, except to the extent such assets are used to pay taxes or administrative expenses of the Plan. An amendment also may not cause or permit any portion of the assets held under the Plan to revert to or become property of the Employer. 


(c) 


Protected Benefits. Except as permitted under statute (such as Code §412(c)(8)), regulations (such as Treas. Reg. §1.411(d)-4), or other IRS guidance of general applicability, no Plan amendment (or other transaction having the effect of a Plan amendment, such as a merger, acquisition, plan transfer, or similar transaction) may reduce a Participant's Account Balance or eliminate or reduce a Protected Benefit to the extent such Protected Benefit relates to amounts accrued prior to the adoption date (or effective date, if later) of the Plan amendment. For this purpose, Protected Benefits include any early retirement benefits, retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms of benefit (as defined under the regulations). If the adoption of this Plan will result in the elimination of a Protected Benefit, the
Employer may preserve such Protected Benefit by 




				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






110 














identifying the Protected Benefit under Part 13, #58 of the Agreement [Part 13, #76 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. Failure to identify Protected Benefits under the Agreement will not override the requirement that such Protected Benefits be preserved under this Plan. The availability of each optional form of benefit under the Plan must not be subject to Employer discretion. 


Effective for amendments adopted and effective on or after September 6, 2000, if the Plan is a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) plan, the Employer may eliminate all annuity and installment forms of distribution (including the QJSA form of benefit to the extent the Plan is not required to offer such form of benefit under Article 9), provided the Plan offers a single-sum distribution option that is available at the same time as the annuity or installment options that are being eliminated. If the Plan is a money purchase plan or a target benefit plan, the Employer may not eliminate the QJSA form of benefit. However, the Employer may eliminate all other annuity and installment forms of distribution, provided the Plan offers a single-sum distribution option that is available at the same time as the annuity or installment options that are being eliminated. Any amendment eliminating
an annuity or installment form of distribution may not be effective until the earlier of: (1) the date which is the 90th day following the date a summary of the amendment is furnished to the Participant which satisfies the requirements under DOL Reg. §2520.104b-3 or (2) the first day of the second Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is adopted. 


18.2 


Plan Termination. The Employer may terminate this Plan at any time by delivering to the Trustee and Plan Administrator written notice of such termination. 


(a) 


Full and immediate vesting. Upon a full or partial termination of the Plan (or in the case of a profit sharing plan, the complete discontinuance of contributions), all amounts credited to an affected Participant's Account become 100% vested, regardless of the Participant's vested percentage determined under Article 4. The Plan Administrator has discretion to determine whether a partial termination has occurred. 


(b) 


Distribution procedures.
Upon the termination of the Plan, the Plan Administrator shall direct the distribution of
Plan assets to Participants in accordance with the provisions under Article 8. For this purpose, distribution shall be made to
Participants with vested Account Balances of $5,000 or less in lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following the Plan
termination, regardless of any contrary election under Part 9, #34 of the Agreement [Part 9, #52 of the Profit Sharing/401(k)
Agreement]. For Participants with vested Account Balances in excess of $5,000, distribution will be made through the purchase of
deferred annuity contracts which protect all Protected Benefits under the Plan, unless a Participant elects to receive an immediate
distribution in any form of payment permitted under the Plan. If an immediate distribution is elected in a form other than a lump
sum, the distribution will be satisfied through the purchase of an immediate annuity contract. Distributions will be made as soon as
administratively feasible following the Plan termination, regardless of any contrary election under Part 9, #33 of the Agreement
[Part 9, #51 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. The references in this paragraph to $5,000 shall be deemed to mean $3,500,
prior to the time the $5,000 threshold becomes effective under the Plan (as determined in Section 8.3(f)). 


For purposes of applying the provisions of this subsection (b), distribution may be delayed until the Employer
receives a favorable determination letter from the IRS as to the qualified status of the Plan upon termination, provided the
determination letter request is made within a reasonable period following the termination of the Plan. 


(1) 


Special rule for certain profit sharing plans. If this Plan is a profit sharing plan, distribution will be made to all Participants, without consent, as soon as administratively feasible following the termination of the Plan, without regard to the value of the Participants' vested Account Balance. This special rule applies only if the Plan does not provide for an annuity option under Part 11 of the Agreement and the Employer does not maintain any other Defined Contribution Plan (other than an ESOP) at any time between the termination of the Plan and the distribution. 


(2) 


Special rule for 401(k) plans. Section 401(k) Deferrals, QMACs, QNECs, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions under a 401(k) plan (as well as transferred assets (see Section 3.3(c)(3)) which are subject to the distribution restrictions applicable to Section 401(k) Deferrals) may be distributed in a lump sum upon Plan termination only if the Employer does not maintain a Successor Plan at any time during the period beginning on the date of termination and ending 12 months after the final distribution of all Plan assets. For this purpose, a Successor Plan is any Defined Contribution Plan, other than an ESOP (as defined in Code §4975(e)(7)), a SEP (as defined in Code §408(k)), or a SIMPLE IRA (as defined in Code §408(p)). A plan will not be considered a Successor Plan, if at all times during the 24-month period
beginning 12 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





111 














months before the Plan termination, fewer than 2% of the Eligible Participants under the 401(k) plan are eligible under such plan. A distribution of these contributions may be made to the extent another distribution event permits distribution of such amounts. 


(3) 


Plan termination not distribution event if assets are transferred to another Plan. If, pursuant to the termination of the Plan, the Employer enters into a transfer agreement to transfer the assets of the terminated Plan to another plan maintained by the Employer (or by a successor employer in a transaction involving the acquisition of the Employer's stock or assets, or other similar transaction), the termination of the Plan is not a distribution event and the distribution procedures above do not apply. Prior to the transfer of the assets, distribution of a Participant's Account Balance may be made from the terminated Plan only to a Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) who is otherwise eligible for distribution without regard to the Plan's termination. Otherwise, benefits will be distributed from the transferee plan
in accordance with the terms of that plan (subject to the protection of any Protected Benefits that must be continued with respect to the transferred assets). 


(c) 


Termination upon merger, liquidation or dissolution of the Employer. The Plan shall terminate upon the liquidation or dissolution of the Employer or the death of the Employer (if the Employer is a sole proprietor) provided however, that in any such event, arrangements may be made for the Plan to be continued by any successor to the Employer. 


18.3 


Merger or Consolidation. In the event the Plan is merged or consolidated with another plan, each Participant must be entitled to a benefit immediately after such merger or consolidation that is at least equal to the benefit the Participant would have been entitled to had the Plan terminated immediately before such merger or consolidation. (See Section 4.1(d) for rules regarding vesting following a merger or consolidation.) The Employer may authorize the Trustee to enter into a merger agreement with the Trustee of another plan to effect such merger or consolidation. A merger agreement entered into by the Trustee is not part of this Plan. (See Section 3.3 for the applicable rules where amounts are transferred to this Plan from another plan.) 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






112 














ARTICLE 19 


MISCELLANEOUS 


This Article contains miscellaneous provisions concerning the Employer's and Participants' rights and responsibilities under the Plan. 


19.1 


Exclusive Benefit. Except as provided under Section 19.2, no part of the Plan assets (including any corpus or income of the Trust) may revert to the Employer prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan nor will such Plan assets be used for, or diverted to, a purpose other than the exclusive benefit of Participants or their Beneficiaries. 


19.2


Return of Employer Contributions. Upon written request by the Employer, the Trustee must return any Employer Contributions provided that the circumstances and the time frames described below are satisfied. The Trustee may request the Employer to provide additional information to ensure the amounts may be properly returned. Any amounts returned shall not include earnings, but must be reduced by any losses. 


(a) 


Mistake of fact. Any Employer Contributions made because of a mistake of fact must be returned to the Employer within one year of the contribution. 


(b) 


Disallowance of deduction. Employer Contributions to the Trust are made with the understanding that they are deductible. In the event the deduction of an Employer Contribution is disallowed by the IRS, such contribution (to the extent disallowed) must be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. 


(c) 


Failure to initially
qualify. Employer Contributions to the Plan are made with the understanding, in the case
of a new Plan, that the Plan satisfies the qualification requirements of Code §401(a) as of the Plan's Effective Date. In the
event that the Internal Revenue Service determines that the Plan is not initially qualified under the Code, any Employer
Contributions (and allocable earnings) made incident to that initial qualification must be returned to the Employer within one year
after the date the initial qualification is denied, but only if the application for the qualification is made by the time prescribed
by law for filing the employer's return for the taxable year in which the plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of
the Treasury may prescribe. 


19.3


Alienation or Assignment. Except as permitted under applicable statute or regulation, a Participant or Beneficiary may not assign, alienate, transfer or sell any right or claim to a benefit or distribution from the Plan, and any attempt to assign, alienate, transfer or sell such a right or claim shall be void, except as permitted by statute or regulation. Any such right or claim under the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, execution, garnishment, sequestration, or other legal or equitable process. This prohibition against alienation or assignment also applies to the creation, assignment, or recognition of a right to a benefit payable with respect to a Participant pursuant to a domestic relations order, unless such order is determined to be a QDRO pursuant to Section 11.5, or any domestic relations order entered before
January 1, 1985. 


19.4 


Participants' Rights. The adoption of this Plan by the Employer does not give any Participant, Beneficiary, or Employee a right to continued employment with the Employer and does not affect the Employer's right to discharge an Employee or Participant at any time. This Plan also does not create any legal or equitable rights in favor of any Participant, Beneficiary, or Employee against the Employer, Plan Administrator or Trustee. Unless the context indicates otherwise, any amendment to this Plan is not applicable to determine the benefits accrued (and the extent to which such benefits are vested) by a Participant or former Employee whose employment terminated before the effective date of such amendment, except where application of such amendment to the terminated Participant or former Employee is required by statute, regulation or
o




ther guidance of general applicability. Where the provisions of the Plan are ambiguous as to the application of an amendment to a terminated Participant or former Employee, the Plan Administrator has the authority to make a final determination on the proper interpretation of the Plan. 


19.5 


Military Service. To the extent required under Code §414(u), an Employee who returns to employment with the Employer following a period of qualified military service will receive any contributions, benefits and service credit required under Code §414(u), provided the Employee satisfies all applicable requirements under the Code and regulations. 


19.6 


Reserved. 


19.7


 Annuity Contract. Any annuity contract distributed under the Plan must be nontransferable. In addition, the terms of any annuity contract purchased and distributed to a Participant or to a Participant's spouse must comply with all requirements under this Plan. 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





113 














19.8 


Use of IRS compliance programs. Nothing in this Plan document should be construed to limit the availability of the IRS' voluntary compliance programs, including the IRS Administrative Policy Regarding Self-Correction (APRSC) program. An Employer may take whatever corrective actions are permitted under the IRS voluntary compliance programs, as is deemed appropriate by the Plan Administrator or Employer. 


19.9 


Reserved. 


19.10 


Governing Law. The provisions of this Plan shall be construed, administered, and enforced in accordance with the provisions of applicable Federal Law and, to the extent applicable, the laws of the state in which the Employer has its principal place of business. The foregoing provisions of this Section shall not preclude the Employer and the Trustee from agreeing to a different state law with respect to the construction, administration and enforcement of the Plan. 


19.11 


Waiver of Notice. Any person entitled to a notice under the Plan may waive the right to receive such notice, to the extent such a waiver is not prohibited by law, regulation or other pronouncement. 


19.12 


Use of Electronic Media. The Plan Administrator may use telephonic or electronic media to satisfy any notice requirements required by this Plan, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally applicable guidance). In addition, a Participant's consent to immediate distribution, as required by Article 8, may be provided through telephonic or electronic means, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally applicable guidance). The Plan Administrator also may use telephonic or electronic media to conduct plan transactions such as enrolling participants, making (and changing) salary reduction elections, electing (and changing) investment allocations, applying for Plan loans, and other transactions, to the extent permissible under regulations (or other generally applicable guidance). 


19.13 


Severability of Provisions. In the event that any provision of this Plan shall be held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions under the Plan shall be construed as if the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions had never been included in the Plan. 


19.14 


Binding Effect. The Plan, and all actions and decisions made thereunder, shall be binding upon all applicable parties, and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






114 














ARTICLE 20 


GUST ELECTIONS AND EFFECTIVE DATES 


The provisions of this Plan are generally effective as of the Effective Date designated on the Signature Page of the Agreement. Appendix A of the Agreement also allows for special effective dates for specified provisions of the Plan, which override the general Effective Date under the Agreement.  If this Plan is adopted as an amendment or restatement of a prior plan, the provisions of this Plan apply only to Employees who earn an Hour of Service on or after the Effective Date of this Plan. Any Employee who terminated before the Effective Date of this Plan (and who is not reemployed) is entitled to any benefits only as provided under the provisions of the prior plan as in existence at the time of the Employee's termination of employment. 


Section 22.96 refers to a series of laws that have been enacted since 1994 as the GUST Legislation, for which extended time (known as the remedial amendment period) was provided to Employers to conform their plan documents to such laws. This Article prescribes special effective date rules for conforming plans to the GUST Legislation. 


20.1


GUST Effective Dates. If the Agreement is adopted within the remedial amendment period for the GUST Legislation, and the Plan has not previously been restated to comply with the GUST Legislation, then special effective dates apply to certain provisions. These special effective dates apply to the appropriate provisions of the Plan, even if such special effective dates are earlier than the Effective Date identified on the Signature Page of the Agreement. The Employer may specify in elections provided in Appendix B of the Agreement, how the Plan was operated to comply with the GUST Legislation. Appendix B need only be completed if the Employer operated this Plan in a manner that is different from the default provisions contained in this Plan or the elective choices made under the Agreement. If the Employer did not operate the Plan
in




a manner that is different from the default provisions or elective provisions of the Plan or, if the Plan is not being restated for the first time to comply with the GUST Legislation, and prior amendments or restatements of the Plan satisfied the requirement to amend timely to comply with the GUST Legislation, Appendix B need not be completed and may be removed from the Agreement. 


If one or more qualified retirement plans have been merged into this Plan, the provisions of the merging plan(s) will remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date of the plan merger(s), unless provided otherwise under Appendix A-13 of the Agreement.  If the merging plan(s) have not been amended to comply with the changes required under the GUST Legislation, the merging plan(s) will be deemed amended retroactively for such required changes by operation of this Agreement.  The provisions required by the GUST Legislation (as provided under this BPD and related Agreements) will be effective for purposes of the merging plan(s) as of the same effective date that is specified for that GUST provision in this BPD and Appendix B of the Agreement (even if that date precedes the general Effective Date specified in the Agreement). 


20.2 


Highly Compensated Employee Definition. The definition of Highly Compensated Employee under Section 22.99 is modified effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996. Under the current definition of Highly Compensated Employee, the Employer must designate under the Plan whether it is using the Top-Paid Group Test and whether it is using the Calendar Year Election or, for the 1997 Plan Year, whether it used the Old-Law Calendar Year Election. 


(a) 


Top-Paid Group Test. In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee, the Top-Paid Group Test under Section 22.99(b)(4) does not apply unless the Employer specifically elects under Part 13, #50.a. of the Agreement [Part 13, #68.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to have the Top-Paid Group Test apply. The Employer's election to use or not use the Top-Paid Group Test generally applies for all years beginning with the Effective Date of the Plan (or the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1996, if later). However, because the Employer may not have operated the Plan consistent with this Top-Paid Group Test election for all years prior to the date this Plan restatement is adopted, Appendix B-1.a. of the Agreement also permits the Employer to override the Top-Paid Group Test election under this Plan for specified Plan
Years beginning after December 31, 1996, and before the date this Plan restatement is adopted. 


(b) 


Calendar Year Election. In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee, the Calendar Year Election under Section 22.99(b)(5) does not apply unless the Employer specifically elects under Part 13, #50.b. of the Agreement [Part 13, #68.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to have the Calendar Year Election apply. The Employer's election to use or not use the Calendar Year Election is generally effective for all years beginning with the Effective Date of this Plan (or the first Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1996, if later). However, because the Employer may not have operated the Plan consistent with this Calendar Year Election for all years prior to the date this Plan restatement is adopted, Appendix B-1.b. of the Agreement permits the Employer to override the Calendar Year Election under this Plan for 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





115 














specified Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996, and before the date this Plan restatement is adopted. 


(c) 


Old-Law Calendar Year Election. In determining whether an Employee was a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year beginning in 1997, a special Old-Law Calendar Year Election was available. (See Section 22.99(b)(6) for the definition of the Old-Law Calendar Year Election.) Appendix B-1.c. of the Agreement permits the Employer to designate whether it used the Old-Law Calendar Year Election for the 1997 Plan Year. If the Employer did not use the Old-Law Calendar Year Election, the election in Appendix B-1.c. need not be completed. 


20.3


Required Minimum Distributions. Appendix B-2 of the Agreement permits the Employer to designate how it complied with the GUST Legislation changes to the required minimum distribution rules. Section 10.4 describes the application of the GUST Legislation changes to the required minimum distribution rules. 


20.4 


$5,000 Involuntary Distribution Threshold. For Plan Years beginning on or after August 5, 1997, a Participant (and spouse, if the Joint and Survivor Annuity rules apply under Article 9) must consent to a distribution from the Plan if the Participant's vested Account Balance exceeds $5,000. (See Section 8.3(e) for the applicable rules for determining the value of a Participant's vested Account Balance.) For Plan Years beginning before August 5, 1997, the consent threshold was $3,500 instead of $5,000. 


The increase in the consent threshold to $5,000 is generally effective for Plan Years beginning on or after August 5, 1997. However, because the Employer may not have operated the Plan consistent with the $5,000 threshold for all years prior to the date this Plan restatement was adopted, Appendix B-3.a. of the Agreement permits the Employer to designate the Plan Year during which it began applying the higher $5,000 consent threshold. If the Employer began applying the $5,000 consent threshold for Plan Years beginning on or after August 5, 1997, Appendix B-3.a. need not be completed. If the Employer did not begin using the $5,000 consent threshold until some later date, the Employer must designate the appropriate date in Appendix B-3.a. 


20.5 


Repeal of Family Aggregation for Allocation Purposes. For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, the family aggregation rules were repealed. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, the family aggregation rules required that family members of a Five-Percent Owner or one of the 10 Employees with the highest ownership interest in the Employer were aggregated as a single Highly Compensated Employee for purposes of determining such individuals' share of any contributions under the Plan. In determining the allocation for such aggregated individuals, the Compensation Dollar Limitation (as defined in Section 22.32) was applied on an aggregated basis with respect to the Five-Percent Owner or top-10 owner, his/her spouse, and his/her minor children (under the age of 19). 


The family aggregation rules were repealed effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997. However, because the Employer may not have operated the Plan consistent with the repeal of family aggregation for all years prior to the date this Plan restatement is adopted, Appendix B-3.b. of the Agreement permits the Employer to designate the Plan Year during which it repealed family aggregation for allocation purposes. If the Employer implemented the repeal of family aggregation for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1997, Appendix B-3.b. need not be completed. If the Employer did not implement the repeal of family aggregation until some later date, the Employer must designate the appropriate date in Appendix B-3.b. 


20.6


ADP/ACP Testing Methods. The GUST Legislation modified the nondiscrimination testing rules for Section 401(k) Deferrals, Employer Matching Contributions, and Employee After-Tax Contributions, effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996. For purposes of applying the ADP Test and ACP Test under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, the Employer must designate the testing methodology used for each Plan Year. (See Article 17 for the definition of the ADP Test and the ACP Test and the applicable testing methodology.) 


Part 4F of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement contains elective provisions for the Employer to designate the testing methodology it will use in performing the ADP Test and the ACP Test. Appendix B-5.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement contains elective provisions for the Employer to designate the testing methodology it used for Plan Years that began before the adoption of the Agreement. 


20.7 


Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, the Employer may elect under Part 4E of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to apply the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provisions. To qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for a Plan Year, the Plan must be identified as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for such year. 


If the Employer elects under Part 4E to apply the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provisions, the Plan generally will be considered a Safe Harbor Plan for all Plan Years beginning with the Effective Date of the Plan (or January 1, 1999, if later). Likewise, if the Employer does not elect to apply the Safe Harbor 401(k) 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






116 













provisions, the Plan generally will not be considered a Safe Harbor Plan for such year. However, because the Employer may have operated the Plan as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan for Plan Years prior to the Effective Date of this Plan or may not have operated the Plan consistent with its election under Part 4E to apply (or to not apply) the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provisions for all years prior to the date this Plan restatement is adopted, Appendix B-5.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement permits the Employer to designate any Plan Year in which the Plan was (or was not) a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. Appendix B-5.b. should only be completed if the Employer operated this Plan prior to date it was actually adopted in a manner that is inconsistent with the election made under Part 4E of the Agreement. 

If the Employer elects under Appendix B-5.b. of the Agreement to apply the Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan provisions for any Plan Year beginning prior to the date this Plan is adopted, the Plan must have complied with the requirements under Section 17.6 for such year. The type and amount of the Safe Harbor Contribution for such Plan Year(s) is the type and amount of contribution described in the Participant notice issued pursuant to Section 17.6(a)(4) for such Plan Year. 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





117 














ARTICLE 21 


PARTICIPATION BY RELATED EMPLOYERS (CO-SPONSORS) 


AND RULES PERTAINING TO MULTIPLE EMPLOYER PLANS 


21.1


Co-Sponsor Adoption Page. A Related Employer may elect to participate under this Plan by executing a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page under the Agreement. By executing a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page, the Co-Sponsor adopts all the provisions of the Plan, including the elective choices made by the Employer under the Agreement. The Co-Sponsor is also bound by any amendments made to the Plan in accordance with Article 18. The Co-Sponsor agrees to use the same Trustee as is designated on the Trustee Declaration under the Agreement, except as provided in a separate trust agreement authorized under Article 12. 


21.2 


Participation by Employees of Co-Sponsor. A Related Employer may not contribute to this Plan unless it executes the Co-Sponsor Adoption Page. (See Section 1.3 for a discussion of the eligibility rules as they apply to Employees of Related Employers who do not execute a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page.) However, in applying the provisions of this Plan, Total Compensation (as defined in Section 22.197) includes amounts earned with a Related Employer, regardless of whether such Related Employer executes a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page. The Employer may elect under Part 3, #10.b.(7) of the Agreement [Part 3, #10.i. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to exclude amounts earned with a Related Employer that does not execute a Co-Sponsor Page for purposes of determining an Employee's Included Compensation under the Plan. 


21.3


Allocation of Contributions and Forfeitures. Unless selected otherwise under the Co-Sponsor Adoption Page, any contributions made by a Co-Sponsor (and any forfeitures relating to such contributions) will be allocated to all Eligible Participants employed by the Employer and Co-Sponsors in accordance with the provisions under this Plan. Under the Agreement, a Co-Sponsor may elect under the Co-Sponsor Page to allocate its contributions (and forfeitures relating to such contributions) only to the Eligible Participants employed by the Co-Sponsor making such contributions. If so elected, Employees of the Co-Sponsor will not share in an allocation of contributions (or forfeitures relating to such contributions) made by any other Related Employer (except in such individual's capacity as an Employee of that other Related Employer). Where






contributions are allocated only to the Employees of a contributing Co-Sponsor, the Plan Administrator will maintain a separate accounting of an Employee's Account Balance attributable to the contributions of a particular Co-Sponsor. This separate accounting is necessary only for contributions that are not 100% vested, so that the allocation of forfeitures attributable to such contributions can be allocated for the benefit of the appropriate Employees. An election to allocate contributions and forfeitures only to the Eligible Participants employed by the Co-Sponsor making such contributions will preclude the Plan from satisfying the nondiscrimination safe harbor rules under Treas. Reg. §1.401(a)(4)-2 and may require additional nondiscrimination testing. 


21.4


Co-Sponsor No Longer a Related Employer. If a Co-Sponsor becomes a Former Related Employer because of an acquisition or disposition of stock or assets, a merger, or similar transaction, the Co-Sponsor will cease to participate in the Plan as soon as administratively feasible. If the transition rule under Code §410(b)(6)(C) applies, the Co-Sponsor will cease to participate in the Plan as soon as administratively feasible after the end of the transition period described in Code §410(b)(6)(C). If a Co-Sponsor ceases to be a Related Employer under this Section 21.4, the following procedures may be followed to discontinue the Co-Sponsor's participation in the Plan. 


(a) 


Manner of discontinuing participation. To document the cessation of participation by a Former Related Employer, the Former Related Employer may discontinue its participation as follows: (1) the Former Related Employer adopts a resolution that formally terminates active participation in the Plan as of a specified date, (2) the Employer that has executed the Signature Page of the Agreement reexecutes such page, indicating an amendment by page substitution through the deletion of the Co-Sponsor Adoption Page executed by the Former Related Employer, and (3) the Former Related Employer provides any notices to its Employees that are required by law. Discontinuance of participation means that no further benefits accrue after the effective date of such discontinuance with respect to employment with the Former Related Employer. The portion of the Plan attributable to
the Former Related Employer may continue as a separate plan, under which benefits may continue to accrue, through the adoption by the Former Related Employer of a successor plan (which may be created through the execution of a separate Agreement by the Former Related Employer) or by spin-off of that portion of the Plan followed by a merger or transfer into another existing plan, as specified in a merger or transfer agreement. 


(b) 


Multiple employer plan. If, after a Co-Sponsor becomes a Former Related Employer, its Employees continue to accrue benefits under this Plan, the Plan will be treated as a multiple employer plan to the extent required by law. So long as the discontinuance procedures of this Section are satisfied, such treatment as a multiple employer plan will not affect reliance on the favorable IRS letter issued to the Volume Submitter Practitioner, if applicable, or any determination letter issued on the Plan. 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






118 














21.5 


Multiple Employer Plan.  If so elected in the Agreement, this Plan is intended to be a Multiple Employer Plan. Under the Multiple Employer Plan rules, the Plan is treated as being maintained by a single employer for some purposes, and as being maintained by separate employers for other purposes. 


(a) 


In general.  A Participating Employer may elect to participate under this Plan by executing a
Participating Employer Adoption Page under the Agreement.  By executing a Participating Employer Adoption Page, the
Participating Employer adopts all of the provisions of the Plan, including the elective choices made by the Employer under the
Agreement, except as specified on the Participating Employer Adoption Page.  The Participating Employer is also bound by any
amendments made to the Plan in accordance with Article 18, except as otherwise provided.  The Participating Employer agrees to
use the same Trustee as is designated on the Trustee Declaration under the Agreement, except as provided in a separate trust
agreement authorized under Article 12. 



If a Participating Employer elects to participate under this Plan, the Plan will be treated
as a Multiple Employer Plan to the extent required by law and will comply with all applicable requirements governing Multiple
Employer Plans. 


(b) 


Definitions.  The following definitions apply for purposes of applying the provisions of this Section 21.5. 


(1) 


Multiple Employer Plan.  A Multiple Employer Plan is a plan that is sponsored by two or more employers where at least two of the sponsoring employers are not members of the same related group, in accordance with section 413(c) of the Code, or superseding guidance. 


(2) 


Participating Employer.  A Participating Employer is an employer that is not a Related Employer that adopts this Plan by executing a Participating Employer Adoption Page under the Agreement. 


(3) 


Participating Employer Adoption Page.  The Participating Employer Adoption Page is the execution page under the Agreement that permits an employer that is not a Related Employer to adopt this Plan as a Participating Employer. 






	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 



119 














ARTICLE 22 


PLAN DEFINITIONS 


This Article contains definitions for common terms that are used throughout the Plan. All capitalized terms under the Plan are defined in this Article. Where applicable, this Article will refer to other Sections of the Plan where the term is defined. 


22.1


 Account. The separate Account maintained for each Participant under the Plan. To the extent applicable, a Participant may have any (or all) of the following separate sub-Accounts within his/her Account: Employer Contribution Account, Section 401(k) Deferral Account, Employer Matching Contribution Account, QMAC Account, QNEC Account, Employee After-Tax Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Nonselective Contribution Account, Rollover Contribution Account, and Transfer Account. The Transfer Account also may have any (or all) of the sub-Accounts listed above. The Plan Administrator may maintain other sub-Accounts, if necessary, for proper administration of the Plan. 


22.2


 Account Balance. A Participant's Account Balance is the total value of all Accounts (whether vested or not) maintained for the Participant. A Participant's vested Account Balance includes only those amounts for which the Participant has a vested interest in accordance with the provisions under Article 4 and Part 6 of the Agreement. A Participant's Section 401(k) Deferral Account, QMAC Account, QNEC Account, Employee After-Tax Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account, Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution Account, and Rollover Contribution Account are always 100% vested. 


22.3 


Accrued Benefit. If referred to in the context of a Defined Contribution Plan, the Accrued Benefit is the Account Balance. If referred to in the context of a Defined Benefit Plan, the Accrued Benefit is the benefit accrued under the benefit formula prescribed by the Defined Benefit Plan. 


22.4 


ACP -- Average Contribution Percentage. The average of the contribution percentages for the Highly Compensated Employee Group and the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group, which are tested for nondiscrimination under the ACP Test. See Section 17.7(a). 


22.5 


ACP Test -- Actual Contribution Percentage Test. The special nondiscrimination test that applies to Employer Matching Contributions and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. See Section 17.3. 


22.6


Actual Hours Crediting Method. The Actual Hours Crediting Method is a method for counting service for purposes of Plan eligibility and vesting. Under the Actual Hours Crediting Method, an Employee is credited with the actual Hours of Service the Employee completes with the Employer or the number of Hours of Service for which the Employee is paid (or entitled to payment). 


22.7


 Adoption Agreement. See the definition for Agreement. 


22.8 


ADP -- Average Deferral Percentage. The average of the deferral percentages for the Highly Compensated Employee Group and the Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group, which are tested for nondiscrimination under the ADP Test. See Section 17.7(b). 


22.9 


ADP Test -- Actual Deferral Percentage Test. The special nondiscrimination test that applies to Section 401(k) Deferrals under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. See Section 17.2. 


22.10 


Agreement. The Agreement (sometimes referred to as the "Adoption Agreement") contains the elective provisions under the Plan that an Employer completes to supplement or modify the provisions under the BPD. Each Employer that adopts this Plan must complete and execute the appropriate Agreement. An Employer may adopt more than one Agreement under this Plan. Each executed Agreement is treated as a separate Plan and Trust. For example, if an Employer executes two Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreements, the Employer is treated as maintaining two separate Plans under this Plan document. Except as otherwise required in the case of a Multiple Employer Plan, an Agreement is treated as a single Plan, even if there is one or more executed Co-Sponsor Adoption Pages associated with the Agreement. 


22.11 


Aggregate Limit. The limit imposed under the Multiple Use Test on amounts subject to both the ADP Test and the ACP Test. See Section 17.4(a). 


22.12 


Alternate Payee. A person designated to receive all or a portion of the Participant's benefit pursuant to a QDRO. See Section 11.5. 


22.13


Anniversary Year Method. A method for determining Eligibility Computation Periods after an Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period. See Section 1.4(c)(2) for more detailed discussion of the Anniversary Year Method. 





				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






120 














22.14 


Anniversary Years. An alternative period for measuring Vesting Computation Periods. See Section 4.4. 


22.15


Annual Additions. The amounts taken into account under a Defined Contribution Plan for purposes of applying the limitation on allocations under Code §415. See Section 7.4(a) for the definition of Annual Additions. 


22.16


Annual Additions Limitation. The limit on the amount of Annual Additions a Participant may receive under the Plan during a Limitation Year. See Article 7. 


22.17


Annuity Starting Date. This Plan does not use the term Annuity Starting Date. To determine whether the notice and consent requirements in Articles 8 and 9 are satisfied, the Distribution Commencement Date (see Section 22.56) is used, even for a distribution that is made in the form of an annuity. However, the payment made on the Distribution Commencement Date under an annuity form of payment may reflect annuity payments that are calculated with reference to an "annuity starting date" that occurs prior to the Distribution Commencement Date (e.g., the first day of the month in which the Distribution Commencement Date falls). 


22.18 


Applicable Life Expectancy. The Life Expectancy used to determine a Participant's required minimum distribution under Article 10. See Section 10.3(d). 


22.19 


Applicable Percentage. The maximum percentage of Excess Compensation that may be allocated to Eligible Participants under the Permitted Disparity Method. See Article 2. 


22.20 


Average Compensation. The average of a Participant's annual Included Compensation during the Averaging Period used for target benefit plans. 


22.21 


Averaging Period. The period used for determining an Employee's Average Compensation for target benefit plans. 


22.22


Balance Forward Method. A method for allocating net income or loss to Participants' Accounts based on the Account Balance as of the most recent Valuation Date under the Plan. See Section 13.4(a). 


22.23 


Basic Plan Document. See the definition for BPD. 


22.24 


Beneficiary. A person designated by the Participant (or by the terms of the Plan) to receive a benefit under the Plan upon the death of the Participant. See Section 8.4(c) for the applicable rules for determining a Participant's Beneficiaries under the Plan. 


22.25 


BPD. The BPD (sometimes referred to as the "Basic Plan Document") is the portion of the Plan that contains the non-elective provisions. The provisions under the BPD may be supplemented or modified by elections the Employer makes under the Agreement or by separate governing documents that are expressly authorized by the BPD. 


22.26 


Break-in-Service - Eligibility. Generally, an Employee incurs a Break-in-Service for eligibility purposes for each Eligibility Computation Period during which the Employee does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service with the Employer. However, if the Employer elects under Part 7 of the Agreement to require less than 1,000 Hours of Service to earn a Year of Service for eligibility purposes, a Break in Service will occur for any Eligibility Computation Period during which the Employee does not complete more than one-half (1/2) of the Hours of Service required to earn a Year of Service. (See Section 1.6 for a discussion of the eligibility Break-in-Service rules. Also see Section 6.5(b) for rules applicable to the determination of a Break in Service when the Elapsed Time Method is used.) 


22.27 


Break-in-Service - Vesting. Generally, an Employee incurs a Break-in-Service for vesting purposes for each Vesting Computation Period during which the Employee does not complete more than 500 Hours of Service with the Employer. However, if the Employer elects under Part 7 of the Agreement to require less than 1,000 Hours of Service to earn a Year of Service for vesting purposes, a Break in Service will occur for any Vesting Computation Period during which the Employee does not complete more than one-half (1/2) of the Hours of Service required to earn a Year of Service. (See Section 4.6 for a discussion of the vesting Break-in-Service rules. Also see Section 6.5(b) for rules applicable to the determination of a Break in Service when the Elapsed Time Method is used.) 


22.28 


Calendar Year Election. A special election used for determining the Lookback Year in applying the Highly Compensated Employee test under Section 22.99. 


22.29 


Cash-Out Distribution. A total distribution made to a partially vested Participant upon termination of participation under the Plan. See Section 5.3(a) for the rules regarding the forfeiture of nonvested benefits upon a Cash-Out Distribution from the Plan. 



	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





121 














22.30 


Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. 


22.31 


Code §415 Safe Harbor Compensation. An optional definition of compensation used to determine Total Compensation. This definition may be selected under Part 3, #9.c. of the Agreement. See Section 22.197(c) for the definition of Code §415 Safe Harbor Compensation. 


22.32 


Compensation Dollar Limitation. The maximum amount of compensation that can be taken into account for any Plan Year for purposes of determining a Participant's Included Compensation (see Section 22.102) or Testing Compensation (see Section 22.190). For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Compensation Dollar Limitation is $150,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living in accordance with Code §401(a)(17)(B). 


In determining the Compensation Dollar Limitation for any applicable period for which Included Compensation or Testing Compensation is being determined (the "determination period"), the cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to any determination period beginning with or within such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the Compensation Dollar Limitation for such period is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable Compensation Dollar Limitation multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of which is 12. A determination period will not be considered to be less than 12 months merely because compensation is taken into account only for the period the Employee is an Eligible Participant. If Section 401(k) Deferrals, Employer
Matching Contributions, or Employee After-Tax Contributions are separately determined for each pay period, no proration of the Compensation Dollar Limitation is required with respect to such pay periods. 


For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, and before January 1, 1994, the Compensation Dollar Limitation taken into account for determining all benefits provided under the Plan for any Plan Year shall not exceed $200,000. This limitation shall be adjusted by the Secretary at the same time and in the same manner as under Code §415(d), except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year is effective for Plan Years beginning in such calendar year and the first adjustment to the $200,000 limitation is effective on January 1, 1990. 


If compensation for any prior determination period is taken into account in determining a Participant's allocations for the current Plan Year, the compensation for such prior determination period is subject to the applicable Compensation Dollar Limitation in effect for that prior period. For this purpose, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the Compensation Dollar Limitation in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $200,000. In addition, in determining allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Compensation Dollar Limitation in effect for determination periods beginning before that date is $150,000. 


22.33


Co-Sponsor. A Related Employer that adopts this Plan by executing the Co-Sponsor Adoption Page under the Agreement. See Article 21 for the rules applicable to contributions and deductions for contributions made by a Co-Sponsor. 


22.34


Co-Sponsor Adoption Page. The execution page under the Agreement that permits a Related Employer to adopt this Plan as a Co-Sponsor. See Article 21. 


22.35 


Covered Compensation. The average (without indexing) of the Taxable Wage Bases in effect for each calendar year during the 35-year period ending with the last day of the calendar year in which the Participant attains (or will attain) Social Security Retirement Age.  


22.36 


Cumulative Disparity Limit. A limit on the amount of permitted disparity that may be provided under a target benefit plan. 


22.37


Current Year Testing Method. A method for applying the ADP Test and/or the ACP Test. See Section 17.2(a)(2) for a discussion of the Current Year Testing Method under the ADP Test and 17.3(a)(2) for a discussion of the Current Year Testing Method under the ACP Test. 


22.38 


Custodian. An organization that has custody of all or any portion of the Plan assets. See Section 12.10. 


22.39 


Davis-Bacon Act Service. A Participant's service used to apply the Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula under Part 4 of the Agreement [Part 4C of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. For this purpose, Davis-Bacon Act Service is any service performed by an Employee under a public contract subject to the Davis-Bacon Act or to any other federal, state or municipal prevailing wage law. See Section 2.2(a)(1). 


22.40


Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula. The Employer may elect under Part 4 of the Agreement [Part 4C of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to provide an Employer Contribution for each Eligible Participant who 




				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






122 














performs Davis-Bacon Act Service. (See Section 2.2(a)(1) (profit sharing plan and 401(k) plan) for special rules regarding the application of the Davis-Bacon Contribution Formula.) 


22.41 


Defined Benefit Plan. A plan under which a Participant's benefit is based solely on the Plan's benefit formula without the establishment of separate Accounts for Participants. 


22.42 


Defined Benefit Plan Fraction. A component of the combined limitation test under Code §415(e) for Employers that maintain or ever maintained both a Defined Contribution and a Defined Benefit Plan. See Section 7.5 (b)(1). 


22.43


Defined Contribution Plan. A plan that provides for individual Accounts for each Participant to which all contributions, forfeitures, income, expenses, gains and losses under the Plan are credited or deducted. A Participant's benefit under a Defined Contribution Plan is based solely on the fair market value of his/her vested Account Balance. 


22.44


Defined Contribution Plan Dollar Limitation. The maximum dollar amount of Annual Additions an Employee may receive under the Plan. See Section 7.4(b). 


22.45


Defined Contribution Plan Fraction. A component of the combined limitation test under Code §415(e) for Employers that maintain or ever maintained both a Defined Contribution and a Defined Benefit Plan. See Section 7.5(b)(2). 


22.46 


Designated Beneficiary. A Beneficiary who is designated by the Participant (or by the terms of the Plan) and whose Life Expectancy is taken into account in determining minimum distributions under Code §401(a)(9). See Article 10. 


22.47 


Determination Date. The date as of which the Plan is tested to determine whether it is a Top-Heavy Plan. See Section 16.3(a). 


22.48


Determination Period. The period during which contributions to the Plan are tested to determine if the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. See Section 16.3(b). 


22.49 


Determination Year. The Plan Year for which an Employee's status as a Highly Compensated Employee is being determined. See Section 22.99(b)(1). 


22.50


Directed Account. The Plan assets under a Trust which are held for the benefit of a specific Participant. See Section 13.4(b). 


22.51 


Directed Trustee. A Trustee is a Directed Trustee to the extent that the Trustee's investment powers are subject to the direction of another person. See Section 12.2(b). 


22.52 


Direct Rollover. A rollover, at the Participant's direction, of all or a portion of the Participant's vested Account Balance directly to an Eligible Retirement Plan. See Section 8.8. 


22.53 


Disabled. Except as modified under Part 13, #55 of the Agreement [Part 13, #73 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], an individual is considered Disabled for purposes of applying the provisions of this Plan if the individual is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of a medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. The permanence and degree of such impairment shall be supported by medical evidence. 


22.54 


Discretionary Trustee. A Trustee is a Discretionary Trustee to the extent the Trustee has exclusive authority and discretion to invest, manage or control the Plan assets without direction from any other person. See Section 12.2(a). 


22.55 


Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. See Section 10.3(f). 


22.56 


Distribution Commencement Date. The date an Employee commences distribution from the Plan. If a Participant commences distribution with respect to a portion of his/her Account Balance, a separate Distribution Commencement Date applies to any subsequent distribution. If distribution is made in the form of an annuity, the Distribution Commencement Date may be treated as the first day of the first period for which annuity payments are made. 


22.57 


Early Retirement Age. The age and/or Years of Service requirement prescribed by Part 5, #17 of the Agreement [Part 5, #35 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. Early Retirement Age may be used to determine distribution rights and/or vesting rights. The Plan is not required to have an Early Retirement Age. 




	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





123 














22.58 


Earned Income. Earned Income is the net earnings from self-employment in the trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established, and for which personal services of the individual are a material income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions by the Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under Code §404. Net earnings shall be determined after the deduction allowed to the taxpayer by Code §164(f). If Included Compensation is defined to exclude any items of Compensation (other than Elective Deferrals), then for purposes of determining the Included Compensation of a Self-Employed Individual, Earned Income shall be adjusted
by multiplying Earned Income by the percentage of Total Compensation that is included for the Eligible Participants who are Nonhighly Compensated Employees. The percentage is determined by calculating the percentage of each Nonhighly Compensated Eligible Participant's Total Compensation that is included in the definition of Included Compensation and averaging those percentages. 


22.59 


Effective Date. The date this Plan, including any restatement or amendment of this Plan, is effective. Where the Plan is restated or amended, a reference to Effective Date is the effective date of the restatement or amendment, except where the context indicates a reference to an earlier Effective Date. If this Plan is retroactively effective, the provisions of this Plan generally control. However, if the provisions of this Plan are different from the provisions of the Employer's prior plan and, after the retroactive Effective Date of this Plan, the Employer operated in compliance with the provisions of the prior plan, the provisions of such prior plan are incorporated into this Plan for purposes of determining whether the Employer operated the Plan in compliance with its terms, provided operation in compliance with the terms
of the prior plan do not violate any qualification requirements under the Code, regulations, or other IRS guidance. 


The Employer may designate special effective dates for individual provisions under the Plan where provided in the Agreement or under Appendix A of the Agreement. If one or more qualified retirement plans have been merged into this Plan, the provisions of the merging plan(s) will remain in full force and effect until the Effective Date of the plan merger(s), unless provided otherwise under Appendix A-13 of the Agreement. See Section 20.1 for special effective date provisions relating to the changes required under the GUST Legislation. 


22.60


Elapsed Time Method. The Elapsed Time Method is a special method for crediting service for eligibility, vesting or for applying the allocation conditions under Part 4 of the Agreement. To apply the Elapsed Time Method for eligibility or vesting, the Employer must elect the Elapsed Time Method under Part 7 of the Agreement. To apply the Elapsed Time Method to determine an Employee's eligibility for an allocation under the Plan, the Employer must elect the Elapsed Time Method under Part 4, #15.e. of the Agreement [Part 4B, #19.e. and/or Part 4C, #24.e. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. (See Section 6.5(b) for more information on the Elapsed Time Method of crediting service for eligibility and vesting and Section 2.6(c) for information on the Elapsed Time Method for allocation conditions.) 


22.61 


Elective Deferrals. Section 401(k) Deferrals, salary reduction contributions to a SEP described in Code §§408(k)(6) and 402(h)(1)(B) (sometimes referred to as a SARSEP), contributions made pursuant to a Salary Reduction Agreement to a contract, custodial account or other arrangement described in Code §403(b), and elective contributions made to a SIMPLE-IRA plan, as described in Code §408(p). Elective Deferrals shall not include any amounts properly distributed as an Excess Amount under §415 of the Code.  


22.62 


Eligibility Computation Period. The 12-consecutive month period used for measuring whether an Employee completes a Year of Service for eligibility purposes. An Employee's initial Eligibility Computation Period always begins on the Employee's Employment Commencement Date. Subsequent Eligibility Computation Periods are measured under the Shift-to-Plan-Year Method or the Anniversary Year Method. See Section 1.4(c). 


22.63 


Eligible Participant. Except as provided under Part 1, #6 of the Agreement, an Employee (other than an Excluded Employee) becomes an Eligible Participant on the appropriate Entry Date (as selected under Part 2 of the Agreement) following satisfaction of the Plan's minimum age and service conditions (as designated in Part 1 of the Agreement). See Article 1 for the rules regarding participation under the Plan. 


For purposes of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, an Eligible Participant is any Employee (other than an Excluded Employee) who has satisfied the Plan's minimum age and service conditions designated in Part 1 of the Agreement with respect to a particular contribution. With respect to Section 401(k) Deferrals or Employee After-Tax Contributions, an Employee who has satisfied the eligibility conditions under Part 1 of the Agreement for making Section 401(k) Deferrals or Employee After-Tax Contributions is an Eligible Participant with respect to such contributions, even if the Employee chooses not to actually make any such contributions. With respect to Employer Matching Contributions, an Employee who has satisfied the eligibility conditions under Part 1 of the Agreement for receiving such contributions is an Eligible Participant with respect to such contributions, even if
the Employee does not receive an Employer Matching Contribution 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






124 














(including forfeitures) because of the Employee's failure to make Section 401(k) Deferrals or Employee After-Tax Contributions, as applicable. 


22.64 


Eligible Rollover Distribution. An amount distributed from the Plan that is eligible for rollover to an Eligible Retirement Plan. See Section 8.8(a). 


22.65 


Eligible Retirement Plan. A qualified retirement plan or IRA that may receive a rollover contribution. See Section 8.8(b). 


22.66 


Employee. An Employee is any individual employed by the Employer (including any Related Employers). An independent contractor is not an Employee. An Employee is not eligible to participate under the Plan if the individual is an Excluded Employee under Section 1.2. (See Section 1.3 for rules regarding coverage of Employees of Related Employers.) For purposes of applying the provisions under this Plan, a Self-Employed Individual (including a partner in a partnership) is treated as an Employee. A Leased Employee is also treated as an Employee of the recipient organization, as provided in Section 1.2(b). 


22.67


Employee After-Tax Contribution Account. The portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Employee After-Tax Contributions. 


22.68


Employee After-Tax Contributions. Employee After-Tax Contributions are contributions made to the Plan by or on behalf of a Participant that is included in the Participant's gross income in the year in which made and that is maintained under a separate Employee After-Tax Contribution Account to which earnings and losses are allocated. See Section 3.1. 


22.69 


Employer. Except as otherwise provided, Employer means the Employer (including a Co-Sponsor) that adopts this Plan and any Related Employer. (See Section 1.3 for rules regarding coverage of Employees of Related Employers. Also see Section 11.8 for operating rules when the Employer is a member of a Related Employer group, and Article 21 for rules that apply to Related Employers that execute a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page under the Agreement. Also see Section 21.5 for rules that apply to Participating Employers that execute a Participating Employer Adoption Page under the Agreement.) 


22.70


Employer Contribution Account. If this Plan is a profit sharing plan (other than a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) plan under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement), the Employer Contribution Account is the portion of the Participant's Account attributable to contributions made by the Employer. If this is a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) plan under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, the Employer Contribution Account is the portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer Nonelective Contributions, other than QNECs or Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. 


22.71


Employer Contributions. If this Plan is a profit sharing plan (other than a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) plan under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement), Employer Contributions are any contributions the Employer makes pursuant to Part 4 of the Agreement. If this Plan is a profit sharing plan or a 401(k) plan under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, Employer Contributions include Employer Nonelective Contributions and Employer Matching Contributions, including QNECs, QMACs and Safe Harbor Contributions that the Employer makes under the Plan. Employer Contributions also include any Section 401(k) Deferrals an Employee makes under the Plan, unless the Plan expressly provides for different treatment of Section 401(k) Deferrals. 


22.72


Employer Matching Contribution Account. The portion of the Participant's Account attributable to Employer Matching Contributions, other than QMACs or Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. 


22.73


Employer Matching Contributions. Employer Matching Contributions are contributions made by the Employer on behalf of a Participant on account of Section 401(k) Deferrals or Employee After-Tax Contributions made by such Participant, as designated under Parts 4B(b) of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. Employer Matching Contributions may only be made under the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. Employer Matching Contributions also include any QMACs the Employer makes pursuant to Part 4B, #18 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement and any Safe Harbor Matching Contributions the Employer makes pursuant to Part 4E of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. See Section 2.3(b). 


22.74


Employer Nonelective Contributions. Employer Nonelective Contributions are contributions made by the Employer on behalf of Eligible Participants under the profit sharing plan or the 401(k) plan, as designated under Part 4C of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. Employer Nonelective Contributions also include any QNECs the Employer makes pursuant to Part 4C, #22 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement and any Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions the Employer makes pursuant to Part 4E of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement. See Section 2.3(d). 



	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





125 














22.75 


Employment Commencement Date. The date the Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer. For purposes of applying the Elapsed Time rules under Section 6.5(b), an Hour of Service is limited to an Hour of Service as described in Section 22.101(a). 


22.76


Employment Period. The period as defined under a target benefit plan used to determine an Employee's Average Compensation. 


22.77 


Entry Date. The date on which an Employee becomes an Eligible Participant upon satisfying the Plan's minimum age and service conditions. See Section 1.5. 


22.78


Equivalency Method. An alternative method for crediting Hours of Service for purposes of eligibility and vesting. To apply, the Employer must elect the Equivalency Method under Part 7 of the Agreement. See Section 6.5(a) for a more detailed discussion of the Equivalency Method. 


22.79 


ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended. 


22.80 


Excess Aggregate Contributions. Amounts which are distributed to correct the ACP Test. See Section 17.7(c). 


22.81 


Excess Amount. Amounts which exceed the Annual Additions Limitation. See Section 7.4(c). 


22.82 


Excess Compensation. The amount of Included Compensation which exceeds the Integration Level. Excess Compensation is used for purposes of applying the Permitted Disparity allocation formula under the profit sharing or Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement (see Section 2.2(b)(2)) or under a money purchase plan or for applying the Integration Formulas under a target benefit plan. 


22.83 


Excess Contributions. Amounts which are distributed to correct the ADP Test. See Section 17.7(d). 


22.84 


Excess Deferrals. Elective Deferrals that are includible in a Participant's gross income because they exceed the dollar limitation under Code §402(g). Excess Deferrals made to this Plan shall be treated as Annual Additions under the Plan, unless such amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15 following the close of the Participant's taxable year for which the Excess Deferrals are made. See Section 


17.1. 


22.85 


Excluded Employee. An Employee who is excluded under Part 1, #4 of the Agreement. See Section 1.2. 


22.86


Fail-Safe Coverage Provision. A correction provision that permits the Plan to automatically correct a coverage violation resulting from the application of a last day of employment or Hours of Service allocation condition. See Section 2.7. 


22.87 


Favorable IRS Letter. A notification letter or opinion letter issued by the IRS to a Prototype Sponsor as to the qualified status of a Prototype Plan or an advisory letter issued by the IRS to a Volume Submitter practitioner as to the qualified status of a Volume Submitter Specimen Plan, as the case may be. A separate Favorable IRS Letter is issued with respect to each Agreement offered under a Prototype Plan or a Volume Submitter Specimen Plan. If the term is used to refer to a letter issued to an Employer with respect to its adoption of a preapproved plan or an individually designed plan, such letter is a determination letter issued by the IRS. 


22.88 


Five-Percent Owner. An individual who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code §318) more than 5 percent of the outstanding stock of the Employer or stock possessing more than 5 percent of the total combined voting power of all stock of the Employer. If the Employer is not a corporation, a Five-Percent Owner is an individual who owns more than 5 percent of the capital or profits interest of the Employer. 


22.89 


Five-Year Forfeiture Break in Service. A
Break in Service rule under which a Participant's nonvested benefit may be forfeited. See Section 4.6(b).


22.90 


Flat Benefit. A Nonintegrated Benefit Formula under a target benefit plan that provides for a Stated Benefit equal to a specified percentage of Average Compensation. 


22.91 


Flat Excess Benefit. An Integrated Benefit Formula under a target benefit plan that provides for a Stated Benefit equal to a specified percentage of Average Compensation plus a specified percentage of Excess Compensation. 





				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






126 














22.92 


Flat Offset Benefit. An Integrated Benefit Formula under a target benefit plan that provides for a Stated Benefit equal to a specified percentage of Average Compensation which is offset by a specified percentage of Offset Compensation. 


22.93


Former Related Employer. A Related Employer (as defined in Section 22.164) that ceases to be a Related Employer because of an acquisition or disposition of stock or assets, a merger, or similar transaction. See Section 21.4 for the effect when a Co-Sponsor becomes a Former Related Employer. 


22.94


Four-Step Formula. A method for allocating certain Employer Contributions under the Permitted Disparity Method. See Section 2.2(b)(2)(ii). 


22.95


General Trust Account. The Plan assets under a Trust which are held for the benefit of all Plan Participants as a pooled investment. See Section 13.4(a). 


22.96 


GUST Legislation. GUST Legislation refers to the Uruguay Round Agreements Act (GATT), the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA), the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996 (SBJPA), the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 (TRA '97), and the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998. See Article 20 for special rules for demonstrating compliance with the qualification changes under the GUST Legislation. 


22.97 


Hardship. A heavy and immediate financial need which meets the requirements of Section 8.6. 


22.98 


Highest Average Compensation. A term used to apply the combined plan limit under Code §415(e). See Section 7.5(b)(3). 


22.99 


Highly Compensated Employee. The definition of Highly Compensated Employee under this Section is effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996. For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, Highly Compensated Employees are determined under Code §414(q) as in effect at that time. 


(a) Definition. An Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for a Plan Year if he/she: 


(1)


is a Five-Percent Owner (as defined in Section 22.88) at any time during the Determination Year or the Lookback Year; or 


(2)


has Total Compensation from the Employer for the Lookback Year in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted) and, if elected under Part 13, #50.a. of the Agreement [Part 13, #68.a. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], is in the Top-Paid Group for the Lookback Year. If the Employer does not specifically elect to apply the Top-Paid Group Test, the Highly Compensated Employee definition will be applied without regard to whether an Employee is in the Top-Paid Group. The $80,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code §415(d), except that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996. 


(b) 


Other Definitions. The following definitions apply for purposes of determining Highly Compensated Employee status under this Section 22.99. 


(1) 


Determination Year. The Determination Year is the Plan Year for which the Highly Compensated Employee determination is being made. 


(2) 


Lookback Year. Unless the Calendar Year Election (or Old-Law Calendar Year Election) applies, the Lookback Year is the 12-month period immediately preceding the Determination Year. 


(3) 


Total Compensation. Total Compensation as defined under Section 22.197. 


(4) 


Top-Paid Group. An Employee is in the Top-Paid Group for purposes of applying the Top-Paid Group Test if the Employee is one of the top 20% of Employees ranked by Total Compensation. In determining the Top-Paid Group, any reasonable method of rounding or tie-breaking is permitted. For purposes of determining the number of Employees in the Top-Paid Group for any year, Employees described in Code §414(q)(5) or applicable regulations may be excluded. 


(5) 


Calendar Year Election. If the Plan Year elected under the Agreement is not the calendar year, for purposes of applying the Highly Compensated Employee test under subsection (a)(2) above, the Employer may elect under Part 13, #50.b. of the Agreement [Part 13, #68.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to substitute for the Lookback Year the calendar year that begins in the Lookback Year. The Calendar Year Election does not 








	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





127 














apply for purposes of applying the Five-Percent Owner test under subsection (a)(1) above. If the Employer does not specifically elect to apply the Calendar Year Election, the Calendar Year Election does not apply. The Calendar Year Election should not be selected if the Plan is using a calendar Plan Year. 


(6) 


Old-Law Calendar Year Election. A special election available under section 1.414(q)-1T of the temporary Income Tax Regulations and provided for in Notice 97-45 for the Plan Year beginning in 1997 which permitted the Employer to substitute the calendar year beginning with or within the Plan Year for the Lookback Year in applying subsections (a)(1) and (a)(2) above. If the 1997 Plan Year was a calendar year, the effect of the Old-Law Calendar Year Election was to treat the Determination Year and the Lookback Year as the same 12-month period. The Employer may elect to apply the Old-Law Calendar Year Election under Appendix B-1.c. of the Agreement. See Section 20.2(c). 


(7) 


Application of Highly Compensated Employee definition. In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for years beginning in 1997, the amendments to Code §414(q) as described above are treated as having been in effect for years beginning in 1996. In determining an Employee's status as a highly compensated former employee, the rules for the applicable Determination Year apply in accordance with section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4 of the temporary Income Tax Regulations and Notice 97-45. 


22.100 


Highly Compensated Employee Group. The group of Highly Compensated Employees who are included in the ADP Test and/or the ACP Test. See Section 17.7(e). 


22.101 


Hour of Service. Each Employee will receive credit for each Hour of Service as defined in this Section 


22.101. An Employee will not receive credit for the same Hour of Service under more than one category listed below. 


(a) 


Performance of duties. Hours of Service include each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, for the performance of duties for the Employer. These hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period in which the duties are performed. 


(b) 


Nonperformance of duties. Hours of Service include each hour for which an Employee is paid, or entitled to payment, by the Employer on account of a period of time during which no duties are performed (irrespective of whether the employment relationship has terminated) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than 501 hours of service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Hours under this paragraph will be calculated and credited pursuant to §2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations which is incorporated herein by this reference. 


(c) 


Back pay award. Hours of Service include each hour for which back pay, irrespective of mitigation of damages, is either awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under subsection (a) or subsection (b), as the case may be, and under this subsection (c). These hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award, agreement or payment is made. 


(d) 


Related Employers/Leased Employees. For purposes of crediting Hours of Service, all Related Employers are treated as a single Employer. Hours of Service will be credited for employment with any Related Employer. Hours of Service also include hours credited as a Leased Employee for a recipient organization. 


(e) 


Maternity/paternity leave. Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service has occurred in a computation period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons will receive credit for the Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be determined, 8 Hours of Service per day of such absence. For purposes of this paragraph, an absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence (1) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (2) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (3) by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such individual, or (4) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately following such birth
or placement. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph will be credited (1) in the computation period in which the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Service in that period, or (2) in all other cases, in the following computation period. 







				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






128 














22.102 


Included Compensation. Included Compensation is Total Compensation, as modified under Part 3, #10 of the Agreement, used to determine allocations of contributions and forfeitures. 


Under the Agreement, Included Compensation generally includes amounts an Employee earns with a Related Employer that has not executed a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page under the Agreement. However, the Employer may elect under Part 3, #10.b.(7) of the Agreement [Part 3, #10.i. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to exclude all amounts earned with a Related Employer that has not executed a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page. In no case may Included Compensation for any Participant exceed the Compensation Dollar Limitation as defined in Section 22.32. Included Compensation does not include any amounts earned while an individual is an Excluded Employee (as defined in Section 1.2 of this BPD). 


The Employer may select under Part 3, #10 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement to provide a different definition of Included Compensation for determining Section 401(k) Deferrals, Employer Matching Contributions, and Employer Nonelective Contributions. Unless otherwise provided in Part 3, #10.j. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement, the definition of Included Compensation chosen for Section 401(k) Deferrals also applies to any Employee After-Tax Contributions and to any Safe Harbor Contributions designated under Part 4E of the Agreement; the definition of Included Compensation chosen for Employer Matching Contributions also applies to any QMACs; and the definition of Included Compensation chosen for Employer Nonelective Contributions also applies to any QNECs. 


The Employer may elect to
exclude from the definition of Included Compensation any of the amounts permitted under Part 3, #10 of the Agreement. However, to
use the same definition of compensation for purposes of nondiscrimination testing, the definition of Included Compensation must
satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Code §414(s). The definition of Included Compensation will be deemed to be
nondiscriminatory under Code §414(s) if the only amounts excluded are amounts under Part 3, #10.b.(1) – (3) of the Agreement [Part 3, #10.c. – e. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. Any other exclusions could cause the definition of Included Compensation to fail to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Code §414(s). If the definition of Included Compensation fails to satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements of Code §414(s), additional nondiscrimination testing may have to be performed to demonstrate compliance with the nondiscrimination requirements. 


If the Plan uses a Permitted Disparity Method under Part 4 of the Agreement or if the Plan is a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan, the definition of Included Compensation must satisfy the nondiscrimination requirements under Code §414(s). Therefore, any exclusions from Included Compensation under Part 3, #10.b.(4) – (8) of the Agreement [Part 3, #10.f. – j. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] will apply only to Highly Compensated Employees, unless specifically provided otherwise under Part 3, #10.b.(8). of the Agreement [Part 3, #10.j. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. 


The Employer may elect under Part 3, #10.b.(1) of the Agreement [Part 3, #10.c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement] to exclude Elective Deferrals, pre-tax contributions to a cafeteria plan or a Code §457 plan, and qualified transportation fringes under Code§132(f)(4). Generally, the exclusion of qualified transportation fringes is effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 2001. However, the Employer may elect an earlier effective date under Appendix B-3.c. of the Agreement. 


22.103 


Insurer. An insurance company that issues a life insurance policy on behalf of a Participant under the Plan in accordance with the requirements under Article 15. 


22.104 


Integrated Benefit Formula. A benefit formula under a target benefit plan that takes into account an Employee's Social Security benefits.  


22.105 


Integration Level. The amount used for purposes of applying the Permitted Disparity Method allocation formula (or the Integrated Benefit Formulas under a target benefit plan). The Integration Level is the Taxable Wage Base, unless the Employer designates a different amount under Part 4 of the Agreement. 


22.106 


Investment Manager. A person (other than the Trustee) who (a) has the power to manage, acquire, or dispose of Plan assets (b) is an investment adviser, a bank, or an insurance company as described in §3(38)(B) of ERISA, and (c) acknowledges fiduciary responsibility to the Plan in writing. 


22.107 


Key Employee. Employees who are taken into account for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. See Section 16.3(c). 


22.108 


Leased Employee. An individual who performs services for the Employer pursuant to an agreement between the Employer and a leasing organization, and who satisfies the definition of a Leased Employee under Code §414(n). See Section 1.2(b) for rules regarding the treatment of a Leased Employee as an Employee of the Employer. 




	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





129 














22.109 


Life Expectancy. A Participant's and/or Designated Beneficiary's life expectancy used for purposes of determining required minimum distributions under the Plan. See Section 10.3(e). 


22.110 


Limitation Year. The measuring period for determining whether the Plan satisfies the Annual Additions Limitation under Section 7.4(d). 


22.111 


Lookback Year. The 12-month period immediately preceding the current Plan Year during which an Employee's status as Highly Compensated Employee is determined. See Section 22.99(b)(2). 


22.112 


Maximum Disparity Percentage. The maximum amount by which the designated percentage of Excess Compensation under an Excess Benefit formula under a target benefit plan may exceed the designated percentage of Average Compensation.  


22.113 


Maximum Offset Percentage. The maximum amount that may be designated as the offset percentage under an Offset Benefit formula under a target benefit plan. 


22.114 


Maximum Permissible Amount. The maximum amount that may be allocated to a Participant's Account within the Annual Additions Limitation. See Section 7.4(e). 


22.115 


Measuring Period. The period for which Average Compensation or Offset Compensation is measured under a target benefit plan. 


22.116 


Multiple Use Test. A special nondiscrimination test that applies when the Plan must perform both the ADP Test and the ACP Test in the same Plan Year. See Section 17.4. 


22.117 


Named Fiduciary. The Plan Administrator or other fiduciary named by the Plan Administrator to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan. To the extent authorized by the Plan Administrator, a Named Fiduciary may delegate its responsibilities to a third party or parties. The Employer shall also be a Named Fiduciary. 


22.118 


Net Profits. The Employer's net income or profits that may be used to limit the amount of Employer Contributions made under the Plan. See Section 2.2(a)(2). 


22.119 


New Related Employer. An organization that becomes a Related Employer (as defined in Section 22.164) with the Employer by reason of an acquisition or disposition of stock or assets, a merger, or similar transaction. 


22.120 


Nonhighly Compensated Employee. Any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee. See Section 22.99 for the definition of Highly Compensated Employee. 


22.121 


Nonhighly Compensated Employee Group. The group of Nonhighly Compensated Employees included in the ADP Test and/or the ACP Test. See Section 17.7(f). 


22.122 


Nonintegrated Benefit Formula. A benefit formula under a target benefit plan that does not take into account an Employee's Social Security benefits.  


22.123 


Non-Key Employee. Any Employee who is not a Key Employee. (See Section 16.3(c).) 


22.124 


Nonresident Alien Employees. An Employee who is neither a citizen of the United States nor a resident of the United States for U.S. tax purposes (as defined in Code §7701(b)), and who does not have any earned income (as defined in Code §911) for the Employer that constitutes U.S. source income (within the meaning of Code §861). If a Nonresident Alien Employee has U.S. source income, he/she is treated as satisfying this definition if all of his/her U.S. source income from the Employer is exempt from U.S. income tax under an applicable income tax treaty. 


22.125 


Nonstandardized Agreement. An Agreement under a Prototype Plan. 


22.126 


Normal Retirement Age. The age selected under Part 5 of the Agreement. If a Participant's Normal Retirement Age is determined wholly or partly with reference to an anniversary of the date the Participant commenced participation in the Plan and/or the Participant's Years of Service, Normal Retirement Age is the Participant's age when such requirements are satisfied. If the Employer enforces a mandatory retirement age, the Normal Retirement Age is the lesser of that mandatory age or the age specified in the Agreement. 


22.127 


Offset Compensation. The average of a Participant's annual Included Compensation during the three (3) consecutive Measuring Periods designated under a target benefit plan. 



				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






130 














22.128 


Offset Benefit Formula. A Flat Offset Benefit formula or a Unit Offset Benefit formula under a target benefit plan that provides for a Stated Benefit based on a percentage of Average Compensation offset by a percentage of Offset Compensation. 


22.129 


Old-Law Calendar Year Election. A special election for determining the Lookback Year under the Highly Compensated Employee test that was available only for the 1997 Plan Year. See Section 22.99(b)(6). 


22.130 


Old-Law Required Beginning Date. If so elected under Part 13, #52 of the Agreement [Part 13, #70 of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement], the date by which minimum distributions must commence under the Plan, as determined under Section 10.3(a)(2). 


22.131 


Owner-Employee. A Self-Employed Individual (as defined in Section 22.180) who is a sole proprietor, or who is a partner owning more than 10 percent of either the capital or profits interest of the partnership. 


22.132 


Paired Plans. Two or more Standardized Agreements that are designated as Paired Plans.  


22.133 


Participant. A Participant is an Employee or former Employee who has satisfied the conditions for participating under the Plan. A Participant also includes any Employee or former Employee who has an Account Balance under the Plan, including an Account Balance derived from a rollover or transfer from another qualified plan or IRA. A Participant is entitled to share in an allocation of contributions or forfeitures under the Plan for a given year only if the Participant is an Eligible Participant as defined in Section 1.1, and satisfies the allocation conditions set forth in Section 2.6 and Part 4 of the Agreement. 


22.134 


Period of Severance. A continuous period of time during which the Employee is not employed by the Employer and which is used to determine an Employee's Participation under the Elapsed Time Method. See Section 6.5(b)(2). 


22.135 


Permissive Aggregation Group. Plans that are not required to be aggregated to determine whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. See Section 16.3(d). 


22.136 


Permitted Disparity Method. A method for allocating certain Employer Contributions to Eligible Participants as designated under Part 4 of the Agreement. See Article 2. 


22.137 


Plan. The Plan is the retirement plan established or continued by the Employer for the benefit of its Employees under this Plan document. The Plan consists of the BPD, with any modifications, and the elections and any modifications made under the Agreement. If the Employer adopts more than one Agreement offered under this Plan, then each executed Agreement represents a separate Plan, unless the Agreement restates a previously executed Agreement. 


22.138 


Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator is the person designated to be responsible for the administration and operation of the Plan. Unless otherwise designated by the Employer, the Plan Administrator is the Employer. If any Related Employer has executed a Co-Sponsor Adoption Page, or any Participating Employer has executed a Participating Employer Adoption Page, the Employer referred to in this Section is the Employer that executes the Signature Page of the Agreement. 


22.139 


Plan Year. The 12-consecutive month period for administering the Plan, on which the records of the Plan are maintained. The Employer must designate the Plan Year applicable to the Plan under the Agreement. If the Plan Year is amended, a Plan Year of less than 12 months may be created. If this is a new Plan, the first Plan Year begins on the Effective Date of the Plan. If the amendment of the Plan Year or the Effective Date of a new Plan creates a Plan Year that is less than 12 months long, there is a Short Plan Year. The existence of a Short Plan Year may be documented under the Plan Year definition on page 1 of the Agreement. See Section 11.7 for operating rules that apply to Short Plan Years. 


22.140 


Pre-Age 35 Waiver. A waiver of the QPSA before a Participant reaches age 35. See Section 9.4(f). 


22.141 


Predecessor Employer. An employer that previously employed the Employees of the Employer. See Section 6.7 for the rules regarding the crediting of service with a Predecessor Employer. 


22.142 


Predecessor Plan. A Predecessor Plan is a qualified plan maintained by the Employer that is terminated within the 5-year period immediately preceding or following the establishment of this Plan. A Participant's service under a Predecessor Plan must be counted for purposes of determining the Participant's vested percentage under the Plan. See Section 4.5(b)(1). 


22.143 


Present Value. The current single-sum value of an Accrued Benefit under a Defined Benefit Plan. 


22.144 


Present Value Stated Benefit. An amount used to determine the Employer Contribution under a target benefit plan. 




	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





131 














22.145 


Prior Year Testing Method. A method for applying the ADP Test and/or the ACP Test. See Section 17.2(a)(1) for a discussion of the Prior Year Testing Method under the ADP Test and Section 17.3(a)(1) for a discussion of the Prior Year Testing Method under the ACP Test. 


22.146 


Pro Rata Allocation Method. A method for allocating certain Employer Contributions to Eligible Participants under the Plan. See Article 2. 


22.147 


Projected Annual Benefit. An amount used in the numerator of the Defined Benefit Plan Fraction. See Section 7.5(b)(4). 


22.148 


Protected Benefit. A Participant's benefits which may not be eliminated by Plan amendment. Protected Benefits include early retirement benefits, retirement-type subsidies, and optional forms of benefit (as defined under the regulations). See Section 18.1(c). 


22.149 


Prototype Plan. A plan sponsored by a Prototype Sponsor the form of which is the subject of a Favorable IRS Letter from the Internal Revenue Service which is made up of a Basic Plan Document and an Adoption Agreement. An Employer may establish or continue a plan by executing an Adoption Agreement under a Prototype Plan. 


22.150 


Prototype Sponsor. The Prototype Sponsor is the entity that maintains a Prototype Plan for adoption by Employers. 


22.151 


QDRO -- Qualified Domestic Relations Order. A domestic relations order that provides for the payment of all or a portion of the Participant's benefits to an Alternate Payee and satisfies the requirements under Code §414(p). See Section 11.5. 


22.152 


QJSA -- Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. A QJSA is an immediate annuity payable over the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity payable over the life of the spouse. If the Participant is not married as of the Distribution Commencement Date, the QJSA is an immediate annuity payable over the life of the Participant. See Section 9.2. 


22.153 


QMAC Account. The portion of a Participant's Account attributable to QMACs. 


22.154 


QMACs -- Qualified Matching Contributions. An Employer Matching Contribution made by the Employer that satisfies the requirements under Section 17.7(g). 


22.155 


QNEC Account. The portion of a Participant's Account attributable to QNECs. 


22.156 


QNECs -- Qualified Nonelective Contributions. An Employer Nonelective Contribution made by the Employer that satisfies the requirements under Section 17.7(h). 


22.157 


QPSA -- Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. A QPSA is an annuity payable over the life of the surviving spouse that is purchased using 50% of the Participant's vested Account Balance as of the date of death. The Employer may modify the 50% QPSA level under Part 11, #41.b. of the Agreement [Part 11, #59.b. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. See Section 9.3. 


22.158 


QPSA Election Period. The period during which a Participant (and the Participant's spouse) may waive the QPSA under the Plan. See Section 9.4(e). 


22.159 


Qualified Election. An election to waive the QJSA or QPSA under the Plan. See Section 9.4(d). 


22.160 


Qualified Transfer. A plan-to-plan transfer which meets the requirements under Section 3.3(d). 


22.161 


Qualifying Employer Real Property. Real property of the Employer which meets the requirements under ERISA §407(d)(4). See Section 13.5(b) for limitations on the ability of the Plan to invest in Qualifying Employer Real Property. 


22.162 


Qualifying Employer Securities. An Employer security which is stock, a marketable obligation, or interest in a publicly traded partnership as described in ERISA §407(d)(5). See Section 13.5(b) for limitations on the ability of the Plan to invest in Qualifying Employer Securities. 


22.163 


Reemployment Commencement Date. The first date upon which an Employee is credited with an Hour of Service following a Break in Service (or Period of Severance, if the Plan is using the Elapsed Time Method of crediting service). For purposes of applying the Elapsed Time rules under Section 6.5(b), an Hour of Service is limited to an Hour of Service as described in Section 22.101(a). 






				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






132 














22.164 


Related Employer. A Related Employer includes all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in Code §414(b)), all commonly controlled trades or businesses (as defined in Code §414(c)) or affiliated service groups (as defined in Code §414(m)) of which the adopting Employer is a part, and any other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under Code §414(o). For purposes of applying the provisions under this Plan, the Employer and any Related Employers are treated as a single Employer, unless specifically stated otherwise. See Section 11.8 for operating rules that apply when the Employer is a member of a Related Employer group. 


22.165 


Required Aggregation Group. Plans which must be aggregated for purposes of determining whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. See Section 16.3(f). 


22.166 


Required Beginning Date. The date by which minimum distributions must commence under the Plan. See Section 10.3(a). 


22.167 


Reverse QNEC Method. A method for allocating QNECs under the Plan. See Section 2.3(e)(2). 


22.168 


Rollover Contribution Account. The portion of the Participant's Account attributable to a Rollover Contribution from another qualified plan or IRA. 


22.169 


Rollover Contribution. A contribution made by an Employee to the Plan attributable to an Eligible Rollover Distribution from another qualified plan or IRA. See Section 8.8(a) for the definition of an Eligible Rollover Distribution. 


22.170 


Rule of Parity Break in Service. A Break in Service rule used to determine an Employee's Participation under the Plan. See Section 1.6(a) for the effect of the Rule of Parity Break in Service on eligibility to participate under the Plan and see Section 4.6(c) for the application for the effect of the Rule of Parity Break in Service Rule on vesting. 


22.171 


Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. A 401(k) plan that satisfies the conditions under Section 17.6. 


22.172 


Safe Harbor Contribution. A contribution authorized under Part 4E of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement that allows the Plan to qualify as a Safe Harbor 401(k) Plan. A Safe Harbor Contribution may be a Safe Harbor Matching Contribution or a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. 


22.173 


Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Account. The portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. 


22.174 


Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. An Employer Matching Contribution that satisfies the requirements under Section 17.6(a)(1)(i). 


22.175 


Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution Account. The portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. 


22.176 


Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. An Employer Nonelective Contribution that satisfies the requirements under Section 17.6(a)(1)(ii). 


22.177 


Salary Reduction Agreement. A Salary Reduction Agreement is a written agreement between an Eligible Participant and the Employer, whereby the Eligible Participant elects to reduce his/her Included Compensation by a specific dollar amount or percentage and the Employer agrees to contribute such amount into the 401(k) Plan. A Salary Reduction Agreement may require that an election be stated in specific percentage increments (not greater than 1% increments) or in specific dollar amount increments (not greater than dollar increments that could exceed 1% of Included Compensation). 


A Salary Reduction Agreement may not be effective prior to the later of: (a) the date the Employee becomes an Eligible Participant; (b) the date the Eligible Participant executes the Salary Reduction Agreement; or (c) the date the 401(k) plan is adopted or effective. A Salary Reduction Agreement is valid even though it is executed by an Employee before he/she actually has qualified as an Eligible Participant, so long as the Salary Reduction Agreement is not effective before the date the Employee is an Eligible Participant. A Salary Reduction Agreement may only apply to Included Compensation that becomes currently available to the Employee after the effective date of the Salary Reduction Agreement. 


A Salary Reduction Agreement (or other written procedures) must designate a uniform period during which an Employee may change or terminate his/her deferral election under the Salary Reduction Agreement. An Eligible Participant's right to change or terminate a Salary Reduction Agreement may not be available on a less frequent basis than once per Plan Year. 




	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





133 














22.178 


Section 401(k) Deferral Account. The portion of a Participant's Account attributable to Section 401(k) Deferrals. 


22.179 


Section 401(k) Deferrals. Amounts contributed to the 401(k) Plan at the election of the Participant, in lieu of cash compensation, which are made pursuant to a Salary Reduction Agreement or other deferral mechanism, and which are not includible in the gross income of the Employee pursuant to Code §402(e)(3). Section 401(k) Deferrals do not include any deferrals properly distributed as excess Annual Additions pursuant to Section 7.1(c)(2). 


22.180 


Self-Employed Individual. An individual who has Earned Income (as defined in Section 22.58) for the taxable year from the trade or business for which the Plan is established, or an individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact that the trade or business had no Net Profits for the taxable year. 


22.181 


Shareholder-Employee. A Shareholder-Employee means an Employee or officer of a subchapter S corporation who owns (or is considered as owning within the meaning of Code §318(a)(1)), on any day during the taxable year of such corporation, more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the corporation. 


22.182 


Shift-to-Plan-Year Method. The Shift-to-Plan-Year Method is a method for determining Eligibility Computation Periods, after an Employee's initial computation period. See Section 1.4(c)(1). 


22.183 


Short Plan Year. Any Plan Year that is less than 12 months long, either because of the amendment of the Plan Year, or because the Effective Date of a new Plan is less than 12 months prior to the end of the first Plan Year. See Section 11.7 for the operational rules that apply if the Plan has a Short Plan Year. 


22.184 


Social Security Retirement Age. An Employee's retirement age as determined under Section 230 of the Social Security Retirement Act. 


22.185 


Standardized Agreement. An Agreement under a Prototype Plan that permits the adopting Employer to rely under certain circumstances on the Favorable IRS Letter issued to the Prototype Sponsor without the need for the Employer to obtain a determination letter. 


22.186 


Stated Benefit. The amount determined in accordance with the benefit formula selected in a target benefit plan, payable annually as a Straight Life Annuity commencing at Normal Retirement Age (or current age, if later). 


22.187 


Straight Life Annuity. An annuity payable in equal installments for the life of the Participant that terminates upon the Participant's death. 


22.188 


Successor Plan. A Successor Plan is any Defined Contribution Plan, other than an ESOP, SEP, or SIMPLE-IRA plan, maintained by the Employer which prevents the Employer from making a distribution to Participants upon the termination of a 401(k) plan. See Section 18.2(b)(2). 


22.189 


Taxable Wage Base. The maximum amount of wages that are considered for Social Security purposes. The Taxable Wage Base is used to determine the Integration Level for purposes of applying the Permitted Disparity Method allocation formula under the profit sharing or Profit Sharing/401(k) plan Agreement (see Section 2.2(b)(2)) or under a money purchase plan or for applying the Integrated Benefit Formulas under a target benefit plan. 


22.190 


Testing Compensation. The compensation used for purposes of the ADP Test, the ACP Test, and the Multiple Use Test. See Section 17.7(i). 


22.191 


Theoretical Reserve. An amount used to determine the Employer Contribution under a target benefit plan. 


22.192 


Three Percent Method. A method for applying the ADP Test or the ACP Test for a new 401(k) Plan. See Section 17.2(b) for a discussion of the ADP Test for new plans and Section 17.3(b) for a discussion of the ACP Test for new plans. 


22.193 


Top-Paid Group. The top 20% of Employees ranked by Total Compensation for purposes of applying the Top-Paid Group Test. See Section 22.99(b)(4). 


22.194 


Top-Paid Group Test. An optional test the Employer may apply when determining its Highly Compensated Employees. See Section 22.99(a)(2). 


22.195 


Top-Heavy Plan. A Plan that satisfies the conditions under Section 16.3(g). A Top-Heavy Plan must provide special accelerated vesting and minimum benefits to Non-Key Employees. See Section 16.2. 


22.196 


Top-Heavy Ratio. The ratio used to determine whether the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan. See Section 16.3(h). 





				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






134 














22.197 


Total Compensation. Total Compensation is used to apply the Annual Additions Limitation under Section 


7.1 and to determine the top-heavy minimum contribution under Section 16.2 (a). Total Compensation is either W-2
Wages, Withholding Wages, or Code §415 Safe Harbor Compensation, as designated under Part 3 of the Agreement. For a
Self-Employed Individual, each definition of Total Compensation means Earned Income. Except as otherwise provided under Sections
7.4(g)(4) and 16.3(i), each definition of Total Compensation (including Earned Income for Self-Employed Individuals) is increased to
include Elective Deferrals (as defined in Section 22.61) and elective contributions to a cafeteria plan under Code §125 or to
an eligible deferred compensation plan under Code §457. For years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, each definition of
Total Compensation also is increased to include elective contributions that are not includible in an Employee's gross income as a
qualified transportation fringe under Code §132(f)(4). The Employer may elect an earlier effective date under Appendix B-3.c.
of the Agreement. 


Unless modified under the Agreement, Total Compensation does not include amounts paid to an individual as severance pay to the extent such amounts are paid after the common-law employment relationship between the individual and the Employer has terminated. The Employer may modify the definition of Total Compensation under Part 13, #51.b. or c. of the Agreement [Part 13, #69.b. or c. of the Profit Sharing/401(k) Agreement]. The Employer may elect under #51.b. or #69.b., as applicable, to modify the definition of Total Compensation to include imputed compensation of Disabled Employees as permitted under Section 7.4(g)(3) of this BPD. Additional modifications may be made under #51.c. or #69.c., as applicable. Any modification to the definition of Total Compensation must be consistent with the definition of compensation under Treas. Reg. §1.415-2(d). 


(a) 


W-2 Wages. Wages within the meaning of Code §3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code §6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052, determined without regard to any rules under Code §3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed. 


(b) 


Withholding Wages. Wages within the meaning of Code §3401(a) for the purposes of income tax withholding at the source but determined without regard to any rules that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed. 


(c) 


Code §415 Safe Harbor Compensation. A Participant's wages, salaries, fees for professional services and other amounts received for personal services actually rendered in the course of employment with the Employer (without regard to whether or not such amounts are paid in cash) to the extent that the amounts are includible in gross income. Such amounts include, but are not limited to, commissions, compensation for services on the basis of a percentage of profits, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits, and reimbursements or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as described in Treas. Reg. §1.62-2(c)), and excluding the following: 


(1)


Employer contributions to a plan
of deferred compensation which are not includible in the Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which contributed, or
Employer contributions (other than Elective Deferrals) under a SEP (as described in Code §408(k)), or any distributions from a
plan of deferred compensation. For this purpose, Employer contributions to a plan of deferred compensation do not include Elective
Deferrals (as defined in Section 22.61), elective contributions to a cafeteria plan under Code §125 or a deferred compensation
plan under Code §457 and, for years beginning on or after January 1, 2001, qualified transportation fringes under Code
§132(f)(4)). The Employer may elect an earlier effective date for qualified transportation fringes under Appendix B­ 3.c. of the Agreement. 


(2)


Amounts realized from the exercise of a non-qualified stock option, or when restricted stock (or property) held by the Employee either becomes freely transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; 


(3)


Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock option. 


(4)


Other amounts which received
special tax benefits, or contributions made by the Employer (other than Elective Deferrals) towards the purchase of an annuity
contract described in Code §403(b) (whether or not the contributions are actually excludable from the gross income of the
Employee). 


22.198 


Transfer Account. The portion of a Participant's Account attributable to a direct transfer of assets or liabilities from another qualified retirement plan. See Section 3.3 for the rules regarding the acceptance of a transfer of assets under this Plan. 


	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 





135 














22.199 


Trust. The Trust is the separate funding vehicle under the Plan. 


22.200 


Trustee. The Trustee is the person or persons (or any successor to such person or persons) named in the Trustee Declaration under the Agreement. The Trustee may be a Discretionary Trustee or a Directed Trustee. See Article 12 for the rights and duties of a Trustee under this Plan. 


22.201 


Two-Step Formula. A method of allocating certain Employer Contributions under the Permitted Disparity Method. See Section 2.2(b)(2)(i). 


22.202 


Union Employee. An Employee who is included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective bargaining agreement between the Employer and Employee representatives and whose retirement benefits are subject to good faith bargaining. For this purpose, an Employee will not be considered a Union Employee for a Plan Year if more than two percent of the Employees who are covered pursuant to the collective bargaining agreement are professionals as defined in section 1.410(b)-9 of the regulations.  For this purpose, the term "Employee representatives" does not include any organization more than half of whose members are Employees who are owners, officers, or executives of the Employer. 


22.203 


Unit Benefit. A Nonintegrated Benefit Formula under a target benefit plan that provides for a Stated Benefit equal to a specified percentage of Average Compensation multiplied by the Participant's projected Years of Participation with the Employer.  


22.204 


Unit Excess Benefit. An Integrated Benefit Formula under a target benefit plan that provides for a Stated Benefit equal to a specified percentage of Average Compensation plus a specified percentage of Excess Compensation multiplied by the Participant's projected Years of Participation.  


22.205 


Unit Offset Benefit. An Integrated Benefit Formula under a target benefit plan that provides for a Stated Benefit equal to a specified percentage of Average Compensation offset by a specified percentage of Offset Compensation multiplied by the Participant's projected Years of Participation.  


22.206 


Valuation Date. The date or dates selected under Part 12 of the Agreement upon which Plan assets are valued. If the Employer does not select a Valuation Date under Part 12, Plan assets will be valued as of the last day of each Plan Year. Notwithstanding any election under Part 12 of the Agreement, the Trustee and Plan Administrator may agree to value the Trust on a more frequent basis, and/or to perform an interim valuation of the Trust. See Sections 12.6 and 13.2. 


22.207 


Vesting Computation Period. The 12-consecutive month period used for measuring whether an Employee completes a Year of Service for vesting purposes. See Section 4.4. 


22.208 


W-2 Wages. An optional definition of Total Compensation which the Employer may select under Part 3, #9.a. of the Agreement. See Section 22.197(a) for the definition of W-2 Wages. 


22.209 


Withholding Wages. An optional definition of Total Compensation which the Employer may select under Part 3, #9.b. of the Agreement. See Section 22.197(b) for the definition of Withholding Wages. 


22.210 


Year of Participation. Years of Participation are used to determine a Participant's Stated Benefit under a target benefit plan. 


22.211 


Year of Service. An Employee's Years of Service are used to apply the eligibility and vesting rules under the Plan. Unless elected otherwise under Part 7 of the Agreement, an Employee will earn a Year of Service for purposes of applying the eligibility rules if the Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service with the Employer during an Eligibility Computation Period. (See Section 1.4(b).) Unless elected otherwise under Part 7 of the Agreement, an Employee will earn a Year of Service for purposes of applying the vesting rules if the Employee completes 1,000 Hours of Service with the Employer during a Vesting Computation Period. (See Section 4.5.) 


FINAL July 12 PSI Basic Plan Document Volume Submitter Profit Sharing and 401(k). doc 




				
	Profit Sharing/401(k) BPD 	 	© Copyright 2001 Pension Specialists, Inc.	 






136 













PENSION SPECIALISTS, INC. 

PROFIT SHARING/401(k) PLAN AND TRUST 
SPONSORED BY 
PENSION SPECIALISTS, INC. 
VOLUME SUBMITTER 
PROFIT SHARING/401(k) BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT


AMENDMENT NUMBER TWO


AMENDMENT TO COMPLY WITH REVENUE RULING 2002-27 


1. 


Effective Date. This section shall apply to plan years and limitation years beginning on and after January 1, 1998. 


Notwithstanding the foregoing, if later, this section shall apply to plan years and limitation years beginning on and after the first day of the first plan year the plan was operated in accordance with the definition in this section. 


However, in no event will this section apply later than to plan years and limitation years beginning on and after January 1, 2003. 


2. 


For purposes of the definition of compensation under the plan, amounts under Section 125 include any amounts not available to a participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage.  An amount will be treated as an amount under Section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan. 

















PENSION SPECIALISTS, INC. 

PROFIT SHARING/401(k) PLAN AND TRUST 
SPONSORED BY 
PENSION SPECIALISTS, INC. 
VOLUME SUBMITTER 


PROFIT SHARING/401(k) BASIC PLAN DOCUMENT


AMENDMENT NUMBER THREE


AMENDMENT TO COMPLY WITH THE MINIMUM DISTRIBUTION REQUIREMENTS 


ARTICLE I 
GENERAL RULES 


1.1 


Effective Date. The provisions of this Amendment will apply for purposes of determining required minimum distributions for calendar years beginning with the 2003 calendar year. 


1.2 


Precedence. The requirements of this Amendment will take precedence over any inconsistent provisions of the Plan. 


1.3 


Requirements of Treasury Regulations Incorporated. All distributions required under this Amendment will be determined and made in accordance with the Treasury regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code. 


1.4 


TEFRA Section 242(b)(2) Elections. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Amendment, distributions may be made under a designation made before January 1, 1984, in accordance with Section 242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act (TEFRA) and the provisions of the Plan that relate to Section 242(b)(2) of TEFRA. 


1.5 


Adoption by volume submitter practitioner. Pursuant to Section 3.04 of Revenue Procedure 2002-29, the volume submitter practitioner hereby adopts this amendment to the specimen plan. 


ARTICLE II 
TIME AND MANNER OF DISTRIBUTION 


2.1 


Required Beginning Date. The Participant's entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, to the Participant no later than the Participant's required beginning date. 





2 


















2.2 


Death of Participant Before Distributions Begin. If the Participant dies before distributions begin, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed, or begin to be distributed, no later than as follows: 


(a) If the Participant's surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, except as provided in Article VI, distributions to the surviving spouse will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died, or by December 31 of the calendar year in which the Participant would have attained age 701⁄2, if later.  


(b) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, then, except as provided in Article VI, distributions to the designated beneficiary will begin by December 31 of the calendar year immediately following the calendar year in which the Participant died. 


(c) If there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death. 


(d) If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to the surviving spouse begin, this Section 2.2, other than Section 2.2(a), will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. 


For purposes of this Section 2.2 and Article IV, unless Section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the Participant's required beginning date.  If Section 2.2(d) applies, distributions are considered to begin on the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 2.2(a).  If distributions under an annuity purchased from an insurance company irrevocably commence to the Participant before the Participant's required beginning date (or to the Participant’s surviving spouse before the date distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 2.2(a)), the date distributions are considered to begin is the date distributions actually commence. 


2.3 


Forms of Distribution. Unless the Participant’s interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company or in a single sum on or before the required beginning date, as of the first distribution calendar year distributions will be made in accordance with Articles III and IV of this Amendment. If the Participant's interest is distributed in the form of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions thereunder will be made in accordance with the requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the Treasury regulations. 





3 

















ARTICLE III 
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS DURING PARTICIPANT'S LIFETIME   


3.1 


Amount of Required Minimum Distribution For Each Distribution Calendar Year. During the Participant’s lifetime, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year is the lesser of: 


(a)   the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the distribution period in the Uniform Lifetime Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s age as of the Participant’s birthday in the distribution calendar year; or 


(b)   if the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary for the distribution calendar year is the Participant’s spouse, the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant’s account balance by the number in the Joint and Last Survivor Table set forth in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations, using the Participant’s and spouse’s attained ages as of the Participant’s and spouse’s birthdays in the distribution calendar year. 


3.2 


Lifetime Required Minimum Distributions Continue Through Year of Participant’s Death. Required minimum distributions will be determined under this Article 3 beginning with the first distribution calendar year and up to and including the distribution calendar year that includes the Participant’s date of death. 


ARTICLE IV 
REQUIRED MINIMUM DISTRIBUTIONS AFTER PARTICIPANT'S DEATH 


4.1 


Death On or After Date Distributions Begin. 


(a)   Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the longer of the remaining life expectancy of the Participant or the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as follows: 


(1)   The Participant’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 


(2)   If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death using the surviving spouse’s age as of the spouse’s 





4 

















birthday in that year. For distribution calendar years after the year of the surviving spouse’s death, the remaining life expectancy of the surviving spouse is calculated using the age of the surviving spouse as of the spouse’s birthday in the calendar year of the spouse’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent calendar year. 


(3)   If the Participant’s surviving spouse is not the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, the designated beneficiary’s remaining life expectancy is calculated using the age of the beneficiary in the year following the year of the Participant’s death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 


(b)   No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies on or after the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year after the year of the Participant’s death, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the Participant’s remaining life expectancy calculated using the age of the Participant in the year of death, reduced by one for each subsequent year. 


4.2 


Death Before Date Distributions Begin. 


(a)   Participant Survived by Designated Beneficiary. Except as provided in Article VI, if the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, the minimum amount that will be distributed for each distribution calendar year after the year of the Participant’s death is the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's account balance by the remaining life expectancy of the Participant’s designated beneficiary, determined as provided in Section 4.1. 


(b)   No Designated Beneficiary. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin and there is no designated beneficiary as of September 30 of the year following the year of the Participant’s death, distribution of the Participant's entire interest will be completed by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death.  


(c)   Death of Surviving Spouse Before Distributions to Surviving Spouse Are Required to Begin. If the Participant dies before the date distributions begin, the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary, and the surviving spouse dies before distributions are required to begin to the surviving spouse under Section 2.2(a), this Section 4.2 will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. 





5 
















ARTICLE V 
DEFINITIONS


5.1 


Designated beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the Beneficiary under the Plan and is the designated beneficiary under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code and Section 1.401(a)(9)-1, Q&A-4, of the Treasury regulations. 


5.2 


Distribution calendar year. A calendar year for which a minimum distribution is required. For distributions beginning before the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year which contains the Participant's required beginning date.  For distributions beginning after the Participant’s death, the first distribution calendar year is the calendar year in which distributions are required to begin under Section 2.2. The required minimum distribution for the Participant's first distribution calendar year will be made on or before the Participant's required beginning date. The required minimum distribution for other distribution calendar years, including the required minimum distribution for the distribution calendar year in which the Participant's required beginning date occurs, will be
made on or before December 31 of that distribution calendar year. 


5.3 


Life expectancy. Life expectancy as computed by use of the Single Life Table in Section 1.401(a)(9)-9 of the Treasury regulations. 


5.4 


Participant’s account balance. The account balance as of the last valuation date in the calendar year immediately preceding the distribution calendar year (valuation calendar year) increased by the amount of any contributions made and allocated or forfeitures allocated to the account balance as of dates in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date and decreased by distributions made in the valuation calendar year after the valuation date.  The account balance for the valuation calendar year includes any amounts rolled over or transferred to the Plan either in the valuation calendar year or in the distribution calendar year if distributed or transferred in the valuation calendar year. 


5.5 


Required beginning date. The date specified in the Plan when distributions under Section 401(a)(9) of the Internal Revenue Code are required to begin.  


ARTICLE VI 
5-YEAR RULE 


6.1 


5-Year Rule Applies to Distributions to Designated Beneficiaries. If the Participant dies before distributions begin and there is a designated beneficiary, distribution to the designated beneficiary is not required to begin by the date specified in Section 2.2, but the Participant’s entire interest will be distributed to 


6 















the designated beneficiary by December 31 of the calendar year containing the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death. If the Participant’s surviving spouse is the Participant’s sole designated beneficiary and the surviving spouse dies after the Participant but before distributions to either the Participant or the surviving spouse begin, this will apply as if the surviving spouse were the Participant. This provision applies to all distributions. 


6.2 


Participants or Beneficiaries Permitted to Elect 5-Year Rule. Participants or beneficiaries may elect on an individual basis whether the 5-year rule or the life expectancy rule in Sections 2.2 and 4.2 of this Amendment applies to distributions after the death of a Participant who has a designated beneficiary.  The election must be made no later than the earlier of September 30 of the calendar year in which distribution would be required to begin under Section 2.2 of this Amendment, or by September 30 of the calendar year which contains the fifth anniversary of the Participant’s (or, if applicable, surviving spouse’s) death.  If neither the Participant nor beneficiary makes an election under this paragraph, distributions will be made in accordance with Sections 2.2 and 4.2 of this Amendment and Section 6.1 of this Amendment.